Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutNC0021482_AtC Project Manual_20180108TOWN OF MAYSVILLE WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT UPGRADE JONES COUNTY NORTH CAROLINA PROJECT MANUAL JANUARY 2018 Edward L. Waltz BOARD OF COMMISSIONERS LISA MOORE JANET BAKER MYRA BAKER FRYAR DANIEL RYAN CARA DUNN Final Specifications s/oil `tip SEAL 028909 For Review Purposes Only Not Released for Construction Prepared By: ww�' Draper Aden Associates Engineering Surveying • Environmental Services DAA Project Number: R14212N-05 TABLE OF CONTENTS Engineer's Certification ............ ....... ..... ........... RUS Bulletin 1780-26 Exhibit J Pg 1: 1 Advertisementfor Bids...........................................................................I................: 1-2 Instructions to Bidders ............... ............................ RUS Bulletin 1780-26, Exhibit E: 1-12 NCGS 133 3 Compliance........................................................................................: 1 Bid Form................................................................RUS Bulletin 1780-26, Exhibit F: 1-5 NC RD Notes: Bid Bond ............................................. NC -RD Attachment #6, BidBond........................................................................................................ C-430: 1-2 Compliance Statement - RD 400-6:........................................................................: 1-2 Debarment Certification- AD-1048..........................................................................: 1-2 Lobbying Certification - RD 1940-Q, Exhibit A-1 :.....................................................: 1 Qualification Statement..................................................................................0-451: 1-11 Noticeof Award............................................................................................. C-510: 1 Agreement..................................................................................................... C-520: 1-7 Certificate of Owner's Attorney ...................... RUS Bulletin 1780-26, Exhibit I Pg 1: 1 NC -RD Notes: P&P Bonds ......................................... Ki on Attachment #6, Pg 3: 1 Performance Bond......................................................................................... C-610: 1-3 PaymentBond............................................................................................... C-615: 1-3 NC -RD Notes: Insurance............................................NC-RD Attachment #6, Pg 4: 1 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract ........................... C-700: 1-70 Supplementary Conditions .............................. RUS Bulletin 1780-26 Attachment H: 1-28 NC -RD Notes: RD Sign .............................................. NC -RD Attachment #6, Pg 5: 1 RDSign ................................ ................................................................................... : 1 1 Notice to Proceed.......................................................................................... C-550: 1 Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 TOC Page 1 of 4 Contractor's Pay Application ................................................ .......................... C-620: 1-4 FieldOrder..................................................................................................... C-942: 1 Work Change Directive.................................................................................. C-940: 1 ChangeOrder..................................................................................a............. C-941: 1 Substantial Completion..................................................................................0-625: 1 Contractor's Release of Liens..................................................................................: 1 SPECIFICATIONS Submittal Procedures..............................................................................01 33 00: 1-6 Quality Control.........................................................................................01 45 00: 1-2 Product Requirements.............................................................................01 60 00: 1-3 Execution Requirements..........................................................................01 70 00: 1-3 Structural Steel........................................................................................05 12 00: 1-5 Metal Fabrications................................................................................... 05 50 00: 1-6 Painting and Coating...............................................................................09 90 00: 1-2 Concrete Protective Coatings......................:...........................................09 96 56: 1-17 General Provisions —Mechanical............................................................23 00 00: 1-6 Valvesand Specialties............................................................................ 23 05 29: 1-9 Electrical Work.........................................................................................23 09 01: 1 Boxes and Cabinets.................................................................................26 05 04: 1 Wiring Devices..................................................................................... 26 27 26: 14 Clearing, Grading, and Excavation..........................................................31 00 00: 1-9 Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 TOC Page 2 of 4 Cast -in Place Concrete.,....".....","."., ................................................. w... 03 30 00: 1-17 Structural Steel........................................................................................05 12 00: 1-5 Metal Fabrications................................................................................... 05 50 00: 1-6 Painting and Coating...............................................................................09 90 00: 1-2 Concrete Protective Coatings......................:...........................................09 96 56: 1-17 General Provisions —Mechanical............................................................23 00 00: 1-6 Valvesand Specialties............................................................................ 23 05 29: 1-9 Electrical Work.........................................................................................23 09 01: 1 Boxes and Cabinets.................................................................................26 05 04: 1 Wiring Devices..................................................................................... 26 27 26: 14 Clearing, Grading, and Excavation..........................................................31 00 00: 1-9 Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 TOC Page 2 of 4 Control of Erosion, Siltation, and Pollution..............................................31 25 00: 1-3 Chain -Link Fences and Gates................................................................. 32 31 13: 1-4 Seeding and Mulching.............................................................................32 92 00: 1-5 Sanitary Sewers.......................................................................................33 30 00: 1-36 Wastewater Pump Stations..................................................................... 33 32 00: 1 9 ForceMains.............................................................................................33 34 00: 1-19 Ultraviolet Disinfection Equipment...........................................................46 00 00: 1-5 Packaged Wastewater Treatment Plant..................................................46 07 53: 1-3 Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-OS Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 TOC Page 3 of 4 SUBSURFACE REPORT GEOTECHNICAL EVALUATION Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-OS Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 TOC Page 4 of 4 RUS Bulletin 1780-26 Exhibit J Page 1 ENGINEER'S CERTIFICATION OF FINAL PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NAME: Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade The final Drawings and Specifications, other assembled Construction Contract Documents, elated documents documents (or requests for proposals or other construction procurement documents), and any other Final Design Phase deliverables, comply with all requirements of the U.S. Department of Agriculture, Rural Utilities Service, to the best of my knowledge and professional judgment. If the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee (EJCDC) documents have been used, all modifications required by RUS Bulletin 1780-26 have been made in accordance with the terms of the license agreement, which states in part that the Engineer "must plainly show all changes to the Standard EJCDC Text, using `Track Changes' (redline/strikeout), highlighting, or other means of clearly indicating additions and deletions." Such other means may include attachments indicating changes (e.g. Supplementary Conditions modifying the General Conditions), Engineer Date C. Tyrus Clayton, PE Name and Title Advertisement for Bids Town of Maysville —Owner 404 Main Street Maysville, NC 28555 Separate sealed Bids for the construction of: Town of Maysville WWTP Upgrade: This project will modify and upgrade the existing wastewater treatment facility by completing rehabilitation of the influent pump station and filter units. In addition, a new equalization basin will be constructed with aeration for mixing and wastewater stabilization. The existing grit removal device will be removed from service and a new manual bar screen and grit removal will be constructed. Finally, an additional bank of UV disinfection lights will be constructed and the existing units rehabilitated. will be received by: The Town of Maysville at the Town Hall: 404 Main Street, Maysville, NC 28555 until 2:00 PM, (Local Time) April 3, 2018, and then at said office publicly opened and read aloud. The Contract Documents may be examined at the following location(s): Owner -404 Main Street, Maysville, NC; Issuing Engineer Office — Draper Aden Associates 930 Main Campus Drive Suite 151, Raleigh, NC 27606; Contract Documents can be downloaded for free from the Draper Aden Associates Online Planroom (www,DAA.com) or purchased from: Draper Aden Associates — located at 930 Main Campus Drive Suite 151, Raleigh, NC 27606 upon payment of $100 (non-refundable) Wastewater contractor's and utility contractor's licenses are required. With request for Bidding Documents please supply the following information • Company name • Contact person • Street address • Phone and fax numbers of Bidding office • N.C. contractor's license numbers with limitation and classification. Also please indicate if firm will be a bidder, supplier, orsub-contractor. Bids will be received for a single prime Contract. Bids shall be on a lump sum and unit price basis. A mandatory Pre -Bid meeting will be held March 15, 2018 at the Maysville Town Hall, 404 Main Street, Maysville, NC. Each bid must be accompanied by a Bid Security as specified in the Instructions to Bidders. L. J Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 AB -1 Section 746 of Title VII of the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2017 (Division A - Agriculture, Rural Development, Food and Drug Administration, and Related Agencies Appropriations Act, 2017) and ysubsequent statutes mandating domestic preference applies an American Iron and Steel requirement to this project. All listed iron and steel products used in this project must be produced in the United States. The term "iron and steel products" means the following products made primarily of iron or steel: lined or unlined pipes and fittings, manhole covers and other municipal castings, hydrants, tanks, flanges, pipe clamps and restraints, valves, structural steel, reinforced precast concrete, and construction materials. By the Town of Maysville, North Carolina ++ END OF ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS ++ Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 AB -2 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ARTICLE 1— DEFINED TERMS 1.01 Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. Additional terms used in these Instructions to Bidders have the meanings indicated below: A. Issuing Office —The office from which the Bidding Documents are to be issued. ARTICLE 2 —COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 2.01 Complete sets of the Bidding Documents may be obtained from the Issuing Office in the number and format stated in the advertisement or invitation to bid. 2.02 Complete sets of Bidding Documents shall be used in preparing Bids; neither Owner nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents, 2.03 Owner and Engineer, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids for the Work and do not authorize or confer a license for any other use. ARTICLE 3 —QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS 3.01 To demonstrate Bidder's qualifications to perform the Work, Bidder shall submit with its Bid (a) written evidence establishing its qualifications such as financial data, previous experience, and present commitments, and (b) the following additional information: A. Fill out EJCDC C-451 "Qualifications Statement" found in the Bidding Documents, 3.02 A Bidder's failure to submit required qualification information within the times indicated may disqualify Bidder from receiving an award of the Contract. 3.03 No requirement in this Article 3 to submit information will prejudice the right of Owner to seek additional pertinent information regarding Bidder's qualifications. 3.04 Bidder is advised to carefully review those portions of the Bid Form requiring Bidder's representations and certifications. ARTICLE 4 —SITE AND OTHER AREAS; EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS; EXAMINATION OF SITE; OWNER'S SAFETY PROGRAM; OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 4.01 Site and Other Areas A. The Site is identified in the Bidding Documents. By definition, the Site includes rights-of- way, easements, and other lands furnished by Owner for the use of the Contractor. Any additional lands required for temporary construction facilities, construction equipment, or storage of materials and equipment, and any access needed for such additional lands, are to be obtained and paid for by Contractor. 4.02 Existing Site Conditions A. Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Hazardous Environmental Conditions Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 ITB -1 Instructions to Bidders 1, The Supplementary Conditions identify: '! a, those reports known to Owner of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site. b. those drawings known to Owner of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities). c. reports and drawings known to Owner relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site. d. Technical Data contained in such reports and drawings. 2. Owner will make copies of reports and drawings referenced above available to any Bidder on request. These reports and drawings are not part of the Contract Documents, but the Technical Data contained therein upon whose accuracy Bidder is entitled to rely, as provided in the General Conditions, has been identified and established in the Supplementary Conditions. Bidder is responsible for any interpretation or conclusion Bidder draws from any Technical Data or any other data, interpretations, opinions, or information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings. 3. If the Supplementary Conditions do not identify Technical Data, the default definition of Technical Data set forth in Article 1 of the General Conditions will apply. B. Underground Facilities: Information and data shown or indicated in the Bidding Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site are set forth in the Contract Documents and are based upon information and data furnished to Owner and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities, including Owner, or others. C. Adequacy of Data: Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders with respect to subsurface conditions, other physical conditions, and Underground Facilities, and possible changes in the Bidding Documents due to differing or unanticipated subsurface or physical conditions appear in Paragraphs 5.03, 5.04, and 5.05 of the General Conditions. Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders with respect to a Hazardous Environmental Condition at the Site, if any, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to any Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in the Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work, appear in Paragraph 5.06 of the General Conditions. 4.03 Site Visit and Testing by Bidders A. Bidder shall conduct the required Site visit during normal working hours, and shall not disturb any ongoing operations at the Site. 1, Site Visits will be made by appointment only with the Town of Maysville Public Works Department. B. Bidder is not required to conduct any subsurface testing, or exhaustive investigations of Site conditions. C. On request, and to the extent Owner has control over the Site, and schedule permitting, the Owner will provide Bidder access to the Site to conduct such additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, and studies as Bidder deems necessary for preparing and submitting a successful Bid. Owner will not have any obligation to grant such access if doing Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 ITB-2 Instructions to Bidders so is not practical because of existing operations, security or safety concerns, or restraints on Owner's authority regarding the Site. D. Bidder shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations regarding excavation and location of utilities, obtain all permits, and comply with all terms and conditions established by Owner or by property owners or other entities controlling the Site with respect to schedule, access, existing operations, security, liability insurance, and applicable safety programs. E. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the Site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations, investigations, tests, and studies. 4.04 Owner's Safety Program A. Site visits and work at the Site may be governed by an Owner safety program. As the General Conditions indicate, if an Owner safety program exists, it will be noted in the Supplementary Conditions. 4.05 Other Work at the Site A. Reference is made to Article 8 of the Supplementary Conditions for the identification of the general nature of other work of which Owner is aware (if any) that is to be performed at the Site by Owner or others (such as utilities and other prime contractors) and relates to the Work contemplated by these Bidding Documents. If Owner is party to a written contract for such other work, then on request, Owner will provide to each Bidder access to examine such contracts (other than portions thereof related to price and other confidential matters), if any. ARTICLE 5 —BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS 5.01 It is the responsibility of each Bidder before submitting a Bid to: A. examine and carefully study the Bidding Documents, and any data and reference items identified in the Bidding Documents; B. visit the Site, conduct a thorough, alert visual examination of the Site and adjacent areas, and become familiar with and satisfy itself as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work; C. become familiar with and satisfy itself as to all Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work including but not limited to American Iron and Steel requirements as mandated by Section 746 of Title VII of the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2017 (Division A - Agriculture, Rural Development, Food and Drug Administration, and Related Agencies Appropriations Act, 2017) and subsequent statutes mandating domestic preference which apply to the following products made primarily of iron or steel: lined or unlined pipes and fittings, manhole covers and other municipal castings, hydrants, tanks, flanges, pipe clamps and restraints, valves, structural steel, reinforced precast concrete, and construction materials. The deminimis and minor components waiver apply to this contract.; D. carefully study all: (1) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site that have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions, especially with respect to Technical Data in such reports and drawings, and (2) reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at or adjacent Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212W05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 ITB -3 Instructions to Bidders to the Site that have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions, especially with respect to Technical Data in such reports and drawings; E. consider the information known to Bidder itself; information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; the Bidding Documents; and the Site -related reports and drawings identified in the Bidding Documents, with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on (1) the cost, progress, and performance of the Work; (2) the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Bidder; and (3) Bidder's safety precautions and programs; F. agree, based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraph, that at the time of submitting its Bid no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the determination of its Bid for performance of the Work at the price bid and within the times required, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents; G. become aware of the general nature of the work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Bidding Documents; H. promptly give Engineer written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Bidder discovers in the Bidding Documents and confirm that the written resolution thereof by Engineer is acceptable to Bidder; I. determine that the Bidding Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for the performance and furnishing of the Work; and j J. agree that the submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article, that without exception the Bid and all prices in the Bid are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Bidding Documents, ARTICLE 6—PRE-BID CONFERENCE 6.01 A mandatory pre -Bid conference will be held at the time and location stated in the invitation or advertisement to bid. Representatives of Owner and Engineer will be present to discuss the Project. Bidders are encouraged to attend and participate in the conference. Engineer will transmit to all prospective Bidders of record such Addenda as Engineer considers necessary in response to questions arising at the conference. Oral statements may not be relied upon and will not be binding or legally effective. ARTICLE 7 —INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 7.01 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be submitted to Engineer in writing. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda delivered to all parties recorded as having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received less than seven days prior to the date for opening of Bids may not be answered. Only questions answered by Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. ) 7.02 Addenda may be issued to clarify, correct, supplement, or change the Bidding Documents. i i Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 ITB -4 Instructions to Bidders ARTICLE 8— BID SECURITY 8.01 A Bid must be accompanied by Bid security made payable to Owner in an amount of [i 5%:: I] percent of Bidder's maximum Bid price (determined by adding the base bid and all alternates) and in the form of a certified check, bank money order, or a Bid bond (on the form included in the Bidding Documents) issued by a surety meeting the requirements of Paragraphs 6.01 and 6.02 of the General Conditions. 8.02 The Bid security of the apparent Successful Bidder will be retained until Owner awards the contract to such Bidder, and such Bidder has executed the Contract Documents, furnished the required contract security, and met the other conditions of the Notice of Award, whereupon the Bid security will be released. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Contract Documents and furnish the required contract security within 15 days after the Notice of Award, Owner may consider Bidder to be in default, annul the Notice of Award, and the Bid security of that Bidder will be forfeited. Such forfeiture shall be Owner's exclusive remedy if Bidder defaults. 8.03 The Bid security of other Bidders that Owner believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by Owner until the earlier of seven days after the Effective Date of the Contract or 90 days after the Bid opening, whereupon Bid security furnished by such Bidders will be released. 8.04 Bid security of other Bidders that Owner believes do not have a reasonable chance of receiving the award will be released within seven days after the Bid opening. ARTICLE 9 —CONTRACT TIMES 9.01 The number of days within which, or the dates by which, the Work is to be substantially completed and ready for final payment are set forth in the Agreement. ARTICLE 10—LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 10.01 Provisions for liquidated damages, if any, for failure to timely attain a Milestone, Substantial Completion, or completion of the Work in readiness for final payment, are set forth in the Agreement. ARTICLE 11—SUBSTITUTE AND "OR -EQUAL" ITEMS 11.01 The Contract for the Work, as awarded, will be on the basis of materials and equipment specified or described in the Bidding Documents, and those "or -equal" or substitute or materials and equipment subsequently approved by Engineer prior to the submittal of Bids and identified by Addendum. No item of material or equipment will be considered by Engineer as an "or - equal" or substitute unless written request for approval has been submitted by Bidder and has been received by Engineer at least 15 days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. Each such request shall comply with the requirements of Paragraphs 7.04 and 7.05 of the General Conditions. Each such request shall include Manufacturers Certification letter for compliance with Section 746 of Title VII of the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2017 (Division A - Agriculture, Rural Development, Food and Drug Administration, and Related Agencies Appropriations Act, 2017) and subsequent statutes mandating domestic P preference, if applicable. Refer to Manufacturer's Certification Letter provided in these ✓: Contract Documents. The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed item is upon Bidder. Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 ITB -5 Instructions to Bidders Engineer's decision of approval or disapproval of a proposed item will be final. If Engineer -. approves any such proposed item, such approval will be set forth in an Addendum issued to all J, prospective Bidders. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner. 11.02 All prices that Bidder sets forth in its Bid shall be based on the presumption that the Contractor will furnish the materials and equipment specified or described in the Bidding Documents, as supplemented by Addenda. Any assumptions regarding the possibility of post -Bid approvals of "or -equal" or substitution requests are made at Bidder's sole risk. 11.03 If an award is made, Contractor shall be allowed to submit proposed substitutes and "or -equals" in accordance with the General Conditions. ARTICLE 12—SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS, AND OTHERS entities F the peFFeFmanee F the Work if required by the Bi d.d!Rg flee' etc SuheentFaeter, Supplier-, or 9theF iRdiVidual OF@Rtity, and the aFelieved by aaR. Addendum, then the prespective Bwd Fi h Irl refFRiR FrOM a hm•tting a Bid. 12,02 Subsequent te the submittal ef the Bid, OwneF May not Fequ!Fe the SueGessful BiddeF eF G9RtFaetGF te Fetain aRy c N c I' the individual entity against which ren# r hes reasonable ebjeeti • ' , 12.03 The apparent Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested, shall within five days after Bid opening, submit to Owner a list of the Subcontractors or Suppliers proposed for the following portions of the Work: 1' If requested by Owner, such list shall be accompanied by an experience statement with pertinent information regarding similar projects and other evidence of qualification for each such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity. If Owner or Engineer, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, Supplier, individual, or entity, Owner may, before the Notice of Award is given, request apparent Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute, in which case apparent Successful Bidder shall submit a substitute, Bidders Bid price will be increased (or decreased) by the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution, and Owner may consider such price adjustment in evaluating Bids and making the Contract award. 12.04 If apparent Successful Bidder declines to make any such substitution, Owner may award the Contract to the next lowest Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities. Declining to make requested substitutions will constitute grounds for forfeiture of the Bid security of any Bidder. Any Subcontractor, Supplier, individual, or entity so listed and against which Owner or Engineer makes no written objection prior to the giving of the Notice of Award will be deemed acceptable to Owner and Engineer subject to subsequent revocation of such acceptance as provided in Paragraph 7.06 of the General Conditions. 12.05 Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, individual, or entity against whom Contractor has a reasonable objection. 12.06 The Contractor shall not award work to Subcontractor(s) in excess of the limits stated in SC 7.06A. Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-OS Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 ITB -6 Instructions to Bidders ARTICLE 13 — PREPARATION OF BID 13.01 The Bid Form is included with the Bidding Documents. A. All blanks on the Bid Form shall be completed in ink and the Bid Form signed in ink. Erasures or alterations shall be initialed in ink by the person signing the Bid Form, A Bid price shall be indicated for each section, Bid item, alternate, adjustment unit price item, and unit price item listed therein. the Bid Form expressly indicates that submitting pricing on a specific alternate item is optional, and Bidder elects to not furnish pricing for such optional alternate item, then Bidder may enter the words "No Bid" or "Not Applicable." 13.02 A Bid by a corporation shall be executed in the corporate name by a corporate officer (whose title must appear under the signature), accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown. 13.03 A Bid by a limited liability company shall be executed in the name of the firm by a member or other authorized person and accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The state of formation of the firm and the official address of the firm shall be shown. 13.04 A Bid by an individual shall show the Bidder's name and official address. 13.05 A Bid by a joint venture shall be executed by an authorized representative of each joint venturer in the manner indicated on the Bid Form. The official address of the joint venture shall be shown. 13.06 All names shall be printed in ink below the signatures. 13.07 The Bid shall contain an acknowledgment of receipt of all Addenda, the numbers of which shall be filled in on the Bid Form. 13.08 Postal and e-mail addresses and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid shall be shown. 13.09 The Bid shall contain evidence of Bidder's authority and qualification to do business in the state where the Project is located, or Bidder shall covenant in writing to obtain such authority and qualification prior to award of the Contract and attach such covenant to the Bid. Bidder's state contractor license number, if any, shall also be shown on the Bid Form. ARTICLE 14— BASIS OF BID 14.01 Lump Sum A. Bidders shall submit a Bid on a lump sum basis as set forth in the Bid Form. Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 ITB -7 Instructions to Bidders 14.03 Allowances A. For cash allowances the Bid price shall include such amounts as the Bidder deems proper for Contractor's overhead, costs, profit, and other expenses on account of cash allowances, if any, named in the Contract Documents, in accordance with Paragraph 13.02.13 of the General Conditions, ARTICLE 15 — SUBMITTAL OF BID 15.01 With each copy of the Bidding Documents, a Bidder is furnished one separate unbound copy of the Bid Form, and, if required, the Bid Bond Form. The unbound copy of the Bid Form is to be completed and submitted with the Bid security and the other documents required to be submitted under the terms of Article 7 of the Bid Form. 15.02 A Bid shall be received no later than the date and time prescribed and at the place indicated in the advertisement or invitation to bid and shall be enclosed in a plainly marked package with the Project title (and, if applicable, the designated portion of the Project for which the Bid is submitted), the name and address of Bidder, and shall be accompanied by the Bid security and other required documents. If a Bid is sent by mail or other delivery system, the sealed envelope containing the Bid shall be enclosed in a separate package plainly marked on the outside with the notation "BID ENCLOSED." A mailed (FedEx/UPS) Bid shall be addressed to: Schumata Brown Town Manager, 404 Main Street, Maysville, NC 28555. 15.03 Bids received after the date and time prescribed for the opening of bids, or not submitted at the correct location or in the designated manner, will not be accepted and will be returned to the Bidder unopened. ARTICLE 16—MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BID 16.01 A Bid may be withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed in the same manner that a Bid must be executed and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted prior to the date and time for the opening of Bids. Upon receipt of such notice, the unopened Bid will be returned to the Bidder. Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R74212N-05 January, 2018 aU AL me A Aldr`�W mwslald�� RE IN MW IN EmSm% 0% Affmy�l AT& M 14.03 Allowances A. For cash allowances the Bid price shall include such amounts as the Bidder deems proper for Contractor's overhead, costs, profit, and other expenses on account of cash allowances, if any, named in the Contract Documents, in accordance with Paragraph 13.02.13 of the General Conditions, ARTICLE 15 — SUBMITTAL OF BID 15.01 With each copy of the Bidding Documents, a Bidder is furnished one separate unbound copy of the Bid Form, and, if required, the Bid Bond Form. The unbound copy of the Bid Form is to be completed and submitted with the Bid security and the other documents required to be submitted under the terms of Article 7 of the Bid Form. 15.02 A Bid shall be received no later than the date and time prescribed and at the place indicated in the advertisement or invitation to bid and shall be enclosed in a plainly marked package with the Project title (and, if applicable, the designated portion of the Project for which the Bid is submitted), the name and address of Bidder, and shall be accompanied by the Bid security and other required documents. If a Bid is sent by mail or other delivery system, the sealed envelope containing the Bid shall be enclosed in a separate package plainly marked on the outside with the notation "BID ENCLOSED." A mailed (FedEx/UPS) Bid shall be addressed to: Schumata Brown Town Manager, 404 Main Street, Maysville, NC 28555. 15.03 Bids received after the date and time prescribed for the opening of bids, or not submitted at the correct location or in the designated manner, will not be accepted and will be returned to the Bidder unopened. ARTICLE 16—MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BID 16.01 A Bid may be withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed in the same manner that a Bid must be executed and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted prior to the date and time for the opening of Bids. Upon receipt of such notice, the unopened Bid will be returned to the Bidder. Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R74212N-05 January, 2018 aU Instructions to Bidders 16.02 If a Bidder wishes to modify its Bid prior to Bid opening, Bidder must withdraw its initial Bid in the manner specified in Paragraph 16.01 and submit a new Bid prior to the date and time for the opening of Bids. 16.03 If within 24 hours after Bids are opened any Bidder files a duly signed written notice with Owner and promptly thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of Owner that there was a material and substantial mistake in the preparation of its Bid, that Bidder may withdraw its Bid, and the Bid security will be returned. Thereafter, if the Work is rebid, that Bidder will be disqualified from further bidding on the Work. ARTICLE 17 —OPENING OF BIDS 17.01 Bids will be opened at the time and place indicated in the advertisement or invitation to bid and, unless obviously non-responsive, read aloud publicly. An abstract of the amounts of the base Bids and major alternates, if any, will be made available to Bidders after the opening of Bids. ARTICLE 18 — BIDS TO REMAIN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE 18.01 All Bids will remain subject to acceptance for the period of time stated in the Bid Form, but Owner may, in its sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid security prior to the end of this period. � ARTICLE 19 —EVALUATION OF BIDS AND AWARD OF CONTRACT t 19.01 Owner reserves the right to reject any or all Bids, including without limitation, nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced, or conditional Bids. Owner will reject the Bid of any Bidder that Owner finds, after reasonable inquiry and evaluation, to not be responsible. If Bidder purports to add terms or conditions to its Bid, takes exception to any provision of the Bidding Documents, or attempts to alter the contents of the Contract Documents for purposes of the Bid, then the Owner will reject the Bid as nonresponsive; provided that Owner also reserves the right to waive all minor informalities not involving price, time, or changes in the Work. 19.02 If Owner awards the contract for the Work, such award shall be to the responsible Bidder submitting the lowest responsive Bid. 19.03 Evaluation of Bids A. In evaluating Bids, Owner will consider whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates, unit prices, and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Form or prior to the Notice of Award. B. I thecompaicisenef god I .d.. will h plied the . of prierity as listed in 4 Rid PPFFR. To deteFmine the Bid PFIG85F purposes of^ Owner shall II h'.dd Bidplus seneses .. alternates"budget after a" Bids bu Ncomt h [ altwill h.. rated following the u ,d F prieFity r established in the Bial [GFFRI t'I .d..'.... 5 I.d eause the budget to be exreindp^'. After determination of the Successful Bidder based on this comparative process and on the responsiveness, responsibility, and other factors set forth in these Instructions, P the award may be made to said Successful Bidder on its base Bid and any combination of its Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212W05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 ITB -9 Instructions to Bidders additive alternate Bids for which Owner determines funds will be available at the time of award. 19.04 In evaluating whether a Bidder is responsible, Owner will consider the qualifications of the Bidder and may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors and Suppliers proposed for those portions of the Work for which the identity of Subcontractors and Suppliers must be submitted as provided in the Bidding Documents. 19.05 Owner may conduct such investigations as Owner deems necessary to establish the responsibility, qualifications, and financial ability of Bidders and any proposed Subcontractors or Suppliers. ARTICLE 20—BONDS AND INSURANCE 20.01 Article 6 of the General Conditions, as may be modified by the Supplementary Conditions, sets forth Owner's requirements as to performance and payment bonds and insurance. When the Successful Bidder delivers the Agreement (executed by Successful Bidder) to Owner, it shall be accompanied by required bonds and insurance documentation. ARTICLE 21—SIGNING OF AGREEMENT 21.01 When Owner issues a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it shall be accompanied by the unexecuted counterparts of the Agreement along with the other Contract Documents as identified in the Agreement. Within 15 days thereafter, Successful Bidder -shall execute and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement (and any bonds and insurance documentation required to be delivered by the Contract Documents) to Owner. Within ten days thereafter, Owner shall deliver one fully executed counterpart of the Agreement to Successful Bidder, together with printed and electronic copies of the Contract Documents as stated in Paragraph 2.02 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 22 —SALES AND USE TAXES 22.01 OWNER is not exempt from North Carolina State sales and use taxes on materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work. Said taxes shall be included in the Contract Price. Contractor shall submit documentation indicating County, vendor, and amount of NC taxes Paid. ARTICLE 23 —CONTRACTS TO BE ASSIGNED Not Used ARTICLE 24—FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS 24.01 Federal requirements at Article 19 of the Supplementary Conditions apply to this Contract. 24.02 Section 746 of Title VII of the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2017 (Division A -Agriculture, Rural Development, Food and Drug Administration, and Related Agencies Appropriations Act, 2017) and subsequent statutes mandating domestic preference applies an American Iron and Steel requirement to this project. All iron and steel products used in this project must be produced in the United States. The term "iron and steel products' means the following products made primarily of iron or steel: lined or unlined pipes and fittings, manhole covers and other P municipal castings, hydrants, tanks, flanges, pipe clamps and restraints, valves, structural steel, Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 ITB -10 Instructions to Bidders reinforced precast concrete, and construction materials. The deminimis and minor components waiver [add project specific waivers as applicable] apply to this contract. END OF EJCDC C-200 Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 ITB -11 NCGS 133-3 Compliance The intent of the equipment listed within these specifications is to comply with NCGS 133-3 and to encourage free and open competition. The name of a certain brand, make manufacture, or definite specification is to denote the quality standard, but does not restrict or limit the specific brand, make manufacture, or specification names; the intent is to set forth and convey to style, type, character, and quality of the article desired. Whereverthe words "or equal" appear in the specifications, they shall be interpreted to mean an item of material or equipment similar and of equal quality to that named and which is equally suited to the same use and capable of performing the same function as that named. Draper Aden Associates shall be the sole judge as to the acceptability of any other equipment or material. Where the specifications list fewer than three names of product or material, such products are the only products known to Draper Aden Associates that comply with the required style, type, character, appearance and quality necessary, although "or equal" substitutions will be evaluated if requested in writing. Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-OS Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 NCGS 133-3 Page 1 of 1 BID FORM TOWN OF MAYSVILLC WASTE WATER TREATMENT PLANT UPGRADE ARTICLE 1—BID RECIPIENT 1.01 This Bid is submitted to: Town of Maysville 404 Main Street Maysville, INC 28555 1.02 The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement with Owner in the form included in the Bidding Documents to perform all Work as specified or indicated in the Bidding Documents for the prices and within the times indicated in this Bid and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents. ARTICLE 2 —BIDDER'S ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 2.01 Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Instructions to Bidders, including without limitation those dealing with the disposition of Bid security. This Bid will remain subject to acceptance for 90 days after the Bid opening, or for such longer period of time that Bidder may agree to in writing upon request of Owner. ARTICLE 3 —BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS 3.01 In submitting this Bid, Bidder represents that: A. Bidder has examined and carefully studied the Bidding Documents, and any data and reference items identified in the Bidding Documents, and hereby acknowledges receipt of the following Addenda: Addendum No. Addendum, Date B. Bidder has visited the Site, conducted a thorough, alert visual examination of the Site and adjacent areas, and become familiar with and satisfied itself as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. C. Bidder is familiar with and has satisfied itself as to all Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work and including all American Iron and Steel requirements. D. Bidder has carefully studied all: reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site that have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions, especially with respect to Technical Data in such reports and drawings, if any, at or adjacent to the Site that have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions, l especially with respect to Technical Data in such reports and drawings. E1CDC0 C-410, Bid Form for Construction Contracts. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 1 E. Bidder has considered the information known to Bidder itself; information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; the Bidding Documents; and any Site -related reports and drawings identified in the Bidding Documents, with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on (1) the cost, progress, and performance of the Work; (2) the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Bidder; and (3) Bidder's safety precautions and programs. F. Bidder agrees, based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraph, that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the determination of this Bid for performance of the Work at the price bid and within the times required, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents. G. Bidder is aware of the general nature of work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Bidding Documents. H. Bidder has given Engineer written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Bidder has discovered in the Bidding Documents, and confirms that the written resolution thereof by Engineer is acceptable to Bidder. I. The Bidding Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for the performance and furnishing of the Work. J. The submission of this Bid constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article, and that without exception the Bid and all prices in the Bid are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Bidding Documents. ARTICLE 4—BIDDER'S CERTIFICATION 4.01 Bidder certifies that: A. This Bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed individual or entity and is not submitted in conformity with any collusive agreement or rules of any group, association, organization, or corporation; B. Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to submit a false or sham Bid; C. Bidder has not solicited or induced any individual or entity to refrain from bidding; and D. Bidder has not engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, or coercive practices in competing for the Contract. For the purposes of this Paragraph 4,01.D: 1. "corrupt practice" means the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting of any thing of value likely to influence the action of a public official in the bidding process; 2. "fraudulent practice" means an intentional misrepresentation of facts made (a) to influence the bidding process to the detriment of Owner, (b) to establish bid prices at artificial non-competitive levels, or (c) to deprive Owner of the benefits of free and open competition; 3. "collusive practice" means a scheme or arrangement between two or more Bidders, with or without the knowledge of Owner, a purpose of which is to establish bid prices at artificial, non-competitive levels; and EJCDC® C-410, Bid Form for Construction Contracts. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 2 4. "coercive practice" means harming or threatening to harm, directly or indirectly, persons or their property to influence their participation in the bidding process or affect the a execution of the Contract. ARTICLE 5 — BASIS OF BID 5.01 Bidder will complete the or in accordance with the Contract Documents for the following price(s): LUMP SUM BID 1. New Equalization Basin and headworks $ 2. Rehabilitation of Filter System $ 3. Modificationsto old GritChamberand associated piping $ 4. New UV Bank and controls $ 5. Influent Pump Station modifications $ 6. New Blower and associated air piping $ All specified cash allowances are included in the prices) set forth above, and have been computed in accordance with Paragraph 13.02 of the General Conditions. Total of All Lump Sums (use words) ARTICLE 6—TIME OF COMPLETION F 6.01 Bidder agrees that the Work will be substantially complete and will be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions on or before the dates or within the number of calendar days indicated in the Agreement. 6.02 Bidder accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages. ARTICLE 7 —ATTACHMENTS TO THIS BID 7.01 The following documents are submitted with and made a condition of this Bid: A. Required Bid security; B. List of Proposed Subcontractors; � I C. List of Proposed Suppliers; D. List of Project References; EJCDC° C-410, Bid Form for Construction Contracts. Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of CIvII Engineers. All rightr reserved. Page 3 E. Evidence of authority to do business in the state of the Project; or a written covenant to obtain such license within the time for acceptance of Bids; F. Contractor's License No.: 1 7 b 1 [or] Evidence of Bidder's ability to obtain a State Contractor's License and a covenant by Bidder to obtain said license within the time for acceptance of Bids; G. Required Bidder Qualification Statement with supporting data; H. If Bid amount exceeds $10,000, signed Compliance Statement (RD 400-6). Refer to specific equal opportunity requirements set forth in the Supplemental General Conditions. I. If Bid amount exceeds $25,000, signed Certificate Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and voluntary Exclusion — Lower Tier Covered Transactions (AD -1048) J. If Bid amount exceeds $100,000, signed RD Instruction 1940-Q, Exhibit A-1, Certification for Contracts, Grants, and Loans. K. Manufacturers' Certification letter of compliance with Section 746 of Title VII of the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2017 (Division A - Agriculture, Rural Development, Food and Drug Administration, and Related Agencies Appropriations Act, 2017) and subsequent statutes mandating domestic preference for all equals or substitutes approved by Addenda for American Iron and Steel products as provided in these Contract Documents. ARTICLE 8 —DEFINED TERMS 8.01 The terms used in this Bid with initial capital letters have the meanings stated in the Instructions to Bidders, the General Conditions, and the Supplementary Conditions. i EICDC® C-410, Bid Farm for Construction Contracts. Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rightr reserved. Page 4 ARTICLE 9 — BID SUBMITTAL BIDDER: (Indicate correct name of bidding entity] By: [Signature] [Printed name] (If Bidder is a corporation, a limited liability company, a partnership, or a joint venture, attach evidence of authority to sign.) Attest: [Signature] [Printed name] Title: Submittal Date: Address forgiving notices: Telephone Number: Fax Number: Contact Name and e-mail address: Bidder's License No.: (where applicable) NOTE TO USER: Use in those states or other jurisdictions where applicable or required. E1COC° C-410, Bid Form for Construction Contracts. Copyright ©2013 National society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rightr reserved. Page 5 North Carolina USDA Rural Development Supplement to RUS Bulletin 1780-26 NC-RD—Attachment #6 NC -RD Notes: Bid Bond 1. Bid Bond form shall be EJCDC C-430 (2013 edition). 2. Bid Security shall be at least 570 of the Bidder s maximum Bid price (reference Article 8 of Instructions to Bidders). 3. All bonds shall be executed by such sureties as are named in "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (as amended and supplemented) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, and U.S. Department of the Treasury. A bond signed by an agent or attorney-in-fact must be accompanied by a certified copy of that individual's authority to bind the surety. The evidence of authority shall show that it is effective on the date the agent or attorney-in-fact signed the accompanying bond (reference Article 6 of the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract), 4. The Contractor shall obtain the required bonds from surety companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue bonds in the required amounts (reference Article 6 of the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract). 5, Bid Security shall include a Bid Bond Power of Attorney with the certification properly dated and executed. NC-RD_Att#6-Con Doc Notes_6-2014 (2 of 6) EXEIC= ENGINEERSJOINT [COMMIT TEST PENAL SUM FORM BID BOND i; Any singular reference to Bidder, Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. BIDDER (Name and AddressJ: SURETY (Name, and Address of Principal Place of Business): OWNER (Name and AddressJ: Bid Due Date: Description (Project Name— Include Location): BOND Bond Number: Date: lPenal sum $ (Words) (Figures) Surety and Bidder, intending to be legally bound hereby, subject to the terms set forth below, do each cause this Bid Bond to be duly executed by an authorized officer, agent, or representative. BIDDER SURETY (Seal) (Seal) Bidder's Name and Corporate Seal Surety's Name and Corporate Seal By: By: Signature Signature (Attach Power of Attorney) Print Name Print Name Title Title Attest: Attest: Signature Signature Title Title Nate: Addresses are to be used for giving any required notice. Provide execution by any additional parties, such as joint venturers, if necessary. E1CDO C-430, Bid Bond (Penal Sum Form). Published 2013. Prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee. Page 1 of 2 EJCDCO PENAL SUM FORM DOCUMENTS COMIAMEE 1. Bidder and Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns to pay to Owner upon default of Bidder the penal sum set forth on the face of this Bond. Payment of the J penal sum is the extent of Bidder's and Surety's liability. Recovery of such penal sum under the terms of this Bond shall be Owner's sole and exclusive remedy upon default of Bidder. 2. Default of Bidder shall occur upon the failure of Bidder to deliver within the time required by the Bidding Documents (or any extension thereof agreed to in writing by Owner) the executed Agreement required by the Bidding Documents and any performance and payment bonds required by the Bidding Documents. 3. This obligation shall be null and void if: 3.1 Owner accepts Bidder s Bid and Bidder delivers within the time required by the Bidding Documents (or any extension thereof agreed to in writing by Owner) the executed Agreement required by the Bidding Documents and any performance and payment bonds required by the Bidding Documents, or 3.2 All Bids are rejected by Owner, or 3.3 Owner fails to issue a Notice of Award to Bidder within the time specified in the Bidding Documents (or any extension thereof agreed to in writing by Bidder and, if applicable, consented to by Surety when required by Paragraph 5 hereof). 4. Payment under this Bond will be due and payable upon default of Bidder and within 30 calendar days after receipt by Bidder and Surety of written notice of default from Owner, which notice will be given with reasonable promptness, identifying this Bond and the Project and including a statement of the amount due. 5. Surety waives notice of any and all defenses based on or arising out of any time extension to issue Notice of Award agreed to in writing by Owner and Bidder, provided that the total time for issuing Notice of Award including extensions shall not in the aggregate exceed 120 days from the Bid due date without Surety's written consent. 6. No suit or action shall be commenced under this Band prior to 30 calendar days after the notice of default required in Paragraph 4 above is received by Bidder and Surety and in no case later than one year after the Bid due date. 7. Any suit or action under this Bond shall be commenced only in a court of competent jurisdiction located in the state in which the Project is located. 8. Notices required hereunder shall be in writing and sent to Bidder and Surety at their respective addresses shown on the face of this Bond. Such notices may be sent by personal delivery, commercial courier, or by United States Registered or Certified Mail, return receipt requested, postage pre -paid, and shall be deemed to be effective upon receipt by the party concerned. 9. Surety shall cause to be attached to this Bond a current and effective Power of Attorney evidencing the authority of the officer, agent, or representative who executed this Bond on behalf of Surety to execute, seal, and deliver such Bond and bind the Surety thereby. 10. This Bond is intended to conform to all applicable statutory requirements. Any applicable requirement of any applicable statute that has been omitted from this Bond shall be deemed to be included herein as if set forth at length. If any provision of this Bond conflicts with any applicable statute, then the provision of said statute shall govern and the remainder of this Bond that is not in conflict therewith shall continue in full force and effect. I h 11. The term "Bid" as used herein includes a Bid, offer, or proposal as applicable. EICOC° C-430, Bid Bond (Penal Sum Form). Published 2013. Prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committ ee. Page 2 of 2 USDA Form Approved Form RD 400-6 OMB No. 0575-0018 (Rev, 12-09) COMPLIANCE STATEMENT This statement relates to a proposed contract with (Name of borrower or grantee) who expects to finance the contract with assistance from either the Rural Housing Service (RHS), Rural Business -Cooperative Service (RBS), or the Rural Utilities Service (RUS) or their successor agencies, United States Department of Agriculture (whether by a loan, grant, loan insurance, guarantee, or other form of financial assistance). I am the undersigned bidder or prospective contractor, I represent that: 1. I ❑have, ❑have not, participated in a previous contract or subcontract subject to Executive Order 11246 (regarding equal employment opportunity) or a preceding similar Executive Order. 2. If I have participated in such a contract or subcontract, I ❑ have, ❑have not, filed all compliance reports that have been required to file in connection with the contract or subcontract. ❑ If the proposed contract is for $50,000 or more: or ❑ If the proposed noncons[mction contract is for $50,000 or more and I have 50 or more employees, I also represent that: 3. I ❑ have, ❑ have not previously had contracts subject to the written affirmative action programs requirements of the Secretary of Labor. 4. If I have participated in such a contract or subcontract, ❑ I have, ❑ have not developed and placed on file at each establishment affirmadve action programs as required by the rules and regulations of the Secretary of Labor. I understand that if I have failed to file any compliance reports that have been requved of me, I am not eligible and will not be eligible to have my bid considered or to enter into the proposed contract unless and until I make an arrangement regarding such reports that is satisfactory to either the RHS, RBS or RUS, or to the office where the reports are required to be filed. I also cert ify that I do not maintain or provide for my employees any segregated facilities at any of my establishments, and that I do not permit my employees to perform their services at any location, under my control, where segregated facilities are maintained. I certify farther that I will not maintain or provide for my employees any segregated facilities at any of my establishments, and that I will not permit my employees to perform their services at any location, under my control, where segregated facilities are maintained. I agree that a breach of this certification is a violation of the Equal Opportunity clause in my contract. As used in this certification, the term "segregated facilities" means any waiting rooms, work areas, restrooms and wash rooms, restaurants and other eating areas time clocks, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, creed, color, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise. I further agree that (except where I have obtained identical certifications for proposed subcontractors for specific time periods) I will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors prior to the award of subcontracts exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity clause; that I will retain such certifications in my files; and that I will forward the following notice to such proposed subcontractors (except where the proposed subcontractors have submitted identical certifications for specific time periods): According to the Paperworklteducnon Act of 1995, an ogenry maynot ronduct orsporuor, andaperson is not re guiredmr pondroacollecrion oflnfonnarlon � mrless it displays rhe volidOA18 mntral number. The valid OMB cmitrol numberfor this Inn/omrarimr co(leaion is 0575-0018. The rime required ro con plere Chir ' �- injormanon ca7/ecnon Is errimaredm average 10 minmes per r Pon ncluding rhe rimejor revlewing insrrunians, searching esh9ngdom sources, garnering andmainraining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collecllon oflnformation. Position 6 RD 400-6 (Rev. 12-09) NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE SUBCONTRACTORS OF REQUII TVMITS FOR CERTIFICATIONS OF NON -SEGREGATED FACILITIES A certification of Nonsegregated Facilities, as required by the May 9, 1967, order (32F.R. 7439, may 19, 1967) on Elimination of Segregated Facilities, by the Secretary of Labor, must be submitted prior to the award of a subcontract exceeding $ 10,000 which is not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity clause. The certification may be submitted either for each subcontract or for all subcontracts during a period (i.e., quarterly, semiannually, or annually). NOTE: The penalty for making false statements in offers is prescribed in 18 U.S.C. 1001. DATE (Signatztre ofBidder orProspective Contractor) � Address (including Zip Code) i; U.S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE CertiTication Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibty and Voluntary Exclusion - Lower Tier Covered Transactions This certification is required by the regulations implementing Executive Order 12549, Debarment and Suspension, 7 CFR Part 3017, Section 3017.510, Participants' responsibilities. The regulations were published as Part IV of the January 30, 1989, Federal Register (pages 4722-4733). Copies of the regulations may be obtained by contacting the Department of Agriculture agency with which this transaction originated. (BEFORE COMPLETING CERTIFICATION, READ INSTRUCTIONS ON REVERSE) (1) The prospective lower tier participant certifies, by submission of this proposal, that neither it nor its principals is presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction by any Federal department or agency. (2) Where the prospective lower tier participant is unable to certify to any of the statements in this certification, such prospective participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal. Orgaaizatioa Name Names) and Titles) of Authorized Represeatetive(s) Siguature(s) PR/Award Number or Project Name Date Form AD -1048 (1/92) Instructions for Certification 1. By signing and submitting this form, the prospective lower tier participant is providing the certification set out on the reverse side in accordance with these instructions. 2. The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was entered into. If it is later determined that the prospective lower tier participant knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the department or agency with which this transaction originated may pursue available remedies, including suspension and/or debarment. 3. The prospective lower tier participant shall provide immediate written notice to the person to which this proposal is submitted if at any time the prospective lower tier participant learns that its certification was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. 4. The terms "covered transaction," "debarred," "suspended," "ineligible," "lower tier covered transaction," "participant," "person," "primary covered transaction," "principal," "proposal," and "voluntarily excluded," as used in this clause, have the meanings set out in the Definitions and Coverage sections of rules implementing Executive Order 12549. You may contact the person to which this proposal is submitted for assistance in obtaining a copy of those regulations. 5. The prospective lower tier participant agrees by submitting this form that, should the proposed covered transaction be entered into, it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier covered transaction with a person who is debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this covered transaction, unless authorized by the department or agency with which this transaction originated. 6. The prospective lower tier participant further agrees by submitt ing this form that it will include this clause titled "CertiScation Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility and Voluntary Exclusion -Lower Tier Covered Transactions," without modification, in all lower tier covered transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier covered transactions. 7' A participant in a covered transaction may rely upon a certification of a prospective participant in a lower tier covered transaction that it is not debarred, suspended, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from the covered transaction, unless it knows that the certification is erroneous. A participant may decide the method and frequency by which it determines the eligibility of its principals. Each participant may, but is not required to, check the Nonprocurement List. 9. Nothing contained in the foregoing shall be construed to require establishment of a system of records in order to render in good faith the certification required by this clause. The knowledge and information of a participant is not required to exceed that which is normally possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings. 9. Except for transactions authorized under paragraph 5 of these instructions, if a participant in a covered transaction knowingly enters into a lower tier covered transaction with a person who is suspended, debarred, ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction, in addition to other remedies available to the Federal Government, the department or agency with which this transaction originated may pursue available remedies, including suspension and/or debarment, i i 2 __ J form AD -1048 (1/92) .e. S.GPO: 1886-757-1761281 07 RD Instruction 1940-Q Exhibit A-1 CERTIFICATION FOR CONTRACTS, GRANTS AND LOANS The undersigned certifies, to the best o£ his or her knowledge and belief, that: 1. No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the undersigned, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant or Federal loan, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant or loan. 2. If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant or loan, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form - LLL, ''Disclosure of Lobbying Activities," in accordance with its instructions. 3. The undersigned shall require that the language o£ this certification be included in the award documents for all subawards at �y all tiers (including contracts, subcontracts, and subgrants under grants and loans) and that all subrecipients shall certify and disclose accordingly. This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by section 1352, title 31, U.S. Code. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure. by: (name) (title) (date) (OB -21-91) PN 171 QUALIFICATIONS STATEMENT THE INFORMATION SUPPLIED IN THIS DOCUMENT IS CONFIDENTIAL TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAWS AND REGULATIONS 1. SUBMITTED BY: Official Name of Firm: Address: 2. SUBMITTED TO: 3. SUBMITTED FOR: Owner: Project Name: TYPE OF WORK: 4. CONTRACTOR'S CONTACT INFORMATION Contact Person: Title: Phone: Email: EICDC C-451, Qualifications Statement. Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Cauncll of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 7 5. AFFILIATED COMPANIES: Name: Address: 6. TYPE OF ORGANIZATION: ❑ SOLE PROPRIETORSHIP Name of Owner: Doing Business As: Date of Organization: ❑ PARTNERSHIP Date of Organization: Type of Partnership: i. Name of General Partner(s): ❑ CORPORATION State of Organization: Date ;n ; +; no Executive Officers: President: -Vice President(s): -Treasurer: i ) Secretary: EICCC' C-451, Qualifications Statement. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 2 of 7 ❑ LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY State of Organization: Date of Organization: Members: ❑ JOINT VENTURE Sate of Organization: Date of Organization: Form of Organization: Joint Venture Managing Partner -Name: -Address: Joint Venture Managing Partner -Name: -Address: Joint Venture Managing Partner -Name: -Address: E1LDC� C-451, Quallflcations Statement. Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Englneers, American Council of Englneering Companies, and American Society of Civil Englneers. All rights reserved. Page 3 of 7 7. LICENSING Jurisdiction: Type of License: License Number: Jurisdiction: Type of License: License Number: 8. CERTIFICATIONS CERTIFIED BY: Disadvantage Business Enterprise: Minority Business Enterprise: Woman Owned Enterprise: Small Business Enterprise: Other( ): 9. BONDING INFORMATION Bonding Company: Address: Bonding Agent: Address: Contact Name: Phone: Aggregate Bonding Capacity: i l Available Bonding Capacity as of date of this submittal: EJCDC' C-451, Qualifications Statement. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 4 of 7 10. CONSTRUCTION EXPERIENCE: Current Experience: List on Schedule A all uncompleted projects currently under contract it Joint Venture list each participant's projects separately). Previous Experience: List on Schedule B all projects completed within the last 5 Years (If Joint Venture list each participant's projects separately). Has firm listed in Section 1 ever failed to complete a construction contract awarded to it? ❑YES ❑ NO If YES, attach as an Attachment details including Project Owner's contact information. Has any Corporate Officer, Partner, Joint Venture participant or Proprietor ever failed to complete a construction contract awarded to them in their name or when acting as a principal of another entity? ❑YES ❑ NO I If YES, attach as an Attachment details including Project Owner's contact information. Are there any judgments, claims, disputes or litigation pending or outstanding involving the firm listed in Section 1 or any of its officers (or any of its partners if a partnership or any of the individual entities if a joint venture)? ❑YES ❑ NO If YES, attach as an Attachment details including Project Owner's contact information. 11. SAFETY PROGRAM: Name of Contractor's Safety Officer:, Include the following as attachments: Provide as an Attachment Contractor's (and Contractor's proposed Subcontractors and Suppliers furnishing or performing Work having a value in excess of 10 percent of the total amount of the Bid) OSHA No. 500- Log & Summary of Occupational Injuries & Illnesses for the past S years. Provide as an Attachment Contractor's (and Contractor's proposed Subcontractors and I � Suppliers furnishing or performing Work having a value in excess of 10 percent of the total FJCDC" C-451, Qualifications Statement. Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, dA 1 an Society of Civil Engineers. All rightr reserv ed. Page 5 of 7 amount of the Bid) list of all OSHA Citations & Notifications of Penalty (monetary or other) received within the last 5 years (indicate disposition as applicable) - IF NONE SO STATE. Provide as an Attachment Contractor's (and Contractor's proposed Subcontractors and Suppliers furnishing or performing Work having a value in excess of 10 percent of the total amount of the Bid) list of all safety citations or violations under any state all received within the last 5 years (indicate disposition as applicable) - IF NONE SO STATE. Provide the following for the firm listed in Section V (and for each proposed Subcontractor furnishing or performing Work having a value in excess of 10 percent of the total amount of the Bid) the following (attach additional sheets as necessary): Workers' compensation Experience Modification Rate (EMR) for the last 5 years: YEAR EMR YEAR EMR YEAR EMR YEAR EMR YEAR EMR Total Recordable Frequency Rate (TRFR) for the last 5 years: YEAR TRFR YEAR TRFR YEAR TRFR YEAR TRFR YEAR TRFR E1CDC C-451, Qualiflcatlons Statement. Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 6 of 7 I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THE INFORMATION SUBMITTED HEREWITH, INCLUDING ANY ATTACHMENTS, IS TRUE TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE AND BELIEF, NAME OF ORGANIZATION: BY: TITLE: DATED: NOTARY ATTEST: SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME THIS DAY OF , 20 NOTARY PUBLIC -STATE OF MY COMMISSION EXPIRES: REQUIRED ATTACHMENTS 1. Schedule A (Current Experience). 2. Schedule B (Previous Experience). 3. Evidence of authority for individuals listed in Section 7 to bind organization to an agreement. 4. Resumes of officers and key individuals (including Safety Officer) of firm named in Section 1. 5. Required safety program submittals listed in Section 13. 6. Additional items as pertinent. EICDC° C-451, QuallFlcations Statement. Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 7 of 7 � j ) ) § \ k } \ / / \ / \ \ } \ \ \ u u u u \ ) / j { / f / ) § \ `o 3 0 0 u o` 3 0 v F- ; O u w ai ui w ui ti ui c � � c c s 00 E E v E E v E E E E E E E E v E E v o z z z z z u r z u z u H u f= u f= v F v 0 C 0 v v v a v v v t 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 E v E v o z¢ z a z a z¢ z a Z¢ z¢ E z G 'o >O O v O U O 3 0 H 0 12 12 0 u w O = O O O O = O O s n a a 2 °-0 E E E E E E E E E E E E E E z z u a z u F= z u F= z u z u F= z u° u F= 0 `w C ubiu ti o 00 0 O o 0 0 iii _ .. .. .. .. t .. .. t O. O. ¢ E E E E v E v E v E v v v` D o z z a z a z a IT z a F- z a z a a IT F- E Z t O D Q LU LU Cf U Q Z O F- 0 Z O U LUH Q 2 U D d LW H EJCDC= UGINEERS JOINT DOCUMENTS COMMITTEEpci Date of Issuance: 1 Owner: Engineer: Project: Bidder: (Bidder's Address: TO BIDDER: NOTICE OF AWARD Owner's Contract No.: Engineer's Project No.: Contract Name: You are notified that Owner has accepted your Bid dated [ ]for the above Contract, and that you are the Successful Bidder and are awarded a Contract for: (describe Work, alternates, or sections of Work awarded] The Contract Price of the awarded Contract is: $' ' (note if subject to unit prices, or cost-plus] [ ]unexecuted counterparts of the Agreement accompany this Notice of Award, and one copy of the Contract Documents accompanies this Notice of Award, or has been transmitted or made available to Bidder electronically. [revise if multiple copies accompany the Notice of Award] ❑ a set of the Drawings will be delivered separately from the other Contract Documents. You must comply with the following conditions precedent within 15 days of the date of receipt of this Notice of Award: 1. Deliver to Owner [_]counterparts of the Agreement, fully executed by Bidder. 2. Deliver with the executed Agreement(s) the Contract security [ 3. Other conditions precedent (if any): Failure to comply with these conditions within the time specified will entitle Owner to consider you in default, annul this Notice of Award, and declare your Bid security forfeited. Within ten days after you comply with the above conditions, Owner will return to you one fully executed counterpart of the Agreement, together with any additional copies of the Contract Documents as indicated in Paragraph 2.02 of the General Conditions. Owner: By: Title: Authorized Signature Copy: Engineer E1CDC° C-510, Notice of Award. Prepared and published 2013 by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee. Page 1 of 1 e.g., performance and payment bonds] and insurance documentation as specified in the Instructions to Bidders and General Conditions, Articles 2 and 6. 3. Other conditions precedent (if any): Failure to comply with these conditions within the time specified will entitle Owner to consider you in default, annul this Notice of Award, and declare your Bid security forfeited. Within ten days after you comply with the above conditions, Owner will return to you one fully executed counterpart of the Agreement, together with any additional copies of the Contract Documents as indicated in Paragraph 2.02 of the General Conditions. Owner: By: Title: Authorized Signature Copy: Engineer E1CDC° C-510, Notice of Award. Prepared and published 2013 by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee. Page 1 of 1 AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR FOR CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT (STIPULATED PRICE) THIS AGREEMENT is by and between Town of Maysville ("Owner) and ("Contractor") Owner and Contractor hereby agree as follows: 1.01 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as follows: Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade. ARTICLE 2 —THE PROJECT 2.01 The Project, of which the Work under the Contract Documents is a part, is generally described as follows: This project will modify and upgrade the existing wastewater treatment facility by completing rehabilitation of the influent pump station and filter units. In addition, a new equalization basin will be constructed with aeration for mixing and wastewater stabilization. The existing grit removal device will be removed from service and a new manual bar screen and grit removal will be constructed. Finally, an additional bank of UV disinfection lights will be constructed and the existing units rehabilitated. ARTICLE 3 —ENGINEER 3.01 The Project has been designed by Draper Aden Associates, 930 Main final Campus Drive, Suite 151, Raleigh, NC 27606. 3.02 The Owner has retained Draper Aden Associates ("Engineer") to act as Owner's representative, assume all duties and responsibilities, and have the rights and authority assigned to Engineer in the Contract Documents in connection with the completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, ARTICLE A. rnkiyD A 4.01 Time of the Essence A. All time limits for Milestones, if any, Substantial Completion, and completion and readiness for final payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. 4.02 Contract Times: Days A. The Work will be substantially completed within 240 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in Paragraph 4.01 of the General Conditions, and completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions within 250 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. E1CDC' C-520, Agreement Between Owner and Contractor Tor Construction Contract )Stipulated Price). Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 7 4.03 Liquidated Damages A. Contractor and Owner recognize that time is of the essence as stated in Paragraph 4.01 above and that Owner will suffer financial and other losses if the Work is not completed and Milestones not achieved within the times specified in Paragraph 4.02 above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with the Contract. The parties also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty): 1. Substantial Completion: Contractor shall pay Owner $500 for each day that expires after the time (as duly adjusted pursuant to the Contract) specified in Paragraph 4.02.A above for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. 2. Completion of Remaining Work: After Substantial Completion, if Contractor shall neglect, refuse, or fail to complete the remaining Work within the Contract Time (as duly adjusted pursuant to the Contract) for completion and readiness for final payment, Contractor shall pay Owner $500 for each day that expires after such time until the Work is completed and ready for final payment. 3. Liquidated damages for failing to timely attain Substantial Completion and final completion are not additive and will not be imposed concurrently. 4.04 [Deleted] ARTICLE 5 —CONTRACT PRICE l5.01 Owner shall pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents the amounts that follow, subject to adjustment under the Contract: A. For all Work, at the prices stated in Contractors Bid, attached hereto as an exhibit. ARTICLE 6 —PAYMENT PROCEDURES 6.01 Submittal and Processing of Payments A. Contractor shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 15 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by Engineer as provided in the General Conditions. 6.02 Progress Payments; Retainage A. Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of Contractor's Applications for Payment on or about the 15 day of each month during performance of the Work as provided in Paragraph 6.02.A.1 below, provided that such Applications for Payment have been submitted in a timely manner and otherwise meet the requirements of the Contract. All such payments will be measured by the Schedule of Values established as provided in the General Conditions (and in the case of Unit Price Work based on the number of units completed) or, in the event there is no Schedule of Values, as provided elsewhere in the Contract. 1. Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in an amount equal I 1, to the percentage indicated below but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as Owner may withhold, including but not limited to liquidated damages, in accordance with the Contract E1CDC® C-520, Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract (Stipulated Price). Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 2 of 7 completeda. 95 percent of Work balancebeing retainage additionaletainage; and b, 95 percent of cost of materials and equipment not the balance being retainage). B. Upon Substantial Completion of the entire construction to be provided under the Contract Documents, Owner shall pay an amount sufficient to increase total payments to Contractor to 100 percent of the Work completed, less such amounts set off by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 15.01.E of the General Conditions, and less 200 percent of Engineer's estimate of the value of Work to be completed or corrected as shown on the punch list of items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment. 6.03 Final Payment A. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions, Owner shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by Engineer as provided in said Paragraph 15.06. ARTICLE 7 —INTEREST 7.01 All amounts not paid when due shall bear interest at the rate of 0 percent per annum. ARTICLE 8 —CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS 8.01 In order to induce Owner to enter into this Contract, Contractor makes the following representations: A. Contractor has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents, and any data and reference items identified in the Contract Documents. B. Contractor has visited the Site, conducted a thorough, alert visual examination of the Site and adjacent areas, and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. C. Contractor is familiar with and is satisfied as to all Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. D. Contractor has carefully studied all reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site that have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions, especially with respect to Technical Data in such reports and drawings, E. Contractor has considered the information known to Contractor itself; information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; the Contract Documents; and the Site -related reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on (1) the cost, progress, and performance of the Work; (2) the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor; and (3) Contractor's safety precautions and programs. E1CDC° C-520, Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract (Stipulated Price). Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Clvll Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 3 of 7 F. Based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraph, Contractor agrees that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract. G. Contractor is aware of the general nature of work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. H. Contractor has given Engineer written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Contractor has discovered in the Contract Documents, and the written resolution thereof by Engineer is acceptable to Contractor. I. The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. 1. Contractor's entry into this Contract constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Contractor that without exception all prices in the Agreement are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 9 — CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9.01 Contents A. The Contract Documents consist of the following: 1. This Agreement (pages 1 to 7, inclusive). 2. Performance bond (pages 1 to 3, inclusive). 3. Payment bond (pages. to J inclusive). 4. Other bonds. a. _ (pages _ to inclusive). 5. General Conditions (pages to J inclusive). 6. Supplementary Conditions (pages _ to , inclusive). 7. Specifications as listed in the table of contents of the Project Manual, 8. Drawings (not attached but incorporated by reference) consisting of _ sheets with each sheet bearing the following general title: _ [or] the Drawings listed on the attached sheet index. 9. Addenda (numbers_to_, inclusive). 10. Exhibits to this Agreement (enumerated as follows): a. Contractor's Bid (pages_ to J inclusive). 11. The following which may be delivered or issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract and are not attached hereto: a. Notice to Proceed. b. Work Change Directives. C, Change Orders. d. Field Orders. EICDC® C-520, Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract (Stipulated Price). Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 4 of 7 B. The documents listed in Paragraph 9.01.A are attached to this Agreement (except as expressly noted otherwise above). the C. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 9. D. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in the General Conditions. ARTICLE 10 —MISCELLANEOUS i[�xiy�f.7TiiRi A. Terms used in this Agreement will have the meanings stated in the General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions. 10.02 Assignment of Contract A. Unless expressly agreed to elsewhere in the Contract, no assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and, specifically but without limitation, money that may become due and money that is due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents, 10.03 Successors and Assigns 1 A. Owner and Contractor each binds itself, its successors, assigns, and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its successors, assigns, and legal representatives in respect to all covenants, agreements, and obligations contained in the Contract Documents, 10.04 Severability A. Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be void or unenforceable under any Law or Regulation shall be deemed stricken, and all remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon Owner and Contractor, who agree that the Contract Documents shall be reformed to replace such stricken provision or part thereof with a valid and enforceable provision that comes as close as possible to expressing the intention of the stricken provision. 10.05 Contractor's Certifications A. Contractor certifies that it has not engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, or coercive practices in competing for or in executing the Contract. For the purposes of this Paragraph 10.05: 1. "corrupt practice" means the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting of any thing of value likely to influence the action of a public official in the bidding process or in the Contract execution; 2. "fraudulent practice" means an intentional misrepresentation of facts made (a) to influence the bidding process or the execution of the Contract to the detriment of Owner, (b) to establish Bid or Contract prices at artificial non-competitive levels, or (c) to deprive Owner of the benefits of free and open competition; E1CDC® C-520, Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract (Stipulated Price). Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 5 of 7 3. "collusive practice" means a scheme or arrangement between two or more Bidders, ywith or without the knowledge of Owner, a purpose of which is to establish Bid prices at artificial, non-competitive levels; and 4. "coercive practice' means harming or threatening to harm, directly or indirectly, persons or their property to influence their participation in the bidding process or affect the execution of the Contract. 10.06 Other Provisions A. Owner stipulates that if the General Conditions that are made a part of this Contract are based on EJCDCO C-700, Standard General Conditions for the Construction Contract, published by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee®, and if Owner is the party that has furnished said General Conditions, then Owner has plainly shown all modifications to the standard wording of such published document to the Contractor, through a process such as highlighting or "track changes" (redline/strikeout), or in the Supplementary Conditions, FJCDC' C-520, Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract (Stipulated Price). Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 6 of 7 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Owner and Contractor have signed this Agreement. y This Agreement will be effective onI (which is the Effective Date of the Contract). OWNER: By: Title: Attest: Title: Address for giving notices: CONTRACTOR: ey: Title: (If Contractor is a corporation, a partnership, or a joint venture, attach evidence of authority to sign.) Attest: Title: Address for giving notices: License No.: (where applicable) (If Owner is a corporation, attach evidence of authority NOTE TO USER: Use in those states or other to sign. If Owner is a public body, attach evidence of jurisdictions where applicable or required. authority to sign and resolution or other documents authorizing execution of this Agreement.) E1CDC° C-520, Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Construction Contract (Stipulated Price(. Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 7 of 7 RUS Bulletin 1780-26 Exhibit I Page 1 y CERTIFICATE OF OWNER'S ATTORNEY AND AGENCY CONCURRENCE CERTFICATE OF OWNER'S ATTORNEY PROJECT NAME: CONTRACTOR NAME: I, the undersigned, ,the duly authorized and acting legal representative of , do hereby certify as follows: I have examined the attached Contract(s) and performance and payment bond(s) and the manner of execution thereof, and I am of the opinion that each of the aforesaid agreements is adequate and has been duly executed by the proper parties thereto acting through their duly authorized representatives; that said representatives have full power and authority to execute said agreements on behalf of the respective parties named thereon; and that the foregoing agreements constitute valid and legally binding obligations upon the parties executing the same in accordance with the terms, conditions, and provisions thereof. Name Date AGENCY CONCURRENCE As lender or insurer of funds to defray the costs of this Contract, and without liability for any payments thereunder; the Agency hereby concurs in the form, content, and execution of this Agreement. Agency Representative Date Name North Carolina USDA Rural Development Supplement to RUS Bulletin 1780-26 NC-RD_Attachment#6 NC -RD Notes: Payment & Performance Bonds 1. Performance Bond form shall be EJCDC C-610 (2013 edition). 2. Payment Bond form shall be EJCDC C-615 (2013 edition). 3. The Contractor shall furnish a performance on and a payment bond, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price, as security for the faithful performance and payment of all of Contractor's obligations under the Contract. These bonds shall remain in effect until one year after the date when final payment becomes due or until completion of the correction period specified in Paragraph 15.08, whichever is later, except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, the Supplementary Conditions, or other specific provisions of the Contract. Contractor shall also furnish such other bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions or other specific provisions of the Contract (reference Article 6 of the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract), 4. All bonds shall be executed by such sureties as are named in "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (as amended and supplemented) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, and U.S. Department of the Treasury. A bond signed by an agent or attorney-in-fact must be accompanied by a i' - certified copy of that individual's authority to bind the surety. The evidence of authority shall show that it is effective on the date the agent or attorney-in-fact signed the accompanying bond (reference Article 6 of the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract). 5. The Contractor shall obtain the required bonds from surety companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue bonds in the required amounts (reference Article 6 of the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract). 6. Bonds shall include a Power of Attorney with the certification properly dated and executed. NC-RD_Att#6-ConDoc Notes_6-2014 (3 of 6) EJCDC= ENGINEERS JOINT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS COMMITTEE i CONTRACTOR (name and address): OWNER (name and address): CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Effective Date of the Agreement: Amount: Description (name and location): PERFORMANCE BOND SU RETy (name and address of principal place of business): BOND Bond Number: Date (not earlier than the Effective Date of the Agreement of the Construction Contract): Amount: Modifications to this Bond Form: ❑None See Paragraph 16 Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound hereby, subject to the terms set forth below, do each cause this Performance Bond to be duly executed by an authorized officer, agent, or representative. CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL (seal) Contractor's Name and Corporate Seal ray: Signature Print Name Title Attest: Signature Title Surety's Name and Corporate Seal Signature (attach power of attorney) Print Name Title Title Notes: (1) provide supplemental execution by any additional part Signature (seal) ies, such as joint venturers. (2J Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner, or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. EICDL° L-610, Performance Bond Copyright O 2013 National saclety of ProTessional Englneers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civll Englneers. All rights reserved. 1 of 3 1. The Contractor and Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns to the Owner for the performance of the Construction Contract, which is incorporated herein by reference. 2. If the Contractor performs the Construction Contract, the Surety and the Contractor shall have no obligation under this Bond, except when applicable to participate in a conference as provided in Paragraph 3. 3. If there is no Owner Default under the Construction Contract, the Surety's obligation underthis Bond shall arise after: 3.1 The Owner first provides notice to the Contractor and the Surety that the Owner is considering declaring a Contractor Default. Such notice shall indicate whether the Owner is requesting a conference among the Owner, Contractor, and Surety to discuss the Contractor's performance. If the Owner does not request a conference, the Surety may, within five (5) business days after receipt of the Owners notice, request such a conference. If the Surety timely requests a conference, the Owner shall attend. Unless the Owner agrees otherwise, any conference requested under this Paragraph 3.1 shall be held within ten (10) business days of the Surety's receipt of the Owner's notice. If the Owner, the Contractor, and the Surety agree, the Contractor shall be allowed a reasonable time to perform the Construction Contract, but such an agreement shall not waive the Owners right, if any, subsequently to declare a Contractor Default; 3.3 The Owner has agreed to pay the Balance of the Contract Price in accordance with the terms of the Construction Contract to the Surety or to a contractor selected to perform the Construction Contract. 4. Failure on the part of the Owner to comply with the notice requirement in Paragraph 3.1 shall not constitute a failure to comply with a condition precedent to the Surety's obligations, or release the Surety from its obligations, except to the extent the Surety demonstrates actual prejudice. 5. When the Owner has satisfied the conditions of Paragraph 3, the Surety shall promptly and at the Suret�/s expense take one of the following actions: 5.1 Arrange for the Contractor, with the consent of the Owner, to perform and complete the Construction Contract; 5.2 Undert 3.2 The Owner declares a Contractor Default, terminates Il' y the Construction Contract and notifies the Surety; and 3.3 The Owner has agreed to pay the Balance of the Contract Price in accordance with the terms of the Construction Contract to the Surety or to a contractor selected to perform the Construction Contract. 4. Failure on the part of the Owner to comply with the notice requirement in Paragraph 3.1 shall not constitute a failure to comply with a condition precedent to the Surety's obligations, or release the Surety from its obligations, except to the extent the Surety demonstrates actual prejudice. 5. When the Owner has satisfied the conditions of Paragraph 3, the Surety shall promptly and at the Suret�/s expense take one of the following actions: 5.1 Arrange for the Contractor, with the consent of the Owner, to perform and complete the Construction Contract; 5.2 Undert 5.3 Obtain bids or negotiated proposals from qualified contractors acceptable to the Owner for a contract for performance and completion of the Construction Contract, arrange for a contract to be prepared for execution by the Owner and a contractor selected with the owners concurrence, to be secured with performance and payment bonds executed by a qualified surety equivalent to the bonds issued on the Construction Contract, and pay to the Owner the amount of damages as described in Paragraph 7 in excess of the Balance of the Contract Price incurred by the Owner as a result of the Contractor Default; or 5.4 Waive its right to perform and complete, arrange for completion, or obtain a new contractor, and with reasonable promptness underthe circumstances: 5.4.1 After investigation, determine the amount for which it may be liable to the Owner and, as soon as practicable after the amount is determined, make payment to the Owner; or 5.4.2 ake to perform and complete the Construction Contract itself, through its agents or independent contractors; 5.3 Obtain bids or negotiated proposals from qualified contractors acceptable to the Owner for a contract for performance and completion of the Construction Contract, arrange for a contract to be prepared for execution by the Owner and a contractor selected with the owners concurrence, to be secured with performance and payment bonds executed by a qualified surety equivalent to the bonds issued on the Construction Contract, and pay to the Owner the amount of damages as described in Paragraph 7 in excess of the Balance of the Contract Price incurred by the Owner as a result of the Contractor Default; or 5.4 Waive its right to perform and complete, arrange for completion, or obtain a new contractor, and with reasonable promptness underthe circumstances: 5.4.1 After investigation, determine the amount for which it may be liable to the Owner and, as soon as practicable after the amount is determined, make payment to the Owner; or 5.4.2 Deny liability in whale or in part and notify the Owner, citingthe reasons for denial. limited to the 6. If the Surety does not proceed as provided in Paragraph 5 with reasonable promptness, the Surety shall be deemed to be in default on this Bond seven days after receipt of an additional written notice from the Owner to the Surety demanding that the Surety perform its obligations under this Bond, and the Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to the Owner. If the Surety proceeds as provided in Paragraph 5.4, and the Owner refuses the payment orthe Surety has denied liability, in whole or in part, without further notice the Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to the Owner. 7. If the Surety elects to act under Paragraph 5.1, 5.2, or 5.3, then the responsibilities of the Surety to the Owner shall not be greater than those of the Contractor under the Construction Contract, and the responsibilities of the Owner to the Surety shall not be greater than those of the Owner under the Construction Contract. Subject to the commitment by the Owner to pay the Balance of the Contract Price, the Surety Is obligated, without duplication for: 7.1 the responsibilities of the Contractor for correction of defective work and completion of the Construction Contract; 7.2 additional legal, design professional, and delay costs resulting from the Contractors Default, and resulting from the actions or failure to act of the Surety under Paragraph 5; and 7.3 liquidated damages, or if no liquidated damages are specified in the Construction Contract, actual damages caused by delayed performance or non-performance of the Contractor. the Surety elects to act under Paragraph 5.1, 5.3, or 5.4, the Surett%s liability is limited to the amount of this Bond. 9. The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner or others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to the Construction Contract, and the Balance of the Contract Price shall not be reduced or set off on account of any such unrelated obligations. No right of action shall accrue on this Bond to any person or entity other than the Owner or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns. E1CDC° C-610, Performance Band Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. 2 of 3 10. The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including changes of time, to the Construction Contract or to related subcontracts, purchase orders, and other obligations. 11. Any proceeding, legal or equitable, under this Bond may be instituted in any court of competent jurisdiction in the location in which the work or part of the work is located and shall be instituted within two years after a declaration of Contractor Default or within two years after the Contractor ceased working or within two years after the Surety refuses or fails to perform its obligations under this Bond, whichever occurs first. If the provisions of this paragraph are void or prohibited by law, the minimum periods of limitations available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable. 12. Notice to the Surety, the Owner, or the Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the page on which their signature appears. 13. When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location where the construction was to be performed, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions conforming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. When so furnished, the intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond. 14. Definitions 14.1 Balance of the Contract Price: The total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor under the Construction YContract after all proper adjustments have been made including allowance for the Contractor for any amounts received or to be received by the Owner in sett lement of insurance or other claims for damages to which the Contractor is entitled, reduced by all valid and proper payments made to or on behalf of the Contractor under the Construction Contract, 14.2 Construction Contract: The agreement between the Owner and Contractor identified on the cover page, including all Contract Documents and changes made to the agreement and the Contract Documents. 14.3 Contractor Default: Failure of the Contractor, which has not been remedied or waived, to perform or otherwise to comply with a material term of the Construction Contract. 14.4 Owner Default: Failure of the Owner, which has not been remedied or waived, to pay the Contractor as required under the Construction Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the other material terms of the Construction Contract. 14.5 Contract Documents: All the documents that comprise the agreement between the Owner and Contractor. 15. If this Bond is issued for an agreement between a contractor and subcontractor, the term Contractor in this Bond shall be deemed to be Subcontractor and the term Owner shall be deemed to be Contractor. 16. Modifications to this Bond are as follows: E1CDL° C-610, Performance Bond Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. 3 of 3 EJCDC= ENGINEERS JOINT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS COMMITTEE CONTRACTOR (name and address): OWNER (name and address): CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Effective Date of the Agreement: Amount: Description (name and location): PAYMENT BOND SURETY (name and address of principal place of business): BOND Bond Number: Date (not earlier than the Effective Date of the Agreement of the Construction Contract): Amount: Modifications to this Bond Form: ❑ None ❑ See Paragraph 18 Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound hereby, subject to the terms set forth below, do each cause this Payment Bond to be duly executed by an authorized officer, agent, or representative. CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL Contractor's Name and Corporate Seal By: Signature Print Name Title Attest: Signature Title (seal) Title SURETY Surety's Name and Corporate Seal By: Signature (attach power of attorney) Print Name Title Signature (seal) rl �, � Notes: (Ij Provide supplemental execution by any additional parties, such as joint venturers. (2) Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner, or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. EJCDC® C-615, Payment gond Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. 1 of 3 1. The Contractor and Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns to the Owner to pay for labor, materials, and equipment furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract, which is incorporated herein by reference, subject to the following terms. If the Contractor promptly makes payment of all sums due to Claimants, and defends, Indemnifies, and holds harmless the Owner from claims, demands, liens, or suits by any person or entity seeking payment for labor, materials, or equipment furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract, then the Surety and the Contractor shall have no obligation under this Bond. 6. If a notice of non-payment required by Paragraph 5.1.1 is given by the Owner to the Contractor, that is sufficient to satisfy a Claimant's obligation to furnish a written notice of non-payment under Paragraph 5.1.1. 7. When a Claimant has satisfied the conditions of Paragraph 5.1 or 5.2, whichever Is applicable, the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's expense take the following actions: 7.1 Send an answer to the Claimant, with a copy to the Owner, within sixty (60) days after receipt of the Claim, stating the amounts that are undisputed and the basis for challenging any amounts that are disputed; and 7.2 Pay or arrange for payment of any undisputed amounts. 3. If there is no Owner Default under the Construction Contract, the Surety's obligation to the Owner under this 7.3 The Surety's failure to discharge Its obligations Bond shall arise after the Owner has promptly notified the under Paragraph 7.1 or 7.2 shall not be deemed to Contractor and the Surety (at the address described in constitute a waiver of defenses the Surety or Paragraph 13) of claims, demands, liens, or suits against Contractor may have or acquire as to a Claim, the Owner or the owner's property by any person or except as to undisputed amounts for which the entity seeking payment for labor, materials, or equipment Surety and Claimant have reached agreement. If, furnished for use in the performance of the Construction however, the Surety fails to discharge its Contract, and tendered defense of such claims, demands, obligations under Paragraph 7.1 or 7.2, the Surety liens, or suits to the Contractor and the Surety. shall indemnify the Claimant for the reasonable attorney's fees the Claimant incurs thereafter to 4. When the Owner has satisfied the conditions in Paragraph recover any sums found to be due and owing to ` 3, the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's expense the Claimant. defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the Owner against a duly tendered claim, demand, lien, or suit. 8. The Surety's total obligation shall not exceed the amount of this Bond, plus the amount of reasonable attorney's 5. The SureWs obligations to a Claimant under this Bond fees provided under Paragraph 7.3, and the amount of this shall arise after the following: Bond shall be credited for any payments made in good faith by the Surety. 5.1 Claimants who do not have a direct contract with the Contractor, 5.1.1 have furnished a written notice of non- payment to the Contractor, stating with substantial accuracy the amount claimed and the name of the party to whom the materials were, or equipment was, furnished or supplied or for whom the labor was done or performed, within ninety (90) days after having last performed labor or last furnished materials or equipment Included in the Claim; and 5.1.2 have sent a Claim to the Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 13). 5.2 Claimants who are employed by or have a direct contract with the Contractor have sent a Claim to the Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 13). Amounts owed by the Owner to the Contractor under the Construction Contract shall be used for the performance of the Construction Contract and to satisfy claims, if any, under any construction performance bond. By the Contractor furnishing and the Owner accepting this Bond, they agree that all funds earned by the Contractor in the performance of the Construction Contractarededicated to satisfy obligations of the Contractor and Surety under this Bond, subject to the Owners priority to use the funds for the completion of the work. 10. The Surety shall not 6e liable to the Owner, Claimants, or others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to the Construction Contract. The Owner shall not be liable for the payment of any costs or expenses of any Claimant under this Bond, and shall have under this Bond no obligation to make payments to or give notice on behalf of Claimants, or otherwise have any obligations to Claimants underthis Bond. 11. The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including changes of time, to the Construction Contract or to related subcontracts, purchase orders, and otherobligations. E1CDC® C-615, Payment Bond Copyright ©2033 National5ociety of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rlghtr reserved. 2 of 3 12. No suit or action shall be commenced by a Claimant under this Bond other than in a court of competent jurisdiction in the state In which the project that is the subject of the Construction Contract is located or after the expiration of one year from the date (1) on which the Claimant sent a \) Claim to the Surety pursuant to Paragraph 5.1.2 or 5.2, or (2) on which the last labor or service was performed by anyone or the last materials or equipment were furnished by anyone under the Construction Contract, whichever of (1) or (2) first occurs. If the provisions of this paragraph are void or prohibited by law, the minimum period of limitation available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable. 13. Notice and Claims to the Surety, the Owner, or the Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the page on which their signature appears. Actual receipt of notice or Claims, however accomplished, shall be sufficient compliance as of the date received. 14. When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location where the construction was to be performed, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions conforming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. When so furnished, the intent is thatthis Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond. 15. Upon requests by any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of this Bond, the Contractor and owner shall promptly furnish a copy of this Bond or shall permit a copy to he made. 16. Definitions 16.1 Claim: A written statement by the Claimant Construction Including at a minimum: perform and complete or comply 1. The name of the Claimant; 2. The name of the person for whom the labor was done, or materials or equipment furnished; 3. A copy of the agreement or purchase order pursuant to which labor, materials, or equipment was furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract; 4. A brief description of the labor, materials, or equipment furnished; 5. The date on which the Claimant last performed labor or last furnished materials or equipment for use in the performance of the Construction Contract; 6. The total amount earned by the Claimant for labor, materials, or equipment furnished as of the date of the Claim; 7. The total amount of previous payments received by the Claimant; and 8. The total amount due and unpaid to the Claimant for labor, materials, or equipment furnished as of the date of the Claim. 16.2 Claimant: An individual or entity having a direct contract with the Contractor or with a subcontractor of the Contractor to furnish labor, materials, or equipment for use in the performance of the Construction Contract. The term Claimant also includes any individual or entity that has rightfully asserted a claim under an applicable mechanic's lien or similar statute against the real property upon which the Project is located. The intent of this Bond shall be to include without limitation in the terms of "labor, materials, or equipment" that part of the water, gas, power, light, heat, oil, gasoline, telephone service, or rental equipment used in the Construction Contract, architectural and engineering services required for performance of the work of the Contractor and the Contractor's subcontractors, and all other items for which a mechanic's lien may be asserted in the jurisdiction where the labor, materials, or equipment were furnished. 16.3 Construction Contract: The agreement between the Owner and Contractor identified on the cover page, including all Contract Documents and all changes made to the agreement and the Contract Documents, 16.4 Owner Default: Failure of the Owner, which has not been remedied or waived, to pay the Contractor as required under the Construction Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the other material terms of the Construction Contract. 16.5 Contract Documents: All the documents that comprise the agreement between the Owner and Contractor. 17. If this Bond is issued for an agreement between a contractor and subcontractor, the term Contractor in this Bond shall be deemed to be Subcontractor and the term Owner shall be deemed to be Contractor. 18. Modifications to this Bond are as follows: EICDG• C-615, Payment Bond Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. 3 of 3 North Carolina USDA Rural Development Supplement to RUS Bulletin 1780-26 NC-RD—Attachment #6 NC -RD Notes: Insurance 1. The Engineer (in coordination with the Owner) shall follow the guidance of EJCDC C-800, as published, to develop project -specific insurance coverage limits. These limits shall be detailed in the Supplementary Conditions (reference RUS 81780-26). 2. A properly executed certificate of insurance shall be provided by the Contractor in accordance with Article 6.02 of the Standard General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions (reference Article 6 of the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract), 3. If the Owner is to provide any insurance coverage in relation to this contract such shall be detailed in the Supplementary Conditions. A properly executed certificate of insurance detailing this insurance coverage shall be provided to Rural Development and the Contractor prior to issuance of the Notice to Proceed (reference Article 6 of the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract). 4. Notice of Cancellation or Change: All the policies of insurance (and the certificates or other evidence thereof) required to be purchased and maintained will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 10 days prior written notice has been given to the purchasing policyholder. Within three days of receipt of any such written notice, the purchasing policyholder shall provide a copy of the notice to each other insured (reference Article 6 of the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract). 5. USDA Rural Development shall not be a partyto any insurance policy. NC-RD_Att#6-ConDoc Notes_6-2014 (4 of 6) STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE � v CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT TABLE OF CONTENTS E1COC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserv Page Article 1—Definitions and Terminology......................................................................................... 1 1.01 Defined Terms..".",',,,,, ................ IIIIIIIII01101 pul.mul I I pw..64 1 1 1.02 Terminology............................................................................................................................5 Article 2 — Preliminary Matters....................................................................................................... 6 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance........................................................................6 2.02 Copies of Documents. IS I I I I I I I . I . I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ................................... a a a a a a a a a I a . a a ..................... 6 2.03 Before Starting Construction..,.... ... 4.1.1 .... ago I .... I ...... all ....... 116 2.04 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives ...........................7 2.05 Initial Acceptance of Schedules..............................................................................................7 2.06 Electronic Tra nsmittals ...........................................................................................................7 Article 3— Documents: Intent, Requirements, Reuse....................................................................8 3.01 Intent......................................................................................................................................8 3.02 Reference Standards..............................................................................................................8 U 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies..................................................................................8 3.04 Requirements of the Contract Documents............................................................................9 3.05 Reuse of Documents.............................................................................................................10 Article 4 — Commencement and Progress of the Work................................................................ 10 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed......................................................10 4.02 Starting the Work.................................................................................................................10 4.03 Reference Points., ... 10 4.04 Progress Schedule................................................................................................................10 4.05 Delays in Contractor's Progress............................................................................................11 Article 5 —Availability of Lands; Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Hazardous Environmental Conditions..................................................................................................................................... 12 5.01 Availability of Lands..............................................................................................................12 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas.................................................................................................12 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions.....................................................................................13 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions.........................................................................14 5.05 Underground Facilities.........................................................................................................15 ed. Page i 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site.......................................................................17 Article 6 - Bonds and Insurance....................................................................0400........................... 19 6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds...........................................................................19 6.02 Insurance -General Provisions............................................................................................19 6.03 Contractor's Insurance.........................................................................................................20 6.04 Owner's Liability Insurance..................................................................................................23 6.05 Property Insurance...,.,....... ........ ........ ......................... so ... a .... ....................... 23 6.06 Waiver of Rights...................................................................................................................25 6.07 Receipt and Application of Property Insurance Proceeds....................................................25 Article 7 - Contractor's Responsibilities, I I I 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I . . . . . . . . 0 , , 0 , 0 0 V d 0 0 . 0 0 a a a a a a a a . . . . . . . . . . 26 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence........................................................................................26 7.02 Labor; Working Hours........,. I add ...... on . 1 1. 1 11 1 0 0 a 0 a a 0 a a ad . a . I I I . I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I a V I P V . V I 1 0 4 0 4 1 P . . . . . . 4 . . . . . . . . 2 6 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment........ .... I ... 111.1 .... 4.1 .... "I'll ',,a, 10,10, "I'll", 11,26 7.04 "Or Equals"...........................................................................................................................27 7.05 Substitutes.,,.,,.,,,. Needed 1 11 11 11 "1 1 11 on , 0 . . . . . . 0 . . . . . . . . . . . a I P a v I a v I . v d . . a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a a a a a a 0 a a a 0 0 0 a a . . . 2 8 7.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others.............................................................29 7.07 Patent Fees and Royalties....................................................................................................31 7.08 Permits..................................................................................................................................31 7.09 Taxes.....................................................................................................................................32 7.10 Laws and Regulations...........................................................................................................32 7.11 Record Documents..",,..","",.".". 11111110101 "I'll ',,a, I I P . . . P P A . I . A a a . . . . . I I . . V I . 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 . . I 1 0 1 1 1 . 1 1 132 7.12 Safety and Protection,.,,..,.".,., ... 'memos on SONS P moo ............... V I V I 1 0 0 0 V . P V a 0 0 ................. 32 7.13 Safety Representative..........................................................................................................33 7.14 Hazard Communication Programs....,.......... ..... ............................................... o33 7.15 Emergencies.........................................................................................................................34 7.16 Shop Drawings, Samples, and Other Submittals..................................................................34 7.17 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee...................................................................36 7.18 Indemnification....................................................................................................................37 7.19 Delegation of Professional Design Services'..,."........ .............. 0 V 0 1 1 1. 1. 1 1. 1 1. add vs. V ... som.mg..". well added 37 Article 8 - Other Work at the Site................................................................................................ 38 8.01 Other Work...........................................................................................................................38 8.02 Coordination.........................................................................................................................39 8.03 Legal Relationships...............................................................................................................39 EICDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Englneers,Ameriran Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page ii Article 9 — Owner's Responsibilities.............................................................................................. 40 � 9.01 Communications to Contractor............................................................................................40 y 9.02 Replacement of Engineer.....................................................................................................40 9.03 Furnish Data.........................................................................................................................40 9.04 Pay When Due......................................................................................................................40 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports, Tests, and Drawings..........................................................40 9.06 Insurance..............................................................................................................................40 9.07 Change Orders.,,.,..,.", ... ............ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 9.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals..,. 11111111101110111 110, 1 11101 E41 9.09 Limitations on Owner's Responsibilities...............................................................................41 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition...............................................................41 9.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements....................................................................................41 9.12 Safety Programs....................................................................................................................41 Article 10 — Engineer's Status During Construction............................................................1111...... 41 10.01 Owner's Representative.......................................................................................................41 10.02 Visits to Site..........................................................................................................................41 10.03 Project Representative.........................................................................................................42 PI 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work.....................................................................................................42 10.05 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments.., ... I ...... I ...... 111.11,11, 11. 142 10.06 Determinations for Unit Price Work.....................................................................................42 10.07 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work.................42 10.08 Limitations on Engineer's Authority and Responsibilities, ... 11 ....... I ....... 11.0.11 ...... I .............. 11,42 10.09 Compliance with Safety Program.........................................................................................43 Article 11—Amending the Contract Documents; Changes in the Work......................................43 11.01 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents...........................................................43 11.02 Owner -Authorized Changes in the Work.............................................................................44 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work.....................................................................................44 11.04 Change of Contract Price,. 1101111 111011111 "I'll ............. o ...... o ....... o,p .................. o ......... op,44 11.05 Change of Contract Times....................................................................................................45 11.06 Change Proposals.................................................................................................................45 11.07 Execution of Change Orders.................................................................................................46 11.08 Notification to Surety...........................................................................................................47 Article12 —Claims.................................................................................................................1111.... 47 E1CDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Englneering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page iii 12.01 Claims.............................................MEN pus Novel ............... ............................................................ 47 Article 13 — d' Cost of the Work; Allowances; Unit Price Work ........................................................ 48 13.01 Cost of the Work.... "a,,, ",I'm, ME 1148 13.02 Allowances............................................................................................................................50 13.03 Unit Price Work....................................................................................................................51 Article 14—Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal or Acceptance of Defective Work....... 52 14.01 Access to Work.....................................................................................................................52 14.02 Tests, Inspections, and Approvals........................................................................................52 14.03 Defective Work,,,.,',, Nepal moopmo.m ........................................................... 53 14.04 Acceptance of Defective Work.............................................................................................53 14.05 Uncovering Work.,.,.., .... I .... I ..... "a,,, 'loon ... am ... a a a d d a a a a a a a 0 0 a I I I I I I 1 1 153 14.06 Owner May Stop the Work. . . . I . I . I . I . I W I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 0 0, a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a a . . . . . . . . . a . . a . . . . a . . a . . . d a a d a a . . . . . . . . . 54 14.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work....................................................................................54 Article 15 — Payments to Contractor; Set -Offs; Completion; Correction Period. . 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 0 ......... 0 55 15.01 Progress Payments...............................................................................................................55 15.02 Contractor's Warranty of Title.............................................................................................58 15.03 Substantial Completion........................................................................................................58 L 15.04 Partial Use or Occupancy......................................................................................................59 15.05 Final Inspection. . 1 0 1 1 . 0 . . I . I I . . . . . A . . . . . . . moons a spsoomobl", ",I'm, I 1 1010, 1101,110, "I'll PEEWEE. pus.59 15.06 Final Payments,...... 11 1 101, 1, 10.11 1.11, ........ 1. 1 . . . . . . a a a a a d a d a a a a a a a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a . . . . . . . a . . . . . a . . . . . . . 0 0 . . . 0 0 IS 9 15.07 Waiver of Claims...................................................................................................................61 15.08 Correction Period.................................................................................................................61 Article 16—Suspension of Work and Termination....................................................................... 62 16.01 Owner May Suspend Work...................................................................................................62 16.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause.........................................................................................62 16.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience.............................................................................63 16.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate............................................................................63 Article 17 — Final Resolution of Disputes...................................................................................... 64 17.01 Methods and Procedures".",',"", moomom mom ........................................................ 64 Article18—Miscellaneous ............................................................................................................ 64 18.01 Giving Notice........................................................................................................................64 18.02 Computation of Times..........................................................................................................64 18.03 Cumulative Remedies. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I a a a . . . . . a V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . d . . . . . . . . &an a on 06 a a am 4 P a a . 64 EICDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page iv 18.04 Limitation of Damages.......................................................................... 18.05 No Waiver... i y 18.06 Survival of Obligations.......................................................................... 18.07 Controlling Law,',.". .................. 0 18.08 Headings. I I I I . I I I I . . I I . I . I . 1 1 1 1 0 1 V p V V . a . a a 0 . A 0 a 0 EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page v ARTICLE 1— DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. Wherever used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, a term printed with initial capital letters, including the term's singular and plural forms, will have the meaning indicated in the definitions below. In addition to terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 1. Addenda—Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents, 2. Agreement—The written instrument, executed by Owner and Contractor, that sets forth the Contract Price and Contract Times, identifies the parties and the Engineer, and designates the specific items that are Contract Documents. 3. Application for Payment—The form acceptable to Engineer which is to be used by Contractor during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 4. Bid—The offer of a Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed. 5. Bidder—An individual or entity that submits a Bid to Owner. Bidding Documents—The Bidding Requirements, the proposed Contract Documents, and all Addenda. 7. Bidding Requirements—The advertisement or invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, Bid Bond or other Bid security, if any, the Bid Form, and the Bid with any attachments. 8. Change Order—A document which is signed by Contractor and Owner and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, or other revision to the Contract, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract. 9. Change Proposal—A written request by Contractor, duly submitted in compliance with the procedural requirements set forth herein, seeking an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both; contesting an initial decision by Engineer concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; challenging a set-off against payments due; or seeking other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. 10. Claim—(a) A demand or assertion by Owner directly to Contractor, duly submitted in compliance with the procedural requirements set forth herein: seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times, or both; contesting an initial decision by Engineer concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; contesting Engineer's decision regarding a Change Proposal; seeking resolution of a contractual issue that Engineer has declined to address; or seeking other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract; or (b) a demand or assertion by Contractor directly to Owner, duly submitted in compliance with the procedural requirements set forth herein, contesting Engineer's decision regarding a Change Proposal; or seeking resolution of a contractual issue that Engineer E1CDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 65 22. Hazardous Environmental Condition—The presence at the Site of Constituents of Concern in such quantities or circumstances that may present a danger to persons or property exposed thereto. The presence at the Site of materials that are necessary for the execution of the Work, or that are to be incorporated in the Work, and that are controlled and contained pursuant to industry practices, Laws and Regulations, and the requirements of the Contract, does not establish a Hazardous Environmental Condition. 23. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations—Any and all applicable laws, statutes, I� rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction. EICDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 2 of 65 has declined to address. A demand for money or services by a third party is not a Claim. D 11. Constituent of Concern—Asbestos, petroleum, radioactive materials, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), hazardous waste, and any substance, product, waste, or other material of any nature whatsoever that is or becomes listed, regulated, or addressed pursuant to (a) the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. §§9601 et seq. ("CERCLA"); (b) the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. §§5501 et seq.; (c) the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. §§6901 et seq. ("RCRA"); (d) the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. §§2601 et seq.; (e) the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §§1251 et seq.; (f) the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. §§7401 et seq.; or (g) any other federal, state, or local statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, resolution, code, order, or decree regulating, relating to, or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning, any hazardous, toxic, or dangerous waste, substance, or material. 12. Contract—The entire and integrated written contract between the Owner and Contractor concerning the Work. 13, Contract Documents—Those items so designated in the Agreement, and which together comprise the Contract. 14. Contract Price—The money that Owner has agreed to pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. . 15. Contract Times—The number of days or the dates by which Contractor shall: (a) achieve Milestones, if any; (b) achieve Substantial Completion; and (c) complete the Work. 4 16. Contractor—The individual or entity with which Owner has contracted for performance of the Work. 17. Cost of the Work—See Paragraph 13.01 for definition. 18. Drawings—The part of the Contract that graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be performed by Contractor. 19, Effective Date of the Contract—The date, indicated in the Agreement, on which the Contract becomes effective. 20. Engineer—The individual or entity named as such in the Agreement. 21. Field Order—A written order issued by Engineer which requires minor changes in the Work but does not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 22. Hazardous Environmental Condition—The presence at the Site of Constituents of Concern in such quantities or circumstances that may present a danger to persons or property exposed thereto. The presence at the Site of materials that are necessary for the execution of the Work, or that are to be incorporated in the Work, and that are controlled and contained pursuant to industry practices, Laws and Regulations, and the requirements of the Contract, does not establish a Hazardous Environmental Condition. 23. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations—Any and all applicable laws, statutes, I� rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction. EICDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 2 of 65 24. Liens—Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Contract -related funds, real ,\I property, or personal property. j 25. Milestone—A principal event in the performance of the Work that the Contract requires Contractor to achieve by an intermediate completion date or by a time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 26. Notice of Award—The written notice by Owner to a Bidder of Owner's acceptance of the Bid. 27. Notice to Proceed—A written notice by Owner to Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Times will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform the Work. 28. Owner—The individual or entity with which Contractor has contracted regarding the Work, and which has agreed to pay Contractor for the performance of the Work, pursuant to the terms of the Contract. 29, Progress Schedule—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractors plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Times, 30. Project—The total undertaking to be accomplished for Owner by engineers, contractors, and others, including planning, study, design, construction, testing, commissioning, and start-up, and of which the Work to be performed under the Contract Documents is a part. 31. Project Manual—The written documents prepared for, or made available for, procuring and constructing the Work, including but not limited to the Bidding Documents or other construction procurement documents, geotechnical and existing conditions information, the Agreement, bond forms, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Specifications. The contents of the Project Manual may be bound in one or more volumes. 32. Resident Project Representative—The authorized representative of Engineer assigned to assist Engineer at the Site. As used herein, the term Resident Project Representative or "RPR" includes any assistants or field staff of Resident Project Representative, 33. Samples—Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and that establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. 34. Schedule of Submittals—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, of required submittals and the time requirements for Engineer's review of the submittals and the performance of related construction activities. 35. Schedule of Values—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment. 36, Shop Drawings—All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information that are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. Shop Drawings, whether approved or not, are not Drawings and are not Contract Documents. G E1CDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 3 of 65 37. Site—Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights-of-way and easements, and such other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for the use of Contractor. 38. Specifications—The part of the Contract that consists of written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards, and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable to the Work. 39. Subcontractor—An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work. 40. Substantial Completion—The time at which the Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, the Work (or a specified part thereof) is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or a specified part thereof) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. 41. Successful Bidder—The Bidder whose Bid the Owner accepts, and to which the Owner makes an award of contract, subject to stated conditions. 42. Supplementary Conditions—The part of the Contract that amends or supplements these General Conditions. 43. Supplier—A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by Contractor or a Subcontractor. 44, Technical Data—Those items expressly identified as Technical Data in the Supplementary Conditions, with respect to either (a) subsurface conditions at the Site, or physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities) or (b) Hazardous Environmental Conditions at the Site. If no such express identifications of Technical Data have been made with respect to conditions at the Site, then the data contained in boring logs, recorded measurements of subsurface water levels, laboratory test results, and other factual, objective information regarding conditions at the Site that are set forth in any geotechnical or environmental report prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor are hereby defined as Technical Data with respect to conditions at the Site under Paragraphs 5.03, 5.04, and 5.06. 45. Underground Facilities—All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities, including but not limited to those that convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, fiber optic transmissions, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 46. Unit Price Work—Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. 47. Work—The entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction; furnishing, installing, and incorporating all materials and equipment into such construction; and may include related services such as testing, start-up, and commissioning, all as required by the Contract Documents. EICDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 4of 65 48. Work Change Directive—A written directive to Contractor issued on or after the =1 Effective Date of the Contract, signed by Owner and recommended by Engineer, y ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work. 1.02 Terminology A. The words and terms discussed in the following paragraphs are not defined but, when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning. B. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives: 1. The Contract Documents include the terms "as allowed," "as approved;' "as ordered;' "as directed" or terms of like effect or import to authorize an exercise of professional judgment by Engineer. In addition, the adjectives "reasonable," "suitable," "acceptable," "proper," "satisfactory," or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an action or determination of Engineer as to the Work. It is intended that such exercise of professional judgment, action, or determination will be solely to evaluate, in general, the Work for compliance with the information in the Contract Documents and with the design concept of the Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of any such term or adjective is not intended to and shall not be effective to assign to Engineer any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work, or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of Article 10 or any other provision of the Contract Documents. C. Day: 1 1. The word "day" means a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. D. Defective: 1. The word "defective," when modifying the word "Work," refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it: a. does not conform to the Contract Documents; or bI does not meet the requirements of any applicable inspection, reference standard, testI or approval referred to in the Contract Documents; or c. has been damaged prior to Engineer's recommendation of final payment (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed by Owner at Substantial Completion in accordance with Paragraph 15.03 or 15.04). E. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide: 1. The word "furnish," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to supply and deliver said services, materials, or equipment to the Site (or some other specified location) ready for use or installation and in usable or operable condition. 2. The word "install," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to put into use or place in final position said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. E1CDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Sudety of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 5 of 65 3. The words "perform" or "provide;when used in connection with services, materials, y or equipment, shall mean to furnish and install said services, materials, or equipment ycomplete and ready for intended use. 4. If the Contract Documents establish an obligation of Contractor with respect to specific services, materials, or equipment, but do not expressly use any of the four words "furnish," "install," "perform," or "provide," then Contractor shall furnish and install said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. F. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, words or phrases that have a well- known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meaning. ARTICLE 2 —PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Delivery of Bands and Evidence of Insurance A. Bands: When Contractor delivers the executed counterparts of the Agreement to Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to Owner such bonds as Contractor may be required to furnish. B. Evidence of Contractor's Insurance: When Contractor delivers the executed counterparts of the Agreement to Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to Owner, with copies to each named insured and additional insured (as identified in the Supplementary Conditions or elsewhere in the Contract), the certificates and other evidence of insurance required to be provided by Contractor in accordance with Article 6. C. Evidence of Owner's insurance: After receipt of the executed counterparts of the Agreement and all required bonds and insurance documentation, Owner shall promptly deliver to Contractor, with copies to each named insured and additional insured (as identified in the Supplementary Conditions or otherwise), the certificates and other evidence of insurance required to be provided by Owner under Article 6. 2.02 Copies of Documents A. Owner shall furnish to Contractor four printed copies of the Contract (including one fully executed counterpart of the Agreement), and one copy in electronic portable document format (PDF). Additional printed copies will be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction. B. Owner shall maintain and safeguard at least one original printed record version of the Contract, including Drawings and Specifications signed and sealed by Engineer and other design professionals. Owner shall make such original printed record version of the Contract available to Contractor for review. Owner may delegate the responsibilities under this provision to Engineer. 2.03 Before Starting Construction A. Preliminary Schedules: Within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Contract (or as otherwise specifically required by the Contract Documents), Contractor shall submit to Engineer for timely review: 1. a preliminary Progress Schedule indicating the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract; 2, a preliminary Schedule of Submittals; and EICDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 6 of 65 3. a preliminary Schedule of Values for all of the Work which includes quantities and prices of items which when added together equal the Contract Price and subdivides ythe Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during performance of the Work. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work. 2.04 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives A. Before any or at the Site is started, a conference attended by Owner, Contractor, Engineer, and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in Paragraph 2.03.A, procedures for handling Shop Drawings, Samples, and other submittals, processing Applications for Payment, electronic or digital transmittals, and maintaining required records. B. At this conference Owner and Contractor each shall designate, in writing, a specific individual to act as its authorized representative with respect to the services and responsibilities under the Contract. Such individuals shall have the authority to transmit and receive information, render decisions relative to the Contract, and otherwise act on behalf of each respective party. 2.05 Initial Acceptance of Schedules A. At least 10 days before submission of the first Application for Payment a conference, attended by Contractor, Engineer, and others as appropriate, will be held to review for acceptability to Engineer as provided below the schedules submitted in accordance with Paragraph 2.03.A. Contractor shall have an additional 10 days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be made to Contractor until acceptable schedules are submitted to Engineer. 1. The Progress Schedule will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides an orderly progression of the Work to completion within the Contract Times. Such acceptance will not impose on Engineer responsibility for the Progress Schedule, for sequencing, scheduling, or progress of the Work, nor interfere with or relieve Contractor from Contractor's full responsibility therefor. 2. Contractor's Schedule of Submittals will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the required submittals. 3. Contractor's Schedule of Values will be acceptable to Engineer as to form and substance if it provides a reasonable allocation of the Contract Price to the component parts of the Work. 2.06 Electronic Transmittals A. Except as otherwise stated elsewhere in the Contract, the Owner, Engineer, and Contractor may transmit, and shall accept, Project -related correspondence, text, data, documents, drawings, information, and graphics, including but not limited to Shop Drawings and other submittals, in electronic media or digital format, either directly, or through access to a secure Project website. B. If the Contract does not establish protocols for electronic or digital transmittals, then Owner, Engineer, and Contractor shall jointly develop such protocols. V C. When transmitting items in electronic media or digital format, the transmitting party makes ._i no representations as to long term compatibility, usability, or readability of the items resulting from the recipient's use of software application packages, operating systems, or E1CDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 7 of 65 computer hardware differing from those used in the drafting or transmittal of the items, or t from those established in applicable transmittal protocols. ARTICLE 3 — DOCUMENTS: INTENT, REQUIREMENTS, REUSE 3.01 Intent A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is required by one is as binding as if required by all. B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. C. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, if there is a discrepancy between the electronic or digital versions of the Contract Documents (including any printed copies derived from such electronic or digital versions) and the printed record version, the printed record version shall govern. D. The Contract supersedes prior negotiations, representations, and agreements, whether written or oral. E. Engineer will issue clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents as provided herein. 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standards Specifications, Codes, Laws and Regulations 1. Reference in the Contract Documents to standard specifications, manuals, reference 1 standards, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the standard specification, manual, reference standard, code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Contract if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 2. No provision of any such standard specification, manual, reference standard, or code, or any instruction of a Supplier, shall be effective to change the duties or responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, or Engineer, or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or employees, from those set forth in the part of the Contract Documents prepared by or for Engineer. No such provision or instruction shall be effective to assign to Owner, Engineer, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the part of the Contract Documents prepared by or for Engineer. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies: 1. Contractor's Verification of Figures and Field Measurements: Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study the Contract Documents, and check and verify pertinent figures and dimensions therein, particularly with respect to applicable field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy that Contractor discovers, or has actual knowledge of, and shall not proceed with any Work affected thereby until the conflict, EICDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 8 of 65 error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved, by a clarification or interpretation by Engineer, or by an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents issued y pursuant to Paragraph 11.01, 2, Contractor's Review of Contract Documents: If, before or during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy within the Contract Documents, or between the Contract Documents and (a) any applicable Law or Regulation, (b) actual field conditions, (c) any standard specification, manual, reference standard, or code, or (d) any instruction of any Supplier, then Contractor shall promptly report it to Engineer in writing. Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.15) until the conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved, by a clarification or interpretation by Engineer, or by an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01. 3. Contractor shall not be liable to Owner or Engineer for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof. B. Resolving Discrepancies: 1. Except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the provisions of the part of the Contract Documents prepared by or for Engineer shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy between such provisions of the Contract Documents and: a. the provisions of any standard specification, manual, reference standard, or code, or the instruction of any Supplier (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference as a Contract Document); or b. the provisions of any Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation). 3.04 Requirements of the Contract Documents A. During the performance of the Work and until final payment, Contractor and Owner shall submit to the Engineer all matters in question concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents (sometimes referred to as requests for information or interpretation—RFIs), or relating to the acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents, as soon as possible after such matters arise. Engineer will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents, and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. B. Engineer will, with reasonable promptness, render a written clarification, interpretation, or decision on the issue submitted, or initiate an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents. Engineer's written clarification, interpretation, or decision will be final and binding on Contractor, unless it appeals by submitting a Change Proposal, and on Owner, unless it appeals by filing a Claim. C. If a submitted matter in question concerns terms and conditions of the Contract Documents that do not involve (1) the performance or acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents, (2) the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), or (3) other engineering or technical matters, then Engineer will promptly give written notice to Owner and Contractor that Engineer is unable to provide a decision or interpretation. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on resolution of such a matter in question, either party may pursue resolution as provided in Article 12, EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 9 of 65 3.05 Reuse of Documents i A. Contractor and its Subcontractors and Suppliers shall not: 1. have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of Engineer or its consultants, including electronic media editions, or reuse any such Drawings, Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of Owner and Engineer and specific written verification or adaptation by Engineer; or 2, have or acquire any title or ownership rights in any other Contract Documents, reuse any such Contract Documents for any purpose without Owner's express written consent, or violate any copyrights pertaining to such Contract Documents, B. The prohibitions of this Paragraph 3.05 will survive final payment, or termination of the Contract. Nothing herein shall preclude Contractor from retaining copies of the Contract Documents for record purposes. ARTICLE 4 —COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF TH E WORK 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed A. The Contract Times will commence to run on the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Contract or, if a Notice to Proceed is given, on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within 30 days after the Effective Date of the Contract. In no event will the Contract Times commence to run later than the sixtieth day after the day of Bid opening or the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Contract, whichever date is earlier. 4.02 Starting the Work A. Contractor shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Times commence to run. No Work shall be done at the Site prior to such date. 4.03 Reference Points A. Owner shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction which in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and property monuments, and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of Owner. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point or property monument is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points or property monuments by professionally qualified personnel. 4.04 Progress Schedule A. Contractor shall adhere to the Progress Schedule established in accordance with Paragraph 2.05 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below. 1. Contractor shall submit to Engineer for acceptance (to the extent indicated in Paragraph 2.05) proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will not result in changing the Contract Times. J EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page SO of 65 2. Proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will change the Contract Times shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 11. y B. Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule during all disputes or disagreements with Owner. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, or during any appeal process, except as permitted by Paragraph 16.04, or as Owner and Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. 4.05 Delays in Contractor's Progress A. If Owner, Engineer, or anyone for whom Owner is responsible, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the performance or progress of the Work, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Times and Contract Price. Contractor's entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. B. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delay, disruption, or interference caused by or within the control of Contractor. Delay, disruption, and interference attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be within the control of Contractor. C. If Contractor's performance or progress is delayed, disrupted, or interfered with by unanticipated causes not the fault of and beyond the control of Owner, Contractor, and those for which they are responsible, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Times. Contractor's entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. Such an adjustment shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for the delays, disruption, and interference described in this paragraph. Causes of delay, disruption, or interference that may give rise to an adjustment in Contract Times under this paragraph include but are not limited to the following: 1. severe and unavoidable natural catastrophes such as fires, floods, epidemics, and earthquakes; 2. abnormal weather conditions; 3. acts or failures to act of utility owners (other than those performing other work at or adjacent to the Site by arrangement with the Owner, as contemplated in Article 8); and 4, acts of war or terrorism. D. Delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the existence of a differing subsurface or physical condition, an Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated by the Contract Documents, or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy, and those resulting from Hazardous Environmental Conditions, are governed by Article 5. E. Paragraph 8.03 governs delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the performance of certain other work at or adjacent to the Site. F. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for any delay, disruption, or interference if such delay is concurrent with a delay, disruption, or interference caused by or within the control of Contractor. EICDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rightr reserved. Page 11 of 65 G. Contractor must submit any Change Proposal seeking an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times under this paragraph within 30 days of the commencement of the delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. ARTICLES—AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 5.01 Availability of Lands A. Owner shall furnish the Site. Owner shall notify Contractor of any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply in performing the Work. B. Upon reasonable written request, Owner shall furnish Contractor with a current statement of record legal title and legal description of the lands upon which permanent improvements are to be made and Owner's interest therein as necessary for giving notice of or filing a mechanic's or construction lien against such lands in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Contractor shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas: 1. Contractor shall confine construction equipment, temporary construction facilities, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site, adjacent areas that Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or otherwise, and other adjacent areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and such other adjacent areas with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for (a) damage to the Site; (b) damage to any such other adjacent areas used for Contractor's operations; (c) damage to any other adjacent land or areas; and (d) for injuries and losses sustained by the owners or occupants of any such land or areas; provided that such damage or injuries result from the performance of the Work or from other actions or conduct of the Contractor or those for which Contractor is responsible. 2. If a damage or injury claim is made by the owner or occupant of any such land or area because of the performance of the Work, or because of other actions or conduct of the Contractor or those for which Contractor is responsible, Contractor shall (a) take immediate corrective or remedial action as required by Paragraph 7.12, or otherwise; (b) promptly attempt to settle the claim as to all parties through negotiations with such owner or occupant, or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding, or at law; and (c) to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against any such claim, and against all costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any claim or action, legal or equitable, i brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer, or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused directly or indirectly, in whole or in part ElCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright 0 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 12 of 65 by, or based upon, Contractor's performance of the Work, or because of other actions _ or conduct of the Contractor or those for which Contractor is responsible. B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: During the progress of the Work the Contractor shall keep the Site and other adjacent areas free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Cleaning: Prior to Substantial Completion of the Work Contractor shall clean the Site and the Work and make it ready for utilization by Owner. At the completion of the Work Contractor shall remove from the Site and adjacent areas all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. D. Loading of Structures: Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of the Work or adjacent structures or land to stresses or pressures that will endanger them. 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. those reports known to Owner of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; 2. those drawings known to Owner of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities); and 3. Technical Data contained in such reports and drawings. B. Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data expressly identified in the Supplementary Conditions with respect to such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. If no such express identification has been made, then Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data (as defined in Article 1) contained in any geotechnical or environmental report prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor. Except for such reliance on Technical Data, Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any Technical Data or any such other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. EJCDC° C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 13 of 65 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions A. Notice by Contractor: If Contractor believes that any subsurface or physical condition that is uncovered or revealed at the Site either: 1. is of such a nature as to establish that any Technical Data on which Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 5.03 is materially inaccurate; or 2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Drawings or Specifications; or 3. differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or 4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents; then Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.15), notify Owner and Engineer in writing about such condition. Contractor shall not further disturb such condition or perform any Work in connection therewith (except with respect to an emergency) until receipt of a written statement permitting Contractor to do so. B. Engineer's Review: After receipt of written notice as required by the preceding paragraph, Engineer will promptly review the subsurface or physical condition in question; determine the necessity of Owner's obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect to the condition; conclude whether the condition falls within any one or more of the differing site condition categories in Paragraph 5.04.A above; obtain any pertinent cost or schedule information from Contractor; prepare recommendations to Owner regarding the Contractor's resumption of Work in connection with the subsurface or physical condition in question and the need for any change in the Drawings or Specifications; and advise Owner in writing of Engineer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations. C. Owner's Statement to Contractor Regarding Site Condition: After receipt of Engineer's written findings, conclusions, and recommendations, Owner shall issue a written statement to Contractor (with a copy to Engineer) regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question, addressing the resumption of Work in connection with such condition, indicating whether any change in the Drawings or Specifications will be made, and adopting or rejecting Engineer's written findings, conclusions, and recommendations, in whole or in part. D. Possible Price and Times Adjustments: 1. Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, to the extent that the existence of a differing subsurface or physical condition, or any related delay, disruption, or interference, causes an increase or decrease in Contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of the Work; subject, however, to the following: a. such condition must fall within any one or more of the categories described in Paragraph 5.04.A; b, with respect to Work that is paid for on a unit price basis, any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03; and, E1CDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. fapyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 14 of 65 c. Contractor's entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. 2. Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to a subsurface or physical condition if: a. Contractor knew of the existence of such condition at the time Contractor made a commitment to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times by the submission of a Bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract, or otherwise; or b. the existence of such condition reasonably could have been discovered or revealed as a result of any examination, investigation, exploration, test, or study of the Site and contiguous areas expressly required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents to be conducted by or for Contractor prior to Contractor's making such commitment; or c. Contractor failed to give the written notice as required by Paragraph 5.O4.A. 3. If Owner and Contractor agree regarding Contractor's entitlement to and the amount or extent of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, then any such adjustment shall be set forth in a Change Order. 4. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal regarding its entitlement to or the amount or extent of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, no later than 30 days after Owner's issuance of the Owner's written statement to Contractor regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question. J 5.05 Underground Facilities A. Contractor's Responsibilities: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or adjacent to the Site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities, including Owner, or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. Owner and Engineer do not warrant or guarantee the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data provided by others; and 2. the cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price, and Contractor shall have full responsibility for: a. reviewing and checking all information and data regarding existing Underground Facilities at the Site; b. locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents as being at the Site; C, coordination of the Work with the owners (including Owner) of such Underground Facilities, during construction; and d, the safety and protection of all existing Underground Facilities at the Site, and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. B. Notice by Contractor: If Contractor believes that an Underground Facility that is uncovered or revealed at the Site was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy, then Contractor shall, promptly after EICDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 15 of 65 becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by yParagraph 7.15), identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give written notice to that owner and to Owner and Engineer. C. Engineer's Review: Engineer will promptly review the Underground Facility and conclude whether such Underground Facility was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy; obtain any pertinent cost or schedule information from Contractor; prepare recommendations to Owner regarding the Contractor's resumption of Work in connection with the Underground Facility in question; determine the extent, if any, to which a change is required in the Drawings or Specifications to reflect and document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility; and advise Owner in writing of Engineer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations. During such time, Contractor shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility. D. Owner's Statement to Contractor Regarding Underground Facility: After receipt of Engineer's written findings, conclusions, and recommendations, Owner shall issue a written statement to Contractor (with a copy to Engineer) regarding the Underground Facility in question, addressing the resumption of Work in connection with such Underground Facility, indicating whether any change in the Drawings or Specifications will be made, and adopting or rejecting Engineer's written findings, conclusions, and recommendations in whole or in part. E. Possible Price and Times Adjustments: 1. Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, to the extent that any existing Underground Facility at the Site that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy, or any related delay, disruption, or interference, causes an increase or decrease in Contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of the Work; subject, however, to the following: a. Contractor did not know of and could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of or to have anticipated the existence or actual location of the Underground Facility in question; b. With respect to Work that is paid for on a unit price basis, any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03; C. Contractor's entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times; and d. Contractor gave the notice required in Paragraph 5.05.6, 2, If Owner and Contractor agree regarding Contractor's entitlement to and the amount or extent of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, then any such adjustment shall be set forth in a Change Order. 3. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal regarding its entitlement to or the amount or extent of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, no later than 30 days after Owner's issuance of the Owner's written statement to Contractor regarding the Underground Facility in question. E1CDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 16 of 65 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. those reports and drawings known to Owner relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site; and 2. Technical Data contained in such reports and drawings. B. Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data expressly identified in the Supplementary Conditions with respect to such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. If no such express identification has been made, then Contractor may rely on the accuracy of the Technical Data (as defined in Article 1) contained in any geotechnical or environmental report prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor. Except for such reliance on Technical Data, Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any Technical Data or any such other data, interpretations, opinions or information. j C. Contractor shall not be responsible for removing or remediating any Hazardous Environmental Condition encountered, uncovered, or revealed at the Site unless such removal or remediation is expressly identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. D. Contractor shall be responsible for controlling, containing, and duly removing all Constituents of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or anyone else for whom Contractor is responsible, and for any associated costs; and for the costs of removing and remediating any Hazardous Environmental Condition created by the presence of any such Constituents of Concern. E. If Contractor encounters, uncovers, or reveals a Hazardous Environmental Condition whose removal or remediation is not expressly identified in the Contract Documents as being within the scope of the Work, or if Contractor or anyone for whom Contractor is responsible creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, then Contractor shall immediately: (1) secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (2) stop all Work in connection with such condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.15); and (3) notify Owner and Engineer (and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing). Owner shall promptly consult with Engineer concerning the necessity for Owner to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take corrective action, if any. Promptly after consulting with Engineer, Owner shall take such actions as are necessary to permit Owner to timely obtain required permits and provide Contractor the written notice required by Paragraph 5.061, If Contractor or anyone for whom Contractor is responsible created the Hazardous Environmental Condition in question, then Owner may remove and remediate the Hazardous Environmental Condition, and impose a set-off against payments to account for the associated costs. EICDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 17 of 65 F. Contractor shall not resume Work in connection with such Hazardous Environmental Condition or in any affected area until after Owner has obtained any required permits related thereto, and delivered written notice to Contractor either (1) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work, or (2) specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed safely. G. If Owner and Contractor cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of such Work stoppage or such special conditions under which Work is agreed to be resumed by Contractor, then within 30 days of Owner's written notice regarding the resumption of Work, Contractor may submit a Change Proposal, or Owner may impose a set-off. H. If after receipt of such written notice Contractor does not agree to resume such Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under such special conditions, then Owner may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by such condition to be deleted from the Work, following the contractual change procedures in Article 11. Owner may have such deleted portion of the Work performed by Owner's own forces or others in accordance with Article 8. I. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition, provided that such Hazardous Environmental Condition (1) was not shown or indicated in the Drawings, Specifications, or other Contract Documents, identified as Technical Data entitled to limited reliance pursuant to Paragraph 5.06.6, or identified in the Contract Documents to be included within the scope of the Work, and (2) was not created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 5.06.H shall obligate Owner to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual's or entity's own negligence. J. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to the failure to control, contain, or remove a Constituent of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible, or to a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 5.06.1 shall obligate Contractor to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual's or entity's own negligence. K. The provisions of Paragraphs 5.03, 5.04, and 5.05 do not apply to the presence of Constituents of Concern or to a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. EICDC° C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 18 of 65 ARTICLE 6 — BONDS AND INSURANCE 6.01 Performance, Payment and Other Bonds A. Contractor shall furnish a performance bond and a payment bond, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price, as security for the faithful performance and payment of all of Contractor's obligations under the Contract. These bonds shall remain in effect until one year after the date when final payment becomes due or until completion of the correction period specified in Paragraph 15.08, whichever is later, except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, the Supplementary Conditions, or other specific provisions of the Contract. Contractor shall also furnish such other bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions or other specific provisions of the Contract. B. All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (as amended and supplemented) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. A bond signed by an agent or attorney-in-fact must be accompanied by a certified copy of that individual's authority to bind the surety. The evidence of authority shall show that it is effective on the date the%agent or attorney-in-fact signed the accompanying bond. C. Contractor shall obtain the required bonds from surety companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue bonds in the required amounts. D. If the surety on a bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent, or its right to do business is terminated in any state or jurisdiction where any part of the Project is located, or the surety ceases to meet the requirements above, then Contractor shall promptly notify Owner and Engineer and shall, within 20 days after the event giving rise to such notification, provide another bond and surety, both of which shall comply with the bond and surety requirements above. E. If Contractor has failed to obtain a required bond, Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site and exercise Owner's termination rights under Article 16. F. Upon request, Owner shall provide a copy of the payment bond to any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other person or entity claiming to have furnished labor or materials used in the performance of the Work. 6.02 Insurance—General Provisions A. Owner and Contractor shall obtain and maintain insurance as required in this Article and in the Supplementary Conditions, B. All insurance required by the Contract to be purchased and maintained by Owner or Contractor shall be obtained from insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized, in the state or jurisdiction in which the Project is located, to issue insurance policies for the required limits and coverages. Unless a different standard is indicated in the Supplementary Conditions, all companies that provide insurance policies required under this Contract shall have an A.M. Best rating of A -VII or better. 1 C. Contractor shall deliver to Owner, with copies to each named insured and additional — insured (as identified in this Article, in the Supplementary Conditions, or elsewhere in the Contract), certificates of insurance establishing that Contractor has obtained and is E1CDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright 912013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 19 of 65 maintaining the policies, coverages, and endorsements required by the Contract. Upon request by Owner or any other insured, Contractor shall also furnish other evidence of such yrequired insurance, including but not limited to copies of policies and endorsements, and documentation of applicable self-insured retentions and deductibles. Contractor may block out (redact) any confidential premium or pricing information contained in any policy or endorsement furnished under this provision. D. Owner shall deliver to Contractor, with copies to each named insured and additional insured (as identified in this Article, the Supplementary Conditions, or elsewhere in the Contract), certificates of insurance establishing that Owner has obtained and is maintaining the policies, coverages, and endorsements required of Owner by the Contract (if any). Upon request by Contractor or any other insured, Owner shall also provide other evidence of such required insurance (if any), including but not limited to copies of policies and endorsements, and documentation of applicable self-insured retentions and deductibles. Owner may block out (redact) any confidential premium or pricing information contained in any policy or endorsement furnished under this provision. E. Failure of Owner or Contractor to demand such certificates or other evidence of the other party's full compliance with these insurance requirements, or failure of Owner or Contractor to identify a deficiency in compliance from the evidence provided, shall not be construed as a waiver of the other party's obligation to obtain and maintain such insurance. F. If either party does not purchase or maintain all of the insurance required of such party by the Contract, such party shall notify the other party in writing of such failure to purchase prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. G. If Contractor has failed to obtain and maintain required insurance, Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site, impose an appropriate set-off against payment, and exercise Owner's termination rights under Article 16. H. Without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if a party has failed to obtain required insurance, the other party may elect to obtain equivalent insurance to protect such other party's interests at the expense of the party who was required to provide such coverage, and the Contract Price shall be adjusted accordingly. I. Owner does not represent that insurance coverage and limits established in this Contract necessarily will be adequate to protect Contractor or Contractor's interests. J. The insurance and insurance limits required herein shall not be deemed as a limitation on Contractor's liability under the indemnities granted to Owner and other individuals and entities in the Contract. 6.03 Contractor'slnsurance A. Workers' Compensation: Contractor shall purchase and maintain workers' compensation and employer's liability insurance for: 1. claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts. 2. United States Longshoreman and Harbor Workers' Compensation Act and Jones Act coverage (if applicable). Pr 3, claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees (by stop -gap endorsement in monopolist worker's compensation states). E1CDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 20 of 65 4. Foreign voluntary worker compensation (if applicable). B. Commercial General Liability—Claims Covered: Contractor shall purchase and maintain Y commercial general liability insurance, covering all operations by or on behalf of Contractor, on an occurrence basis, against: 1, claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor's employees. 2. claims for damages insured by reasonably available personal injury liability coverage. 3. claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom. C. Commercial General Liability—Form and Content: Contractor's commercial liability policy shall be written on a 1996 (or later) ISO commercial general liability form (occurrence form) and include the following coverages and endorsements: 1. Products and completed operations coverage: a. Such insurance shall be maintained for three years after final payment. b. Contractor shall furnish Owner and each other additional insured (as identified in the Supplementary Conditions or elsewhere in the Contract) evidence of continuation of such insurance at final payment and three years thereafter. 2. Blanket contractual liability coverage, to the extent permitted by law, including but not limited to coverage of Contractor's contractual indemnity obligations in Paragraph 7.18, 3. Broad form property damage coverage. i 4. Severability of interest. 5. Underground, explosion, and collapse coverage. 6. Personal injury coverage. 7. Additional insured endorsements that include both ongoing operations and products and completed operations coverage through ISO Endorsements CG 20 10 10 01 and CG 20 37 10 01 (together); or CG 20 10 07 04 and CG 20 37 07 04 (together); or their equivalent. 8. For design professional additional insureds, ISO Endorsement CG 20 32 07 04, "Additional Insured—Engineers, Architects or Surveyors Not Engaged by the Named Insured" or its equivalent. D. Automobile liability: Contractor shall purchase and maintain automobile liability insurance against claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance, or use of any motor vehicle. The automobile liability policy shall be written on an occurrence basis. E. Umbrella or excess liability: Contractor shall purchase and maintain umbrella or excess liability insurance written over the underlying employer's liability, commercial general liability, and automobile liability insurance described in the paragraphs above. Subject to industry -standard exclusions, the coverage afforded shall follow form as to each and every one of the underlying policies. F. Contractor's pollution liability insurance: Contractor shall purchase and maintain a policy covering third -party injury and property damage claims, including clean-up costs, as a result E1CDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 21 of 65 of pollution conditions arising from Contractor's operations and completed operations. This insurance shall be maintained for no less than three years after final completion. Y G. Additional insureds: The Contractor's commercial general liability, automobile liability, umbrella or excess, and pollution liability policies shall include and list as additional insureds Owner and Engineer, and any individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions; include coverage for the respective officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of all such additional insureds; and the insurance afforded to these additional insureds shall provide primary coverage for all claims covered thereby (including as applicable those arising from both ongoing and completed operations) on a non-contributory basis. Contractor shall obtain all necessary endorsements to support these requirements. H. Contractor's professional liability insurance: If Contractor will provide or furnish professional services under this Contract, through a delegation of professional design services or otherwise, then Contractor shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining applicable professional liability insurance. This insurance shall provide protection against claims arising out of performance of professional design or related services, and caused by a negligent error, omission, or act for which the insured party is legally liable. It shall be maintained throughout the duration of the Contract and for a minimum of two years after Substantial Completion. If such professional design services are performed by a Subcontractor, and not by Contractor itself, then the requirements of this paragraph may be satisfied through the purchasing and maintenance of such insurance by such Subcontractor. General provisions: The policies f; required by this Paragraph 6.03 shall 1. include at least the specific coverages provided in this Article. 2, be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in this Article and in the Supplementary Conditions, or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is greater. 3, contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed, or renewal refused until at least 10 days prior written notice has been given to Contractor. Within three days of receipt of any such written notice, Contractor shall provide a copy of the notice to Owner, Engineer, and each other insured under the policy. 4, remain in effect at least until final payment (and longer if expressly required in this Article) and at all times thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing, or replacing defective Work as a warranty or correction obligation, or otherwise, or returning to the Site to conduct other tasks arising from the Contract Documents. 5. be appropriate for the Work being performed and provide protection from claims that may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. J. The coverage requirements for specific policies of insurance must be met by such policies, and not by reference to excess or umbrella insurance provided in other policies, E1CDC® C -70D, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and Amerlcan5ociety of Civil Engineers. All rlghtr reserved. Page 22 of fi5 6.04 Owner's Liability Insurance A. In addition to the insurance required to be provided by Contractor under Paragraph 6.03, D Owner, at Owner's option, may purchase and maintain at Owner's expense Owner's own liability insurance as will protect Owner against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents, B. Owner's liability policies, if any, operate separately and independently from policies required to be provided by Contractor, and Contractor cannot rely upon Owner's liability policies for any of Contractor's obligations to the Owner, Engineer, or third parties. 6.05 Property Insurance A. Builder's Risk: Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall purchase and maintain builder's risk insurance upon the Work on a completed value basis, in the amount of the full insurable replacement cost thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations). This insurance shall: 1. include the Owner and Contractor as named insureds, and all Subcontractors, and any individuals or entities required by the Supplementary Conditions to be insured under such builder's risk policy, as insureds or named insureds. For purposes of the remainder of this Paragraph 6.05, Paragraphs 6.06 and 6.07, and any corresponding Supplementary Conditions, the parties required to be insured shall collectively be referred to as "insureds." 2. be written on a builder's risk "all risk" policy form that shall at least include insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, falsework, and materials and equipment in transit, and shall insure against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire; lightning; windstorm; riot; civil commotion; terrorism; vehicle impact; aircraft; smoke; theft; vandalism and malicious mischief; mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth movement; flood; collapse; explosion; debris removal; demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations; water damage (other than that caused by flood); and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by the Supplementary Conditions. If insurance against mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth movement; or flood, are not commercially available under builder's risk policies, by endorsement or otherwise, such insurance may be provided through other insurance policies acceptable to Owner and Contractor. 3. cover, as insured property, at least the following: (a) the Work and all materials, suppliesI machinery, apparatus, equipment, fixtures, and other property of a similar nature that are to be incorporated into or used in the preparation, fabrication, construction, erection, or completion of the Work, including Owner -furnished or assigned property; (b) spare parts inventory required within the scope of the Contract; and (c) temporary works which are not intended to form part of the permanent constructed Work but which are intended to provide working access to the Site, or to the Work under construction, or which are intended to provide temporary support for the Work under construction, including scaffolding, form work, fences, shoring, falsework, and temporary structures. )� 4. cover expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property � (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers and architects). EICDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 23 of 65 5. extend to cover damage or loss to insured property while in temporary storage at the Site or in a storage location outside the Site (but not including property stored at the y premises of a manufacturer or Supplier). 6, extend to cover damage or loss to insured property while in transit. 7, allow for partial occupation or use of the Work by Owner, such that those portions of the Work that are not yet occupied or used by Owner shall remain covered by the builder's risk insurance. 8. allow forthe waiver of the insurer's subrogation rights, as set forth below. 9. provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered. 10. not include a co-insurance clause. 11. include an exception for ensuing losses from physical damage or loss with respect to any defective workmanship, design, or materials exclusions. 12. include performance/hot testing and start-up. 13. be maintained in effect, subject to the provisions herein regarding Substantial Completion and partial occupancy or use of the Work by Owner, until the Work is complete. B. Notice of Cancellation or Change: All the policies of insurance (and the certificates or other evidence thereof) required to be purchased and maintained in accordance with this Paragraph 6.05 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 10 days prior written y notice has been given to the purchasing policyholder. Within three days of receipt of any such written notice, the purchasing policyholder shall provide a copy of the notice to each otherinsured. C. Deductibles: The purchaser of any required builder's risk or property insurance shall pay for costs not covered because of the application of a policy deductible. D. Partial Occupancy or Use by Owner: If Owner will occupy or use a portion or portions of the or prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work as provided in Paragraph 15. 04, then Owner (directly, if it is the purchaser of the builder's risk policy, or through Contractor) will provide notice of such occupancy or use to the builder's risk insurer. The builder's risk insurance shall not be canceled or permitted to lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy; rather, those portions of the Work that are occupied or used by Owner may come off the builder's risk policy, while those portions of the Work not yet occupied or used by Owner shall remain covered by the builder's risk insurance. E. Additional Insurance: If Contractor elects to obtain other special insurance to be included in or supplement the builder's risk or property insurance policies provided under this Paragraph 6.05, it may do so at Contractor's expense. R Insurance of Other Property: If the express insurance provisions of the Contract do not require or address the insurance of a property item or interest, such as tools, construction equipment, or other personal property owned by Contractor, a Subcontractor, or an employee of Contractor or a Subcontractor, then the entity or individual owning such property item will be responsible for deciding whether to insure it, and if so in what amount. EICDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 24 of 65 6.06 Waiver of Rights A. All policies purchased in accordance with Paragraph 6.05, expressly including the builder's risk policy, shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any insureds thereunder, or against Engineer or its consultants, or their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors. Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and the respective officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them, for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of, or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Engineer, its consultants, all Subcontractors, all individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as insureds, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them, under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance held by Owner or Contractor as trustee or fiduciary, or otherwise payable under any policy so issued. B. Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, for: 1. loss due to business interruption, loss of use, or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to Owner's property or the Work caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other perils whether or not insured by Owner; and f 2. loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other insured peril or cause of loss covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by Owner during partial occupancy or use pursuant to Paragraph 15.04, after Substantial Completion pursuant to Paragraph 15.03, or after final payment pursuant to Paragraph 15.06. C. Any insurance policy maintained by Owner covering any loss, damage or consequential loss referred to in Paragraph 6. 06.8 shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any such loss, damage, or consequential loss, the insurers will have no rights of recovery against Contractor, Subcontractors, or Engineer, or the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors of each and any of them. D. Contractor shall be responsible for assuring that the agreement under which a Subcontractor performs a portion of the Work contains provisions whereby the Subcontractor waives all rights against Owner, Contractor, all individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as insureds, the Engineer and its consultants, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them, for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of, relating to, or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by builder's risk insurance and any other property insurance applicable to the Work. 6.07 Receipt and Application of Property Insurance Proceeds 1' A. Any insured loss under the builder's risk and other policies of insurance required by Paragraph 6.05 will be adjusted and settled with the named insured that purchased the EICDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the construction Contract. Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Campanles, and American society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 25 of 65 policy. Such named insured shall act as fiduciary for the other insureds, and give notice to _ such other insureds that adjustment and settlement of a claim is in progress. Any other yinsured may state its position regarding a claim for insured loss in writing within 15 days after notice of such claim. B. Proceeds for such insured losses may be made payable by the insurer either jointly to multiple insureds, or to the named insured that purchased the policy in its own right and as fiduciary for other insureds, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause. A named insured receiving insurance proceeds under the builder's risk and other policies of insurance required by Paragraph 6.05 shall distribute such proceeds in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or as otherwise required under the dispute resolution provisions of this Contract or applicable Laws and Regulations. C. If no other special agreement is reached, the damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the money so received applied on account thereof, and the Work and the cost thereof covered by Change Order, if needed. ARTICLE 7 —CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence A. Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. At all times during the progress of the Work, Contractor shall assign a competent resident IJ superintendent who shall not be replaced without written notice to Owner and Engineer except under extraordinary circumstances. 7.02 Labor; Working Hours A. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be performed during regular working hours, Monday through Friday. Contractor will not perform Work on a Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday. Contractor may perform Work outside regular working hours or on Saturdays, Sundays, or legal holidays only with Owner's written consent, which will not be unreasonably withheld. 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall provide and assume full responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start up, and completion of the Work, whether or not such items are specifically called for in the Contract Documents. j} B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All special warranties and E1CDCa 0400, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 26 of 65 guarantees required by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of Owner. If required by Engineer, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of l required tests) as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment. C, All materials and equipment shall be stored, applied, installed, connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Documents. 7,04 "Or Equals" A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the Contract Price has been based upon Contractor furnishing such item as specified, The specification or description of such an item is intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or "or equal" item is permitted, Contractor may request that Engineer authorize the use of other items of material or equipment, or items from other proposed suppliers under the circumstances described below. 1. If Engineer in its sole discretion determines that an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, Engineer shall deem it an "or equal" item, For the purposes of this paragraph, a proposed item of material or equipment will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if: a. in the exercise of reasonable judgment Engineer determines that: 1) it is at least equal in materials of construction, quality, durability, appearance, strength, and design characteristics; 2) it will reliably perform at least equally well the function and achieve the results imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole; 3) it has a proven record of performance and availability of responsive service; and 4) it is not objectionable to Owner, b, Contractor certifies that, if approved and incorporated into the Work: 1) there will be no increase in cost to the Owner or increase in Contract Times; and 2) it will conform substantially to the detailed requirements of the item named in the Contract Documents. B. Contractor's Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed "or equal" item at Contractor's expense. C, Engineer's Evaluation and Determination: Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each "or -equal" request. Engineer may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed "or -equal" item. Engineer will be the sole judge of acceptability. No "or -equal" item will be ordered, furnished, installed, or utilized until Engineer's review is T,l complete and Engineer determines that the proposed item is an "or -equal", which will be evidenced by an approved Shop Drawing or other written communication, Engineer will advise Contractor in writing of any negative determination. EICDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract, Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 27 of 65 D. Effect of Engineer's Determination: Neither approval nor denial of an "or -equal" request shall result in any change in Contract Price, The Engineer's denial of an "or -equal" request yshall be final and binding, and may not be reversed through an appeal under any provision of the Contract Documents, E. Treatment as a Substitution Request: If Engineer determines that an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or -equal" item, Contractor may request that Engineer considered the proposed item as a substitute pursuant to Paragraph 7.05, 7.05 Substitutes A. Unless the specification or description of an item of material or equipment required to be furnished under the Contract Documents contains or is followed by words reading that no substitution is permitted, Contractor may request that Engineer authorize the use of other items of material or equipment under the circumstances described below. To the extent possible such requests shall be made before commencement of related construction at the Site. 1. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow Engineer to determine if the item of material or equipment proposed is functionally equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. Engineer will not accept requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment from anyone other than Contractor. 2. The requirements for review by Engineer will be as set forth in Paragraph 7.05.6, as supplemented by the Specifications, and as Engineer may decide is appropriate under .1' the circumstances. 3. Contractor shall make written application to Engineer for review of a proposed substitute item of material or equipment that Contractor seeks to furnish or use. The application: a, shall certify that the proposed substitute item will: 1) perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design, 2) be similar in substance to that specified, and 3) be suited to the same use as that specified. b. will state: 1) the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute item will necessitate a change in Contract Times, 2) whether use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner for other work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute item, and 3) whether incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty. C. will identify: J 1) all variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified, and E1COC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 28 of 65 F. Effect of Engineer's Determination: If Engineer approves the substitution request, Contractor shall execute the proposed Change Order and proceed with the substitution. The Engineer's denial of a substitution request shall be final and binding, and may not be reversed through an appeal under any provision of the Contract Documents. Contractor may challenge the scope of reimbursement costs imposed under Paragraph 7.05.D, by timely submittal of a Change Proposal. 7.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others 2) available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services, Contractor may retain Subcontractors and Suppliers for the performance of parts of the d. shall contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or ( indirectly from use of such substitute item, including but not limited to changes in Contractor shall retain specific Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities for Contract Price, shared savings, costs of redesign, and claims of other contractors the performance of designated parts of the Work if required by the Contract to do so. affected by any resulting change. B. Engineer's Evaluation and Determination: Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to Contract, Owner may not require Contractor to retain any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other evaluate each substitute request, and to obtain comments and direction from Owner. individual or entity to furnish or perform any of the Work against which Contractor has Engineer may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute reasonable objection. item. Engineer will be the sole judge of acceptability. No substitute will be ordered, Prior to entry into any binding subcontract or purchase order, Contractor shall submit to furnished, installed, or utilized until Engineer's review is complete and Engineer determines Owner the identity of the proposed Subcontractor or Supplier (unless Owner has already that the proposed item is an acceptable substitute. Engineer's determination will be deemed such proposed Subcontractor or Supplier acceptable, during the bidding process or evidenced by a Field Order or a proposed Change Order accounting for the substitution otherwise). Such proposed Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed acceptable to Owner itself and all related impacts, including changes in Contract Price or Contract Times. unless Owner raises a substantive, reasonable objection within five days. Engineer will advise Contractor in writing of any negative determination. C. Special Guarantee: Owner may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor's expense a Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute. D. Reimbursement of Engineer's Cost: Engineer will record Engineer's costs in evaluating a substitute proposed or submitted by Contractor. Whether or not Engineer approves a substitute so proposed or submitted by Contractor, Contractor shall reimburse Owner for the reasonable charges of Engineer for evaluating each such proposed substitute. Contractor shall also reimburse Owner for the reasonable charges of Engineer for making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner) resulting from the acceptance of each proposed substitute. E. Contractor's Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed substitute at Contractor's expense. F. Effect of Engineer's Determination: If Engineer approves the substitution request, Contractor shall execute the proposed Change Order and proceed with the substitution. The Engineer's denial of a substitution request shall be final and binding, and may not be reversed through an appeal under any provision of the Contract Documents. Contractor may challenge the scope of reimbursement costs imposed under Paragraph 7.05.D, by timely submittal of a Change Proposal. 7.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. Contractor may retain Subcontractors and Suppliers for the performance of parts of the Work. Such Subcontractors and Suppliers must be acceptable to Owner. B. Contractor shall retain specific Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities for the performance of designated parts of the Work if required by the Contract to do so. C. Subsequent to the submittal of Contractor's Bid or final negotiation of the terms of the Contract, Owner may not require Contractor to retain any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity to furnish or perform any of the Work against which Contractor has reasonable objection. D. Prior to entry into any binding subcontract or purchase order, Contractor shall submit to Owner the identity of the proposed Subcontractor or Supplier (unless Owner has already deemed such proposed Subcontractor or Supplier acceptable, during the bidding process or otherwise). Such proposed Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed acceptable to Owner unless Owner raises a substantive, reasonable objection within five days. EICDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 29 of 65 E. Owner may require the replacement of any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity retained by Contractor to perform any part of the Work. Owner also may require Contractor to retain specific replacements; provided, however, that Owner may not require a replacement to which Contractor has a reasonable objection. If Contractor has submitted the identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities for acceptance by Owner, and Owner has accepted it (either in writing or by failing to make written objection thereto), then Owner may subsequently revoke the acceptance of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity so identified solely on the basis of substantive, reasonable objection after due investigation. Contractor shall submit an acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity. F. If Owner requires the replacement of any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity retained by Contractor to perform any part of the Work, then Contractor shall be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, with respect to the replacement; and Contractor shall initiate a Change Proposal for such adjustment within 30 days of Owner's requirement of replacement. G. No acceptance by Owner of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, whether initially or as a replacement, shall constitute a waiver of the right of Owner to the completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, H. On a monthly basis Contractor shall submit to Engineer a complete list of all Subcontractors and Suppliers having a direct contract with Contractor, and of all other Subcontractors and Suppliers known to Contractor at the time of submittal. I. Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Workjust as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. J. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and all other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work. K. Contractor shall restrict all Subcontractors, Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work from communicating with Engineer or Owner, except through Contractor or in case of an emergency, or as otherwise expressly allowed herein. L. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. M. All Work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be pursuant to an appropriate contractual agreement that specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer. K Owner may furnish to any Subcontractor or Supplier, to the extent practicable, information about amounts paid to Contractor on account of Work performed for Contractor by the particular Subcontractor or Supplier. ly EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 30 of 65 0. Nothing in the Contract Documents: 1. shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity; nor 2. shall create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any money due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. 7.07 Patent Fees and Royalties A. Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product, or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if, to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer, its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner in the Contract Documents. B. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Contractor, and its officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals, and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any i invention, design, process, product, or device specified in the Contract Documents, but not identified as being subject to payment of any license fee or royalty to others required by patent rights or copyrights. C. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and now harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents. 7.08 Permits A. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time of the submission of Contractor's Bid (or when Contractor became bound under a negotiated contract). Owner shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections for providing permanent service to the Work E1LDL® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 31 of 65 7.09 Taxes A. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the performance of the Work. 7.10 Laws and Regulations A. Contractor shall give all notices required by and shall comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Engineer shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. 8. If Contractor performs any Work or takes any other action knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all resulting costs and losses, and shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work or other action. It shall not be Contractor's responsibility to make certain that the Work described in the Contract Documents is in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.03. C. Owner or Contractor may give notice to the other party of any changes after the submission of Contractor's Bid (or after the date when Contractor became bound under a negotiated contract) in Laws or Regulations having an effect on the cost or time of performance of the Work, including but not limited to changes in Laws or Regulations having an effect on procuring permits and on sales, use, value-added, consumption, and other similar taxes. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times resulting from such changes, then within 30 days of such notice Contractor may submit a Change Proposal, or Owner may initiate a Claim. 7.11 Record Documents A. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Site one printed record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders, written interpretations and clarifications, and approved Shop Drawings. Contractor shall keep such record documents in good order and annotate them to show changes made during construction. These record documents, together with all approved Samples, will be available to Engineer for reference. Upon completion of the Work, Contractor shall deliver these record documents to Engineer. 7.12 Safety and Protection A. Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Such responsibility does not relieve Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss to: I ). 1. all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work; EICDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rlghtr reserved. Page 32 of 65 EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 33 of 65 2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site; and 3, other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, other work in progress, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. B. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify Owner; the owners of adjacent property, Underground Facilities, and other utilities; and other contractors and utility owners performing work at or adjacent to the Site, when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property or work in progress. C. Contractor shall comply with the applicable requirements of Owner's safety programs, if any. The Supplementary Conditions identify any Owner's safety programs that are applicable to the Work. D. Contractor shall inform Owner and Engineer of the specific requirements of Contractor's safety program with which Owner's and Engineer's employees and representatives must comply while at the Site. E. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in Paragraph 7.12.A.2 or 7.12.A.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor at its expense (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of Owner or Engineer or anyone employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of Contractor or any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them). F. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and protection shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 15.06.8 that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion), G. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and protection shall resume whenever Contractor or any Subcontractor or Supplier returns to the Site to fulfill warranty or correction obligations, or to conduct other tasks arising from the Contract Documents. 7.13 Safety Representative A. Contractor shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and programs. 7.14 Hazard Communication Programs A. Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 33 of 65 exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. d 7.15 Emergencies A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, Contractor is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby or are required as a result thereof. If Engineer determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change order will be issued. 7.16 Shop Drawings, Samples, and Other Submittals A. Shop Drawing and Sample Submittal Requirements: 1. Before submitting a Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have: a. reviewed and coordinated the Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents; b. determined and verified all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information with respect thereto; c. determined and verified the suitability of all materials and equipment offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and d. determined and verified all information relative to Contractor's responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. 2. Each submittal shall bear a stamp or specific written certification that Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor's review of that submittal, and that Contractor approves the submittal. 3. With each submittal, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of any variations that the Shop Drawing or Sample may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents. This notice shall be set forth in a written communication separate from the Shop Drawings or Sample submittal; and, in addition, in the case of Shop Drawings by a specific notation made on each Shop Drawing submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. B. Submittal Procedures for Shop Drawings and Samples: Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings and Samples to Engineer for review and approval in accordance with the accepted Schedule of Submittals. Each submittal will be identified as Engineer may require. 1. Shop Drawings: a. Contractor shall submit the number of copies required in the Specifications. b. Data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data �} to show Engineer the services, materials, and equipment Contractor proposes to LI E1CDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Clvll Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 34 of 65 provide and to enable Engineer to review the information for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 7.16.D. Y 2. Samples: a. Contractor shall submit the number of Samples required in the Specifications. b. Contractor shall clearly identify each Sample as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers, the use for which intended and other data as Engineer may require to enable Engineer to review the submittal for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 7.16.13, 3. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the Schedule of Submittals, any related Work performed prior to Engineer's review and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of Contractor. C. Other Submittals: Contractor shall submit other submittals to Engineer in accordance with the accepted Schedule of Submittals, and pursuant to the applicable terms of the Specifications. D. Engineer's Review: 1. Engineer will provide timely review of Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with the Schedule of Submittals acceptable to Engineer. Engineer's review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. 2. Engineer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. 3. Engineer's review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. 4. Engineer's review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has complied with the requirements of Paragraph 7.16.A.3 and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample. Engineer will document any such approved variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents in a Field Order, 5. Engineer's review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of Paragraph 7.16.A and B. 6. Engineer's review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample, or of a variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents, shall not, under any circumstances, change the Contract Times or Contract Price, unless such changes are included in a Change Order. l� 7. Neither Engineer's receipt, review, acceptance or approval of a Shop Drawing, Sample, or other submittal shall result in such item becoming a Contract Document, E1CDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright ©2033 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rlghtr reserved. Page 35 of 65 8. Contractor shall perform the Work in compliance with the requirements and commitments set forth in approved Shop Drawings and Samples, subject to the y provisions of Paragraph 7.16.DA E. Resubmittal Procedures: 1. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit, as required, new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals. 2. Contractor shall furnish required submittals with sufficient information and accuracy to obtain required approval of an item with no more than three submittals. Engineer will record Engineer's time for reviewing a fourth or subsequent submittal of a Shop Drawings, sample, or other item requiring approval, and Contractor shall be responsible for Engineer's charges to Owner for such time. Owner may impose a set- off against payments due to Contractor to secure reimbursement for such charges. 3. If Contractor requests a change of a previously approved submittal item, Contractor shall be responsible for Engineers charges to Owner for its review time, and Owner may impose a set-off against payments due to Contractor to secure reimbursement for such charges, unless the need for such change is beyond the control of Contractor. 7.17 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Engineer and its officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors shall be entitled to rely on Contractor's warranty and guarantee. B. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 1. abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom Contractor is responsible; or 2. normal wear and tear under normal usage. C. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. observations by Engineer; 2. recommendation by Engineer or payment by Owner of any progress or final payment; 3. the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion by Engineer or any payment related thereto by Owner; 4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner; 5. any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal; 6. the issuance of a notice of acceptability by Engineer; 7. any inspection, test, or approval by others; or I _ 8. any correction of defective Work by Owner. EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright ©2013 National 6oclety of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Clvll Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 36 of 65 D, If the Contract requires the Contractor to accept the assignment of a contract entered into by Owner, then the specific warranties, guarantees, and correction obligations contained in y the assigned contract shall govern with respect to Contractor's performance obligations to Owner for the Work described in the assigned contract. 7,18 Indemnification A. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, and in addition to any other obligations of Contractor under the Contract or otherwise, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss, or damage is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom but only to the extent caused by any negligent act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. B. In any and all claims against Owner or Engineer or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under Paragraph 7,18.A shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts. C, The indemnification obligations of Contractor under Paragraph 7,18.A shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer's officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors arising out of: 1, the preparation or approval of, or the failure to prepare or approve maps, Drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs, or Specifications; or 2, giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage. 7.19 Delegation of Professional Design Services A. Contractor will not be required to provide professional design services unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless such services are required to carry out Contractor's responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures, Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable Laws and Regulations, B. If professional design services or cert ifications by a design professional related to systems, materials, or equipment are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop EICDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 37 of 65 Drawings and other submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional's written approval when ysubmitted to Engineer. C. Owner and Engineer shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy, and completeness of the services, certifications, or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided Owner and Engineer have specified to Contractor all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. D. Pursuant to this paragraph, Engineer's review and approval of design calculations and design drawings will be only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with performance and design criteria given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and other submittals (except design calculations and design drawings) will be only for the purpose stated in Paragraph 7.16.DA, E. Contractor shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria specified by Owner or Engineer. ARTICLE 8 —OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 8.01 Other Work A. In addition to and apart from the Work under the Contract Documents, the Owner may perform other work at or adjacent to the Site. Such other work may be performed by Owner's employees, or through contracts between the Owner and third parties. Owner may also arrange to have third -party utility owners perform work on their utilities and facilities at or adjacent to the Site. i B. If Owner performs other work at or adjacent to the Site with Owner's employees, or through contracts for such other work, then Owner shall give Contractor written notice thereof prior to starting any such other work. If Owner has advance information regarding the start of any utility work at or adjacent to the Site, Owner shall provide such information to Contractor. C. Contractor shall afford each other contractor that performs such other work, each utility owner performing other work, and Owner, if Owner is performing other work with Owner's employees, proper and safe access to the Site, and provide a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work. Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come together and properly integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering such work; provided, however, that Contractor may cut or alter others' work with the written consent of Engineer and the others whose work will be affected. D. If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor's Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 8, Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to Engineer in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor's Work. Contractor's failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with Contractor's Work except for latent defects and deficiencies in such other work. E1CDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 38 of 65 8.02 Coordination A. If Owner intends to contract with others for the performance of other work at or adjacent to the Site, to perform other work at or adjacent to the Site with Owner's employees, or to arrange to have utility owners perform work at or adjacent to the Site, the following will be set forth in the Supplementary Conditions or provided to Contractor prior to the start of any such other work: 1, the identity of the individual or entity that will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various contractors; 2, an itemization of the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility; and 3, the extent of such authority and responsibilities. B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility for such coordination. 8.03 Legal Relationships A. If, in the course of performing other work at or adjacent to the Site for Owner, the Owner's employees, any other contractor working for Owner, or any utility owner causes damage to the Work or to the property of Contractor or its Subcontractors, or delays, disrupts, interferes with, or increases the scope or cost of the performance of the Work, through actions or inaction, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both. Contractor must submit any Change Proposal seeking an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times under this paragraph within 30 days of the damaging, delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. The entitlement to, and extent of, any such equitable adjustment shall take into account information (if any) regarding such other work that was provided to Contractor in the Contract Documents prior to the submittal of the Bid or the final negotiation of the terms of the Contract. When applicable, any such equitable adjustment in Contract Price shall be conditioned on Contractor assigning to Owner all Contractor's rights against such other contractor or utility owner with respect to the damage, delay, disruption, or interference that is the subject of the adjustment. Contractor's entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. B. Contractor shall take reasonable and customary measures to avoid damaging, delaying, disrupting, or interfering with the work of Owner, any other contractor, or any utility owner performing other work at or adjacent to the Site. If Contractor fails to take such measures and as a result damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of any such other contractor or utility owner, then Owner may impose a set-off against payments due to Contractor, and assign to such other contractor or utility owner the Owner's contractual rights against Contractor with respect to the breach of the obligations set forth in this paragraph. C. When Owner is performing other work at or adjacent to the Site with Owner's employees, Contractor shall be liable to Owner for damage to such other work, and for the reasonable direct delay, disruption, and interference costs incurred by Owner as a result of Contractor's failure to take reasonable and customary measures with respect to Owner's I, other work. In response to such damage, delay, disruption, or interference, Owner may _ impose a set-off against payments due to Contractor. EICDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 39 of 65 D. If Contractor damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of any other contractor, or any utility owner performing other work at or adjacent to the Site, through Contractor's failure to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid such impacts, or if any claim arising out of Contractor's actions, inactions, or negligence in performance of the Work at or adjacent to the Site is made by any such other contractor or utility owner against Contractor, Owner, or Engineer, then Contractor shall (1) promptly attempt to settle the claim as to all parties through negotiations with such other contractor or utility owner, or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law, and (2) indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against any such claims, and against all costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such damage, delay, disruption, or interference. ARTICLE 9—OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 9.01 Communications to Contractor A. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, Owner shall issue all communications to Contractor through Engineer. 9.02 Replacement of Engineer A. Owner may at its discretion appoint an engineer to replace Engineer, provided Contractor makes no reasonable objection to the replacement engineer. The replacement engineer's I status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former Engineer. 9.03 Furnish Data A. Owner shall promptly furnish the data required of Owner under the Contract Documents. 9.04 Pay When Due A. Owner shall make payments to Contractor when they are due as provided in the Agreement. property insurance are set forth in Article 6. 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports, Tests, and Drawings A. Owner's duties with respect to providing lands and easements are set forth in Paragraph 5.01. B. Owner's duties with respect to providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in Paragraph 4.03. C. Article 5 refers to Owner's identifying and making available to Contractor copies of reports of explorations and tests of conditions at the Site, and drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site. 9.06 Insurance A. Owner's responsibilities, if any, with respect to purchasing and maintaining liability and property insurance are set forth in Article 6. 9.07 Change Orders i � A. Owner's responsibilities with respect to Change Orders are set forth in Article 11. EICDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American 6oclety of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 40 of 65 9.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals A.Owner's responsibility with respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth j in Paragraph 14.02.B. 9.09 Limitations on Owner's Responsibilities A. The Owner shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, no be responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Owner will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition A. Owner's responsibility in respect to an undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth in Paragraph 5.06. 9.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements A. Upon request of Contractor, Owner shall furnish Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to satisfy Owner's obligations under the Contract Documents (including obligations under proposed changes in the Work). 9.12 Safety Programs A. While at the Site, Owner's employees and representatives shall comply with the specific applicable requirements of Contractor's safety programs of which Owner has been ,I informed. B. Owner shall furnish copies of any applicable Owner safety programs to Contractor. ARTICLE 10— ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 10.01 Owner's Representative A. Engineer will be Owner's representative during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Engineer as Owner's representative during construction are set forth in the Contract. 10.02 Visits to Site A. Engineer will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as Engineer deems necessary in order to observe as an experienced and qualified design professional the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of Contractor's executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, Engineer, for the benefit of Owner, will determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. Engineer will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work. Engineer's efforts will be directed toward providing for Owner a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and observations, Engineer will keep Owner informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard Owner against defective Work. Engineer's visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on Engineer's authority anA responsibility set forth in Paragraph 10.08. Particularly, but without limitation, during E1CDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 41 of 65 or as a result of Engineer's visits or observations of Contractor's Work, Engineer will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, y methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. 10.03 Project Representative A. If Owner and Engineer have agreed that Engineer will furnish a Resident Project Representative to represent Engineer at the Site and assist Engineer in observing the progress and quality of the Work, then the authority and responsibilities of any such Resident Project Representative will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions, and limitations on the responsibilities thereof will be as provided in Paragraph 10.08. If Owner designates another representative or agent to represent Owner at the Site who is not Engineers consultant, agent, or employee, the responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of such other individual or entity will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work A. Engineer has the authority to reject Work in accordance with Article 14. 10.05 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments A. Engineer's authority, and limitations thereof, as to Shop Drawings and Samples, are set forth in Paragraph 7.16. B. Engineer's authority, and limitations thereof, as to design calculations and design drawings submitted in response to a delegation of professional design services, if any, are set forth in Paragraph 7.19. C. Engineer's authority as to Change Orders is set forth in Article 11. D. Engineer's authority as to Applications for Payment is set forth in Article 15. 10.06 Determinations for Unit Price Work A. Engineer will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor as set forth in Paragraph 13.03. 10.07 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. Engineer will render decisions regarding the requirements of the Contract Documents, and judge the acceptability of the Work, pursuant to the specific procedures set forth herein for initial interpretations, Change Proposals, and acceptance of the Work. In rendering such decisions and judgments, Engineer will not show partiality to Owner or Contractor, and will not be liable to Owner, Contractor, or others in connection with any proceedings, interpretations, decisions, or judgments conducted or rendered in good faith. 10.08 Limitations on Engineer's Authority and Responsibilities A. Neither Engineer's authority or responsibility under this Article 10 or under any other provision of the Contract, nor any decision made by Engineer in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise, or performance of any authority or responsibility by Engineer, shall create, impose, or give rise to any duty in contract, tort, or otherwise owed by Engineer to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. E1CDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 42 of 65 B. Engineer will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Engineer will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. C. Engineer will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other individual or entity performing any of the Work. D. Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates of inspection, tests and approvals, and other documentation required to be delivered by Paragraph 15.06.A will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of inspections, tests, and approvals, that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. E. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this Paragraph 10.08 shall also apply to the Resident Project Representative, if any. 10.09 Compliance with Safety Program A. While at the Site, Engineer's employees and representatives will comply with the specific applicable requirements of Owner's and Contractor's safety programs (if any) of which Engineer has been informed. ARTICLE 11—AMENDING THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; CHANGES IN THE WORK 11.01 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be amended or supplemented by a Change Order, a Work Change Directive, or a Field Order. 1. Change Orders: a. If an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents includes a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, such amendment or supplement must be set forth in a Change Order. A Change Order also may be used to establish amendments and supplements of the Contract Documents that do not affect the Contract Price or Contract Times. b. Owner and Contractor may amend those terms and conditions of the Contract Documents that do not involve (1) the performance or acceptability of the Work, (2) the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), or (3) other engineering or technical matters, without the recommendation of the Engineer. Such an amendment shall be set forth in a Change Order, 2. Work Change Directives: A Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times but is evidence that the parties expect that the modification ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order, following negotiations by the parties as to the Work Change Directive's effect, if any, on the Contract Price and Contract Times; or, if ), negotiations are unsuccessful, by a determination under the terms of the Contract —° Documents governing adjustments, expressly including Paragraph 11.04 regarding change of Contract Price. Contractor must submit any Change Proposal seeking an E1CDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 43 of 65 adjustment of the Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both, no later than 30 days after the completion of the Work set out in the Work Change Directive. Owner must y submit any Claim seeking an adjustment of the Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both, no later than 60 days after issuance of the Work Change Directive. 3. Field Orders: Engineer may authorize minor changes in the Work if the changes do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. Such changes will be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on Owner and also on Contractor, which shall perform the Work involved promptly. If Contractor believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, then before proceeding with the Work at issue, Contractor shall submit a Change Proposal as provided herein. 11.02 Owner -Authorized Changes in the Work A. Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work. Such changes shall be supported by Engineer's recommendation, to the extent the change involves the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), or other engineering or technical matters. Such changes may be accomplished by a Change Order, if Owner and Contractor have agreed as to the effect, if any, of the changes on Contract Times or Contract Price; or by a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved; or, in the case of a deletion in the Work, promptly cease construction activities with respect to such deleted Work. Added or revised Work shall be performed under the applicable conditions of the y Contract Documents. Nothing in this paragraph shall obligate Contractor to undertake work that Contractor reasonably concludes cannot be performed in a manner consistent with Contractor's safety obligations underthe Contract Documents or Laws and Regulations. 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work A. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents, as amended, modified, or supplemented, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 7.15 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 14.05, 11.04 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06, Any Claim for an adjustment of Contract Price shall comply with the provisions of Article 12. B. An adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: 1. where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, then by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03); or 2, where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, then by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with Paragraph 11.04.C.2); or r 11 3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and the parties do not reach mutual agreement to a lump sum, then on E1CDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All r1 ghts reserved. Page 44 of 65 the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in Paragraph 13.01) plus a Contractor's fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in Paragraph y 11.04.C). C. Contractor's Fee: When applicable, the Contractor's fee for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: 1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 2, if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. for costs incurred under Paragraphs 13.01.B.1 and 13.01.6.2, the Contractor's fee shall be 15 percent; b. for costs incurred under Paragraph 13.01.B.3, the Contractor's fee shall be five percent; c. where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of Paragraphs 11.01.C.2.a and 11.01.C.2.b is that the Contractor's fee shall be based on: (1) a fee of 15 percent of the costs incurred under Paragraphs 13.01.A.1 and 13.01.A.2 by the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work, at whatever tier, and (2) with respect to Contractor itself and to any Subcontractors of a tier higher than that of the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work, a fee of five percent of the amount (fee plus underlying costs incurred) attributable to the next lower tier Subcontractor; provided, however, that for any such subcontracted work the maximum total fee to be paid by Owner shall be no greater than 27 percent of the costs incurred by the Subcontractor that actually performs the work; d. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraphs 13.01.6.4, 13.01.13.5, and 13.01.C; e. the amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to Owner for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in Contractor's fee by an amount equal to five percent of such net decrease; and f. when both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the adjustment in Contractor's fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with Paragraphs 11.04.C.2.a through 11.04.C.2.e, inclusive. 11.05 Change of Contract Times A. The Contract Times may only be changed by a Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Times shall comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06, Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times shall comply with the provisions of Article 12. B. An adjustment of the Contract Times shall be subject to the limitations set forth in Paragraph 4.05, concerning delays in Contractor's progress. 11.06 Change Proposals A. Contractor shall submit a Change Proposal to Engineer to request an adjustment in the Contract Times or Contract Price; appeal an initial decision by Engineer concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or relating to the acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents; contest a set-off against payment due; or seek other relief under E1CDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 45 of 65 the Contract. The Change Proposal shall specify any proposed change in Contract Times or Contract Price, or both, or other proposed relief, and explain the reason for the proposed 1 change, with citations to any governing or applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, 1. Procedures: Contractor shall submit each Change Proposal to Engineer promptly (but in no event later than 30 days) after the start of the event giving rise thereto, or after such initial decision. The Contractor shall submit supporting data, including the proposed change in Contract Price or Contract Time (if any), to the Engineer and Owner within 15 days after the submittal of the Change Proposal. The supporting data shall be accompanied by a written statement that the supporting data are accurate and complete, and that any requested time or price adjustment is the entire adjustment to which Contractor believes it is entitled as a result of said event. Engineer will advise Owner regarding the Change Proposal, and consider any comments or response from Owner regarding the Change Proposal. 2. Engineer's Action: Engineer will review each Change Proposal and, within 30 days after receipt of the Contractor's supporting data, either deny the Change Proposal in whole, approve it in whole, or deny it in part and approve it in part. Such actions shall be in writing, with a copy provided to Owner and Contractor. If Engineer does not take action on the Change Proposal within 30 days, then either Owner or Contractor may at any time thereafter submit a letter to the other party indicating that as a result of Engineer's inaction the Change Proposal is deemed denied, thereby commencing the time for appeal of the denial under Article 12. 3. Binding Decision: Engineer's decision will be final and binding upon Owner and Contractor, unless Owner or Contractor appeals the decision by filing a Claim under Article 12. B. Resolution of Certain Change Proposals: If the Change Proposal does not involve the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), the acceptability of the Work, or other engineering or technical matters, then Engineer will notify the parties that the Engineer is unable to resolve the Change Proposal. For purposes of further resolution of such a Change Proposal, such notice shall be deemed a denial, and Contractor may choose to seek resolution under the terms of Article 12, 11.07 Execution of Change Orders A. Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders covering: 1, changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties, including any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; 2, changes in Contract Price resulting from an Owner set-off, unless Contractor has duly contested such set-off; 3, changes in the Work which are: (a) ordered by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 11.02, (b) required because of Owner's acceptance of defective Work under Paragraph 14.04 or Owner's correction of defective Work under Paragraph 14.07, or (c) agreed to by the parties, subject to the need for Engineer's recommendation if the change in the Work involves the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), or other engineering or technical matters; and 1` 4. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or other changes, which embody the — � substance of any final and binding results under Paragraph 11.06, or Article 12, EICOC° C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 46 of 65 B. If Owner or Contractor refuses to execute a Change Order that is required to be executed under the terms of this Paragraph 11.07, it shall be deemed to be of full force and effect, as if fully executed. 11.08 Notification to Surety A. If the provisions of any bond require notice to be given to a surety of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Times), the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility. The amount of each applicable bond will be adjusted to reflect the effect of any such change. ARTICLE 12 —CLAIMS 12.01 Claims A. Claims Process: The following disputes between Owner and Contractor shall be submitted to the Claims process set forth in this Article: 1. Appeals by Owner or Contractor of Engineer's decisions regarding Change Proposals; 2. Owner demands for adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or other relief under the Contract Documents; and 3. Disputes that Engineer has been unable to address because they do not involve the design (as set forth in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise), the acceptability of the Work, or other engineering or technical matters. B. Submittal of Claim: The party submitting a Claim shall deliver it directly to the other party to the Contract promptly (but in no event later than 30 days) after the start of the event giving rise thereto; in the case of appeals regarding Change Proposals within 30 days of the decision under appeal. The party submitting the Claim shall also furnish a copy to the Engineer, for its information only. The responsibility to substantiate a Claim shall rest with the party making the Claim. In the case of a Claim by Contractor seeking an increase in the Contract Times or Contract Price, or both, Contractor shall certify that the Claim is made in good faith, that the supporting data are accurate and complete, and that to the best of Contractor's knowledge and belief the amount of time or money requested accurately reflects the full amount to which Contractor is entitled. C. Review and Resolution: The party receiving a Claim shall review it thoroughly, giving full Consideration to its merits. The two parties shall seek to resolve the Claim through the exchange of information and direct negotiations. The parties may extend the time for resolving the Claim by mutual agreement. All actions taken on a Claim shall be stated in writing and submitted to the other party, with a copy to Engineer. D. Mediation: 1. At any time after initiation of a Claim, Owner and Contractor may mutually agree to mediation of the underlying dispute. The agreement to mediate shall stay the Claim submittal and response process. 2. If Owner and Contractor agree to mediation, then after 60 days from such agreement, either Owner or Contractor may unilaterally terminate the mediation process, and the Claim submittal and decision process shall resume as of the date of the termination. If the mediation proceeds but is unsuccessful in resolving the dispute, the Claim E1CDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 47 of 65 submittal and decision process shall resume as of the date of the conclusion of the mediation, as determined by the mediator. 3. Owner and Contractor shall each pay one-half of the mediator's fees and costs. E. Partial Approval: If the party receiving a Claim approves the Claim in part and denies it in part, such action shall be final and binding unless within 30 days of such action the other party invokes the procedure set forth in Article 17 for final resolution of disputes. F. Denial of Claim: If efforts to resolve a Claim are not successful, the party receiving the Claim may deny it by giving written notice of denial to the other party. If the receiving party does not take action on the Claim within 90 days, then either Owner or Contractor may at any time thereafter submit a letter to the other party indicating that as a result of the inaction, the Claim is deemed denied, thereby commencing the time for appeal of the denial. A denial of the Claim shall be final and binding unless within 30 days of the denial the other party invokes the procedure set forth in Article 17 for the final resolution of disputes. G. Final and Binding Results: If the parties reach a mutual agreement regarding a Claim, whether through approval of the Claim, direct negotiations, mediation, or otherwise; or if a Claim is approved in part and denied in part, or denied in full, and such actions become final and binding; then the results of the agreement or action on the Claim shall be incorporated in a Change Order to the extent they affect the Contract, including the Work, the Contract Times, or the Contract Price. ARTICLE 13 —COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK 13.01 Cost of the Work Jr A. Purposes for Determination of Cost of the Work: The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs necessary for the proper performance of the Work at issue, as further defined below. The provisions of this Paragraph 13.01 are used for two distinct purposes: 1. To determine Cost of the Work when Cost of the Work is a component of the Contract Price, under cost -plus -fee, time -and -materials, or other cost -based terms; or 2. To determine the value of a Change Order, Change Proposal, Claim, set-off, or other adjustment in Contract Price. When the value of any such adjustment is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, Contractor is entitled only to those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the adjustment. B. Costs Included: Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by Owner, costs included in the Cost of the Work shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall not include any of the costs itemized in Paragraph 13.01.C, and shall include only the following items: 1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of Contractor in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by Owner and Contractor. Such employees shall include, without limitation, superintendents, foremen, and other personnel employed full time on the Work. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits, which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise, and payroll taxes, workers' compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, and vacation and holiday pay applicable EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 48 of 65 thereto. The expenses of performing Work outside of regular working hours, on _ Saturday, Sunday, or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent J authorized by Owner. 2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field services required in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to Contractor unless Owner deposits funds with Contractor with which to make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to Owner. All trade discounts, rebates, and refunds and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to Owner, and Contractor shall make provisions so that they may be obtained. 3. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If required by Owner, Contractor shall obtain competitive bids from subcontractors acceptable to Owner and Contractor and shall deliver such bids to Owner, who will then determine, with the advice of Engineer, which bids, if any, will be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as Contractor's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 13.01. 4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work. 5. Supplemental costs including the following: a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. b. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site, and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost, less market value, of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of Contractor. c. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery, and the parts thereof, whether rented from Contractor or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by Owner with the advice of Engineer, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. d. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work, and for which Contractor is liable, as imposed by Laws and Regulations. e. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. f. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance established in accordance with Paragraph 6.05), provided such losses and damages have resulted from causes EICDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 49 of 65 other than the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. �} Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of Owner. No such losses, damages, and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining Contractor's fee. g. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site. h. Minor expenses such as communication service at the Site, express and courier services, and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. L The costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance that Contractor is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain. C. Costs Excluded: The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor's officers, executives, principals (of partnerships and sole proprietorships), general managers, safety managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel employed by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor's principal or branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 13.01.13.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 13.01.13.4. The payroll costs and other compensation excluded here are to be considered administrative costs covered by the Contractor's fee. 2. Expenses of Contractor's principal and branch offices other than Contractor's office at the Site. 3. Any part of Contractor's capital expenses, including interest on Contractor's capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any damage to property. 5. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in Paragraph 13.01.13, D. Contractor's Fee: When the Work as a whole is performed on the basis of cost-plus, Contractor's fee shall be determined as set forth in the Agreement. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order, Change Proposal, Claim, set-off, or other adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, Contractor's fee shall be determined as set forth in Paragraph 11.04.C. E. Documentation: Whenever the Cost of the Work for any purpose is to be determined pursuant to this Article 13, Contractor will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in a form acceptable to Engineer an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data. 13.02 Allowances A. It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be performed for such jsums and by such persons or entities as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. E1CDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 50 of 65 B. Cash Allowances: Contractor agrees that: 1. the cash allowances include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade V{ discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and 2. Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the cash allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances, and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. C. Contingency Allowance: Contractor agrees that a contingency allowance, if any, is for the sole use of Owner to cover unanticipated costs. D. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Engineer to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 13.03 Unit Price Work A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Payments to Contractor for Unit Price Work will be based on actual quantities. C. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. D. Engineer will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor. Engineer will review with Contractor the Engineer's preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application for Payment or otherwise). Engineer's written decision thereon will be final and binding (except as modified by Engineer to reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data) upon Owner and Contractor, subject to the provisions of the following paragraph. E. Within 30 days of Engineer's written decision under the preceding paragraph, Contractor may submit a Change Proposal, or Owner may file a Claim, seeking an adjustment in the Contract Price if: 1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; 2, there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and 3. Contractor believes that it is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or Owner believes that Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price, and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. E1CDL® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 51 of 65 ARTICLE 14—TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK }i 14.01 Access to Work A. Owner, Engineer, their consultants and other representatives and personnel of Owner, independent testing laboratories, and authorities having jurisdiction will have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspection, and testing. Contractor shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of Contractor's safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. 14.02 Tests, Inspections, and Approvals A. Contractor shall give Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work (or specific parts thereof) for all required inspections and tests, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections and tests. B. Owner shall retain and pay for the services of an independent inspector, testing laboratory, or other qualified individual or entity to perform all inspections and tests expressly required by the Contract Documents to be furnished and paid for by Owner, except that costs incurred in connection with tests or inspections of covered Work shall be governed by the provisions of Paragraph 14.05, C. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests, or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Engineer the required certificates of inspection or approval. D. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging, obtaining, and paying for all inspections and tests required: 1, by the Contract Documents, unless the Contract Documents expressly allocate responsibility for a specific inspection or test to Owner; 2, to attain Owner's and Engineer's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; 3. by manufacturers of equipment furnished under the Contract Documents; 4, for testing, adjusting, and balancing of mechanical, electrical, and other equipment to be incorporated into the Work; and 5. for acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. Such inspections and tests shall be performed by independent inspectors, testing laboratories, or other qualified individuals or entities acceptable to Owner and Engineer. E. If the Contract Documents require the Work (or part thereof) to be approved by Owner, Engineer, or another designated individual or entity, then Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such approvals. F. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Engineer, Contractor shall, if requested by i Engineer, uncover such Work for observation. Such uncovering shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor had given Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention to EICDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page S2 of 65 cover the same and Engineer had not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 14.03 Defective Work A. Contractor's Obligation: It is Contractor's obligation to assure that the or is not defective. B. Engineer's Authority: Engineer has the authority to determine whether Work is defective, and to reject defective Work. C. Notice of Defects: Prompt notice of all defective Work of which Owner or Engineer has actual knowledge will be given to Contractor. D. Correction, or Removal and Replacement: Promptly after receipt of written notice of defective Work, Contractor shall correct all such defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if Engineer has rejected the defective Work, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective. E. Preservation of Warranties: When correcting defective Work, Contractor shall take no action that would void or otherwise impair Owner's special warranty and guarantee, if any, on said Work. F. Costs and Damages: In addition to its correction, removal, and replacement obligations with respect to defective Work, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to defective Work, including but not limited to the cost of the inspection, testing, correction, removal, replacement, or reconstruction of such defective Work, fines levied against Owner by governmental authorities because the Work is defective, and the costs of repair or replacement of work of others resulting from defective Work. Prior to final payment, if Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the measure of such claims, costs, losses, and damages resulting from defective Work, then Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 15. 14.04 Acceptance of Defective Work A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, Owner prefers to accept it, Owner may do so (subject, if such acceptance occurs prior to final payment, to Engineer's confirmation that such acceptance is in general accord with the design intent and applicable engineering principles, and will not endanger public safety). Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages attributable to Owner's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by Engineer as to reasonableness), and for the diminished value of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by Contractor. If any such acceptance occurs prior to final payment, the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work shall be incorporated in a Change Order. If the parties are unable to agree as to the decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the diminished value of Work so accepted, then Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 15. If the acceptance of defective Work occurs after final payment, Contractor shall pay an appropriate amount to Owner. 14.05 Uncovering Work A. Engineer has the authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work, whether or � not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. EICDL® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 53 of 65 B. If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Engineer, then Contractor shall, if requested by Engineer, uncover such Work for Engineer's observation, and then replace jthe covering, all at Contractor's expense. C. If Engineer considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Engineer or inspected or tested by others, then Contractor, at Engineer's request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available for observation, inspection, or testing as Engineer may require, that portion of the Work in question, and provide all necessary labor, material, and equipment. 1. If it is found that the uncovered Work is defective, Contractor shall be responsible for all claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing, and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and pending Contractor's full discharge of this responsibility the Owner shall be entitled to impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 15. 2. If the uncovered Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement, and reconstruction. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, then Contractor may submit a Change Proposal within 30 days of the determination that the Work is not defective. 14.06 Owner May Stop the Work A. If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, then Owner may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of any of them. 14.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work A. If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Engineer to correct defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Engineer, or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, then Owner may, after seven days written notice to Contractor, correct or remedy any such deficiency. B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 14.07, Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective or remedial action, Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's representatives, agents and employees, Owner's other contractors, and Engineer and Engineer's consultants access to the Site to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. C. All claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising the lI rights and remedies under this Paragraph 14.07 will be charged against Contractor as set- offs against payments due under Article 15. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will EJCDO C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 54 of 65 include but not be limited to all costs of repair, or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. D. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by Owner of Owner's rights and remedies under this Paragraph 14.07. ARTICLE 15 —PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR; SET -OFFS; COMPLETION; CORRECTION PERIOD 15.01 Progress Payments A. Basis for Progress Payments: The Schedule of Values established as provided in Article 2 will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment acceptable to Engineer. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed during the pay period, as determined under the provisions of Paragraph 13.03. Progress payments for cost -based Work will be based on Cost of the Work completed by Contractor during the pay period. B. Applications for Payments: 1. At least 20 days before the date established in the Agreement for each progress payment (but not more often than once a month), Contractor shall submit to Engineer for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens, and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance, a warehouse bond, or other arrangements to protect Owner's interest therein, all of which must be satisfactoryto Owner. 2. Beginning with the second Application for Payment, each Application shall include an affidavit of Contractor stating that all previous progress payments received on account of the Work have been applied on account to discharge Contractor's legitimate obligations associated with prior Applications for Payment. 3. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement. C. Review of Applications: 1. Engineer will, within 10 days after receipt of each Application for Payment, including each resubmittal, either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner, or return the Application to Contractor indicating in writing Engineer's reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. 2. Engineer's recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by Engineer to Owner, based on Engineer's observations of the executed Work as an experienced and qualified design professional, and on Engineer's review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of Engineer's knowledge, information and belief: E1COL® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 55 of 65 a. the Work has progressed to the point indicated; b. the quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, a final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under Paragraph 13.03, and any other qualifications stated in the recommendation); and c. the conditions precedent to Contractor's being entitled to such payment appear to have been fulfilled in so far as it is Engineer's responsibility to observe the Work. 3. By recommending any such payment Engineer will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: a. inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to Engineer in the Contract; or b. there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor to be paid additionally by Owner or entitle Owner to withhold payment to Contractor. 4. Neither Engineer's review of Contractor's Work for the purposes of recommending payments nor Engineer's recommendation of any payment, including final payment, will impose responsibility on Engineer: a. to supervise, direct, or control the Work, or b, for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or C, for Contractor's failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor's performance of the Work, or d. to make any examination to ascertain how or for what purposes Contractor has used the money paid on account of the Contract Price, or e. to determine that title to any of the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to Owner free and clear of any Liens. 5. Engineer may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if, in Engineer's opinion, it would be incorrect to make the representations to Owner stated in Paragraph 15.01.C.2. 6. Engineer will recommend reductions in payment (set -offs) necessary in Engineer's opinion to protect Ownerfrom loss because: a. the Work is defective, requiring correction or replacement; b. the Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; c. Owner has been required to correct defective Work in accordance with Paragraph 14.07, or has accepted defective Work pursuant to Paragraph 14.04; Owner has been required to remove or remediate a Hazardous Environmental Condition for which Contractor is responsible; or E1CDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page s6 of 65 e. Engineer has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events that would constitute a default by Contractor and therefore justify termination for cause under the Contract Documents. D. Payment Becomes Due: 1. Ten days after presentation of the Application for Payment to Owner with Engineer's recommendation, the amount recommended (subject to any Owner set -offs) will become due, and when due will be paid by Owner to Contractor. E. Reductions in Payment by Owner: 1. In addition to any reductions in payment (set -offs) recommended by Engineer, Owner is entitled to impose a set-off against payment based on any of the following: a. claims have been made against Owner on account of Contractor's conduct in the performance or furnishing of the Work, or Owner has incurred costs, losses, or damages on account of Contractor's conduct in the performance or furnishing of the Work, including but not limited to claims, costs, losses, or damages from workplace injuries, adjacent property damage, non-compliance with Laws and Regulations, and patent infringement; b. Contractor has failed to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid damage, delay, disruption, and interference with other work at or adjacent to the Site; C, Contractor has failed to provide and maintain required bonds or insurance; d. Owner has been required to remove or remediate a Hazardous Environmental jCondition for which Contractor is responsible; e. Owner has incurred extra charges or engineering costs related to submittal reviews, evaluations of proposed substitutes, tests and inspections, or return visits to manufacturing or assembly facilities; f. the Work is defective, requiring correction or replacement; g. Owner has been required to correct defective Work in accordance with Paragraph 14.07, or has accepted defective Work pursuant to Paragraph 14.04; h. the Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; L an event that would constitute a default by Contractor and therefore justify a termination for cause has occurred; j, liquidated damages have accrued as a result of Contractor's failure to achieve Milestones, Substantial Completion, or final completion of the Work; k. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens; I. there are other items entitling Owner to a set off against the amount recommended. 2. If Owner imposes any set-off against payment, whether based on its own knowledge or on the written recommendations of Engineer, Owner will give Contractor limmediate written notice (with a copy to Engineer) stating the reasons for such action and the specific amount of the reduction, and promptly pay Contractor any amount E1CDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 57 of 65 remaining after deduction of the amount so withheld. Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by Owner and Contractor, if Contractor remedies the reasons for such action. The reduction imposed shall be binding on Contractor unless it duly submits a Change Proposal contesting the reduction. 3. Upon a subsequent determination that Owner's refusal of payment was not justified, the amount wrongfully withheld shall be treated as an amount due as determined by Paragraph 15.01.C.1 and subject to interest as provided in the Agreement. 15.02 Contractor's Warranty of Title A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment furnished under the Contract will pass to Owner free and clear of (1) all Liens and other title defects, and (2) all patent, licensing, copyright, or royalty obligations, no later than seven days after the time of payment by Owner. 15.03 Substantial Completion A. When Contractor considers the entire Work ready for its intended use Contractor shall notify Owner and Engineer in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete and request that Engineer issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. Contractor shall at the same time submit to Owner and Engineer an initial draft of punch list items to be completed or corrected before final payment. B. Promptly after Contractor's notification, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If Engineer does not consider the Work substantially complete, Engineer will notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. C. If Engineer considers the Work substantially complete, Engineer will deliver to Owner a preliminary certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. Engineer shall attach to the certificate a punch list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. Owner shall have seven days after receipt of the preliminary certificate during which to make written objection to Engineer as to any provisions of the certificate or attached punch list. If, after considering the objections to the provisions of the preliminary certificate, Engineer concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, Engineer will, within 14 days after submission of the preliminary certificate to Owner, notify Contractor in writing that the Work is not substantially complete, stating the reasons therefor. If Owner does not object to the provisions of the certificate, or if despite consideration of Owner's objections Engineer concludes that the Work is substantially complete, then Engineer will, within said 14 days, execute and deliver to Owner and Contractor a final certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised punch list of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the preliminary certificate as Engineer believes justified after consideration of any objections from Owner. D. At the time of receipt of the preliminary certificate of Substantial Completion, Owner and Contractor will confer regarding Owner's use or occupancy of the Work following Substantial Completion, review the builder's risk insurance policy with respect to the end of the builder's risk coverage, and confirm the transition to coverage of the Work under a permanent property insurance policy held by Owner. Unless Owner and Contractor agree otherwise in writing, Owner shall bear responsibility for security, operation, protection of P the Work, property insurance, maintenance, heat, and utilities upon Owner's use or occupancy of the Work. EICDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 58 of 65 E. After Substantial Completion the Contractor shall promptly begin work on the punch list of —, items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment. In appropriate cases Contractor y{ may submit monthly Applications for Payment for completed punch list items, following the progress payment procedures set forth above. E. Owner shall have the right to exclude Contractor from the Site after the date of Substantial Completion subject to allowing Contractor reasonable access to remove its property and complete or correct items on the punch list. 15.04 Partial Use or Occupancy A. Prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work, Owner may use or occupy any substantially completed part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which Owner, Engineer, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work, subject to the following conditions: 1. At any time Owner may request in writing that Contractor permit Owner to use or occupy any such part of the Work that Owner believes to be substantially complete. If and when Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor, Owner, and Engineer will follow the procedures of Paragraph 15.O3.A through E for that part of the Work. 2. At any time Contractor may notify Owner and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work substantially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. I 3. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of Paragraph 15.03 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 4. No use or occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of Paragraph 6.05 regarding builder's risk or other property insurance. 15.05 Final Inspection A. Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Engineer will promptly make a final inspection with Owner and Contractor and will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work, or agreed portion thereof, is incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 15.06 Final Payment A. Application for Payment: 1. After Contractor has, in the opinion of Engineer, satisfactorily completed all A corrections identified during the final inspection and has delivered, in accordance with the Contract Documents, all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance, certificates of E1CDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 59 of 65 inspection, annotated record documents (as provided in Paragraph 7.11), and other documents, Contractor may make application for final payment. 2. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: a, all documentation called for in the Contract Documents; b. consent of the surety, if any, to final payment; C, satisfactory evidence that all title issues have been resolved such that title to all Work, materials, and equipment has passed to Owner free and clear of any Liens or other title defects, or will so pass upon final payment. d. a list of all disputes that Contractor believes are unsettled; and e. complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to Owner) of all Lien rights arising out of the Work, and of Liens filed in connection with the Work. 3. In lieu of the releases or waivers of Liens specified in Paragraph 15.06.A.2 and as approved by Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor that: (a) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material, and equipment for which a Lien could be filed; and (b) all payrolls, material and equipment bills, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which Owner might in any way be responsible, or which might in any way result in liens or other burdens on Owner's property, have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish a bond or other collateral satisfactory to Owner to indemnify Owner against any Lien, or Owner at its option may issue joint checks payable to Contractor and specified Subcontractors and Suppliers. B. Engineer's Review of Application and Acceptance: 1. If, on the basis of Engineer's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, Engineer is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract have been fulfilled, Engineer will, within ten days after receipt of the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing Engineer's recommendation of final payment and present the Application for Payment to Owner for payment. Such recommendation shall account for any set -offs against payment that are necessary in Engineer's opinion to protect Owner from loss for the reasons stated above with respect to progress payments. At the same time Engineer will also give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 15.07, Otherwise, Engineer will return the Application for Payment to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment. C. Completion of Work: The Work is complete (subject to surviving obligations) when it is ready for final payment as established by the Engineer's written recommendation of final payment. P D. Payment Becomes Due: Thirty days after the presentation to Owner of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, the amount recommended by Engineer (less any further sum Owner is entitled to set off against Engineer's recommendation, E1CDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 60 of 65 including but not limited to set -offs for liquidated damages and set -offs allowed under the provisions above with respect to progress payments) will become due and shall be paid by Owner to Contractor. 15.07 Waiver of Claims A. The making of final payment will not constitute a waiver by Owner of claims or rights against Contractor. Owner expressly reserves claims and rights arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection pursuant to Paragraph 15.05, from Contractor's failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, from outstanding Claims by Owner, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents. B. The acceptance of final payment by Contractor will constitute a waiver by Contractor of all claims and rights against Owner other than those pending matters that have been duly submitted or appealed under the provisions of Article 17. 15.08 Correction Period A. If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion (or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents, or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents), any Work is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the Site, adjacent areas that Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or otherwise, and other adjacent areas used by Contractor as permitted by Laws and Regulations, is found to be defective, then Contractor shall promptly, without cost to Owner and in accordance with Owner's written instructions: j 1. correct the defective repairs to the Site or such other adjacent areas; 2. correct such defective Work; 3, if the defective Work has been rejected by Owner, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective, and 4. satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the work of others, or to other land or areas resulting therefrom. B. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of Owner's written instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, Owner may have the defective Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work removed and replaced. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). C. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications. D. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected or removed and replaced under this paragraph, the correction period hereunder with )? respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. E1CDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright © 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 61 of 65 E. Contractor's obligations under this paragraph are in addition to all other obligations and - warranties. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for, or a J waiver of, the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose. ARTICLE 16 —SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 16.01 Owner May Suspend Work A. At any time and without cause, Owner may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days by written notice to Contractor and Engineer. Such notice will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension. Any Change Proposal seeking such adjustments shall be submitted no later than 30 days after the date fixed for resumption of Work. 16.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause A. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events will constitute a default by Contractor and justify termination for cause: 1. Contractor's persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the Progress Schedule); 2. Failure of Contractor to perform or otherwise to comply with a material term of the Contract Documents; 3. Contractor's disregard of Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; or 4. Contractor's repeated disregard of the authority of Owner or Engineer. B. If one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 16.02.A occurs, then after giving Contractor (and any surety) ten days written notice that Owner is considering a declaration that Contractor is in default and termination of the contract, Owner may proceed to: 1. declare Contractor to be in default, and give Contractor (and any surety) notice that the Contract is terminated; and 2. enforce the rights available to Owner under any applicable performance bond. C. Subject to the terms and operation of any applicable performance bond, if Owner has terminated the Contract for cause, Owner may exclude Contractor from the Site, take possession of the Work, incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and complete the Work as Owner may deem expedient. D. Owner may not proceed with termination of the Contract under Paragraph 16.02.13 if Contractor within seven days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate begins to correct its failure to perform and proceeds diligently to cure such failure. E. If Owner proceeds as provided in Paragraph 16.02.13 , Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is completed. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds the cost to complete the Work, including all related claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals) sustained by Owner, such excess will be paid to Contractor. If the cost to complete the Work including such related claims, costs, losses, EJCDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 62 of 65 and damages exceeds such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner. Such claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred by Owner will be reviewed by Engineer as ), to their reasonableness and, when so approved by Engineer, incorporated in a Change Order. When exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph, Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. F. Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue, or any rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor or any surety under any payment bond or performance bond. Any retention or payment of money due Contractor by Owner will not release Contractor from liability. G. If and to the extent that Contractor has provided a performance bond under the provisions of Paragraph 6.01.A, the provisions of that bond shall govern over any inconsistent provisions of Paragraphs 16.02.13 and 16.02.D. 16.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience A. Upon seven days written notice to Contractor and Engineer, Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of Owner, terminate the Contract. In such case, Contractor shall be paid for (without duplication of any items): 1. completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; 2, expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by the Contract Documents I' in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; and 3. other reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination, including costs incurred to prepare a termination for convenience cost proposal. B. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated overhead, profits, or revenue, or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 16.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate A. If, through no act or fault of Contractor, (1) the Work is suspended for more than 90 consecutive days by Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or (2) Engineer fails to act on any Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or (3) Owner fails for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven days written notice to Owner and Engineer, and provided Owner or Engineer do not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the contract and recover from Owner payment on the same terms as provided in Paragraph 16.03, B. In lieu of terminating the Contract and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Engineer has failed to act on an Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or Owner has failed for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may, seven days after written notice to Owner and Engineer, stop the Work until payment is made of all such amounts due Contractor, including interest thereon. The provisions of this paragraph are not intended to preclude Contractor from submitting a Change Proposal for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or otherwise for E1CDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright© 2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 63 of 65 expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping the Work as permitted by this paragraph. ARTICLE 17 —Fl RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES 17.01 Methods and Procedures A. Disputes Subject to Final Resolution: The following disputed matters are subject to final resolution under the provisions of this Article: 1. A timely appeal of an approval in part and denial in part of a Claim, or of a denial in full; and 2. Disputes between Owner and Contractor concerning the Work or obligations under the Contract Documents, and arising after final payment has been made. B. Final Resolution of Disputes: For any dispute subject to resolution under this Article, Owner or Contractor may: 1, elect in writing to invoke the dispute resolution process provided for in the Supplementary Conditions; or 2, agree with the other party to submit the dispute to another dispute resolution process; or 3, if no dispute resolution process is provided for in the Supplementary Conditions or mutually agreed to, give written notice to the other party of the intent to submit the dispute to a court of competent jurisdiction. ARTICLE 18— MISCELLANEOUS 18.01 Giving Notice A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if: 1, delivered in person, by a commercial courier service or otherwise, to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for which it is intended; or 2, delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the sender of the notice. 18.02 Computation of Times A. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation. 18.03 Cumulative Remedies A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty j or guarantee, or by other provisions of the Contract. The provisions of this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply. EICDC° C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 64 of 65 18.04 Limitation of Damages A. With respect to any and all Change Proposals, Claims, disputes subject to final resolution, and other matters at issue, neither Owner nor Engineer, nor any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, shall be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. 18.05 No Waiver A. A party's non -enforcement of any provision shall not constitute a waiver of that provision, nor shall it affect the enforceability of that provision or of the remainder of this Contract. 18.06 Survival of Obligations A. All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given in accordance with the Contract, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract, will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or termination or completion of the Contract or termination of the services of Contractor. 18.07 Controlling Law A. This Contract is to be governed by the law of the state in which the Project is located. 18.08 Headings A. Article and paragraph headings are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute parts of these General Conditions, E1CDC® C-700, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract. Copyright ©2013 National Society of Professional Engineers, American Council of Engineering Companies, and American Society of Civil Engineers. All rights reserved. Page 65 of 65 NC Instruction 1780 Guide 9 Page 1 Supplementary Conditions These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract (No. C-700, 2013 Edition) and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisions that are not so amended or supplemented remain in full force and effect. The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. Additional terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated below, which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. The address system used in these Supplementary Conditions is the same as the address system used in the General Conditions, with the prefix "SC" added thereto. TABLE OF CONTENTS Page SC 1.01.A.2 Agency 3 SC -1.01.A.3 Application for Payment 3 SC -1.01.A.8 Change Order 3 SC -1.01.A.9 Change Order 3 SC -1.01.A.19 Engineer's Consultants 3 SC -1.01.A.48 Work Change Directive 4 SC -1.01.A.49 Abnormal Weather Conditions 4 SC -1.01.A.50 Agency 4 SC -1.01.A.51 Manufacturer's Certification Letter 4 SC -1.01.A.52 AIS 4 SC -2.02.A Copies of Documents 5 SC -3.06.A.1 Use of Electronic Data 5 SC -4.01.A Notice to Proceed 5 SC -4.05.C.2 Delays in Contractor's Progress 5 SC -5.03.0 Subsurface and Physical Conditions 6 SC -5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions 6 SC -6.02 Insurance —General Conditions 6 SC -6.03 Contractor's Insurance 7 SC -7.02.6 Labor; Working Hours 8 SC -7.02.0 Labor; Working Hours 8 SC -7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment 9 SC -7.04.A "Or Equals" 9 SC -7.04.13.1 Contractor's Expense 9 SC-7.05.A.3.a.4 Substitutes 10 SC -7.06.A Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others 10 SC -7.06.13 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others 10 SC -7.06.E Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others 10 SC -7.11.A Record Documents 10 SC-7.16.A.1.e Shop Drawing and Sample Submittal Requirements 10 SC -7.16.13.9 Engineer's Review 11 SC -7.17.E Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee 11 SC -10.03 Project Representative 11 SC -10.10.A American Iron & Steel 14 SC -11.06.A.1 Change Proposals 15 SC -11.07.0 Execution of Change Orders 15 SC -13.02.0 Allowances 15 SC -14.03.G Defective Work 15 SC -15.01.13 Progress Payments 16 SC -15.01.6.3 Applications for Payments 16 SC -15.01.13.4 Applications for Payments 16 SC-15.01.C.2.d Review of Applications 16 SC -15.01.D.1 Payment Becomes Due 16 SC -15.02.A Contractor's Warranty of Title 16 SC -15.03 Substantial Completion 16 SC -17.02 Arbitration 17 SC -17.03 Attorney's Fees 18 SC -18.09 Tribal Sovereignty 18 SC -19.01 Agency Not a Party 18 SC -19.02 Contract Approval 19 SC -19.03 Conflict of Interest 19 SC -19.04 Gratuities 19 SC -19.05 Small, Minority, and Women's Businesses 20 SC -19.06 Anti -Kickback 20 SC -19.07 Clean Air Act and Federal Water Pollution Control Act 21 SC -19.08 Equal Opportunity Employment 21 SC -19.09 Byrd Anti -Lobbying Amendment 21 SC -19.10 Environmental Requirements 22 SC -19.11 Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act 22 SC -19.12 Debarment and Suspension 23 SC -19.13 Procurement of Recovered Materials 23 SC -19.14 Section 746 of Title VII of the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2017 23 SC -19.15 Definitions 24 NC Instruction 1780 Guide 9 Page 2 NC Instruction 1780 Guide 9 Page 3 I_l:il[yl��rl�ylvll[�]�F�elfl3l�:f:�ill�[�]t�Z�l'I SC -1.01 Defined Terms SC -1.01. Add to the list of definitions in Paragraph 1.01.A by inserting the following as numbered items in their proper alphabetical positions: C-620 (2013). The Geotechnical Baseline Report (GBR) —The interpretive report prepared by or for Owner regarding subsurface conditions at the Site, and containing specific baseline geotechnical conditions that may be anticipated or relied upon for bidding and contract administration purposes, subject to the controlling provisions of the Contract, including the GBR's own terms. The GBR is a Contract Document. Geotechnical Data Report (GDR) —The factual report that collects and presents data regarding actual subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site, including Technical Data and other geotechnical data, prepared by or for Owner in support of the Geotechnical Baseline Report. The GDR's content may include logs of borings, trenches, and other site investigations, recorded measurements of subsurface water levels, the results of field and laboratory testing, and descriptions of the investigative and testing programs. The GDR does not include an interpretation of the data. If opinions, or interpretive or speculative non-factual comments or statements appear in a document that is labeled a GDR, such opinions, comments, or statements are not operative parts of the GDR and do not have contractual standing. Subject to that exception, the GDR is a Contract Document. i SC4.0 1.A.3. Add the following language to the end of Paragraph 1.01.A.3: The Application for Payment form to be used on this Project is EJCDC No. C-620 (2013). The Agency must approve all Applications for Payment before payment is made. SC -1.01.A.8. Add the following language at the end of last sentence of Paragraph 1.O1.A.8: The Change Order form to be used on this Project is EJCDC C-941 (2013). Agency Approval is required before Change Orders are effective. SC -1.01.A.9. Add the following language to the end of Paragraph 1.01.A.9: The Change Order form to be used on this Project is E1CDC No. C-941 (2013). Agency approval is required before Change Orders are effective. SC4.01.A.19. Add the following language to the end of Paragraph 1.01.A.20: The Engineer's Consultants on this project are: f p J SC-1.O1.A.48. Add the following language at the end of the last sentence of Paragraph 1.01.A.48 NC Instruction 1780 Guide 9 Page 4 A Work Change Directive cannot change Contract Price or Contract Times without a subsequentChange Order. SC -1.01.A.49 Add the following new Paragraph after Paragraph 1.01.A.48: Abnormal Weather Conditions —Conditions of extreme or unusual weather for a given region, elevation, or season as determined by the Engineer. Extreme or unusual weather that is typical for a given region, elevation, or season should not be considered Abnormal Weather Conditions. SC -1.01.A.60 Add the following new Paragraph after Paragraph 1.01.A.49: Agency—The Project is financed in whole or in part by USDA Rural Utilities Service pursuant to the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act (7 USC Section 1921 et seq.). The Rural Utilities Service programs are administered through the USDA Rural Development offices; therefore, the Agency for these documents is USDA Rural Development. SC -1.01.A.51 Add the following new paragraph after 1.01.A.52: Manufacturer's Certification Letter is documentation provided by the manufacturer, supplier, distributer, vendor, fabricator, etc. to various entities stating that the American Iron and Steel products to be used in the project are produced in the United States in accordance with American Iron and Steel requirements. Refer to Manufacturer's Certification Letter provided in these Contract Documents, SC-1.O1.A.52 Add the following new paragraph after 1.O1.A.51: AIS -refers to requirements mandated by Section 746 of Title VII of the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2017 (Division A -Agriculture, Rural Development, Food and Drug Administration, and Related Agencies Appropriations Act, 2017) and subsequent statutes mandating domestic preference. The term "iron and steel products" means the following products made primarily of iron or steel: lined or unlined pipes and fittings, manhole covers and other municipal castings, hydrants, tanks, flanges, pipe clamps and restraints, valves, structural steel, reinforced precast concrete, and construction materials. NC Instruction 1780 Guide 9 Page 5 ARTICLE 2— PRELIMINARY MATTERS SC -2.02 Copies of Documents SC -2.02.A. Amend the first sentence of Paragraph 2.02.A. to read as follows: Owner shall furnish to Contractor 2 copies of the Contract Documents (including one fully executed counterpart of the Agreement), and one copy in electronic portable document format (PDF). rT11i Id��1+�T�T�RiF13 \Gaal\Y �y ��a.�i �n� �y��,iy��ca.iy�c�y ARTICLE 4—COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF WORK �, SC -4.01 Commencement of Contract Times SC -4.0 1.A Amend the last sentence of Paragraph 4.01.A by striking the following words: In no event will the Contract Times commence to run later than the sixtieth day after the day of Bid opening or the thirtieth day after the Effective Date of the Contract, whichever date is earlier. SC -4.05 Delays in Contractor's Progress SC -4.05 .C.2 Amend Paragraph 4.05.C.2 by striking out the following text: "abnormal weather conditions;" and inserting the following text: Abnormal Weather Conditions; ARTICLE 5 -AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS NC Instruction 1780 Guide 9 Page 6 SC -5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions SC -5.03 Add the following new paragraphs immediately after Paragraph 5.03.13: C. The following reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site are known to Owner: 1. Geotechnical Evaluation for New EQ Basin -Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant: Draper Aden Associates, February 2018, D. In the preparation of Drawings and Specifications, Engineer relied upon the following drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and subsurface structures (except Underground Facilitates) which are at or contiguous to the Site: 1. None. SC -5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site SC 5.06 Delete Paragraphs 5.06.A and 5.06.6 in their entirety and insert the following: A. No reports or drawings related to Hazardous Environmental Conditions at the Site are known to Owner. I B. Not Used. ARTICLE 6— BONDS AND INSURANCE SC -6.02 Insurance — General Provisions SC -6.02 Add the following paragraph immediately after paragraph 6.02.8: 1. Contractor may obtain worker's compensation insurance from an insurance company that has not been rated by a.m. best, provided that such company (a) is domiciled in the state in which the project is located, (b) is certified or authorized as a worker's compensation insurance provider by the appropriate state agency, and (c) has been accepted to provide worker's compensation insurance for similar projects by the state within the last 12 months. SC -6.03 Contractor's Insurance SC -6.03 Add the following new paragraph immediately after Paragraph 6.03.1: K. The limits of liability for the insurance required by Paragraph 6.03 of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by Laws and Regulations: 1, Workers' Compensation, and related coverages under Paragraphs 6.03.A.1 and A.2 of the General Conditions: I P State: Statutory NC Instruction 1780 Guide 9 Page 7 Federal, if applicable (e.g., Longshoreman's): Statutory Jones Act coverage, if applicable: Bodily injury by accident, each accident $ Bodily injury by disease, aggregate $ Employer's Liability: Bodily injury, each accident $ Bodily injury by disease, each employee $ Bodily injury/disease aggregate $ 500,000.00 For work performed in monopolistic states, stop- gap liability coverage shall be endorsed to either the worker's compensation or commercial general liability policy with a minimum limit of: $ Foreign voluntary worker compensation Statutory 2. Contractor's Commercial General Liability under Paragraphs 6.03.13 and 6.03.0 of the General Conditions: General Aggregate $ 21000,000.00 Products -Completed Operations Aggregate $ 1,000,000.00 Personal and Advertising Injury $ 1,000,000.00 Each Occurrence (Bodily Injury and Property Damage) $ 1,000,000.00 3. Automobile Liability under Paragraph 6.03.D. of the General Conditions: Bodily Injury: Each person Each accident Property Damage: Each accident $ 1,000,000.00 $ 1,000,000.00 $ 1,000,000.00 (or] I __ I Combined Single Limit of $ 1,000,000.00 4. Excess or Umbrella Liability: Per Occurrence GeneralAggregate 5. Contractor's Pollution Liability: Each Occurrence NC Instruction 1780 Guide 9 Page 8 $ 5,000,000.00 $ 5,0001000.00 General Aggregate $ N/A ® If box is checked, Contractor is not required to provide Contractor's Pollution Liability insurance under this Contract ARTICLE 7 —CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES SC -7.02 SC -7.02.13. l SC -7.02.0. Labor,• Working Hours Delete Paragraph 7.02 B. in its entirety, and insert the following: Be In the absence of any Laws or Regulations to the contrary, Contractor may perform the Work on holidays, during any or all hours of the day, and on any or all days of the week, at Contractor's sole discretion. Add the following new paragraph immediately after Paragraph 7.02.13: Contractor shall be responsible for the cost of any overtime pay or other exPeense incurred by the Owner for Engineer's services (including those of the Resident Project Representative, if any), Owner's representative, and construction observation services, occasioned by the performance of Work on Saturday, Sunday, any legal holiday, or as overtime on any regular work day. If Contractor is responsible but does not pay, or if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount owed, then Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 15. 1. If responsibility for costs in SC- SC -7.02.0 will be allocated to Contractor, Owner may wish to provide some specificity regarding the potential costs, through the addition of the following: 7.02.0. Add the following new subparagraph immediately after Paragraph 7.02.C: 1. For purposes of administering the foregoing requirement, additional overtime costs are defined as (here insert parameters for compensated overtime hours] NC Instruction 1780 Guide 9 Page 9 SC -7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment SC -7.03 Add the following new paragraph after 7.03.c: All iron and steel products must meet American Iran and Steel requirements. SC -7.04 "Or Equals" SC -7.04.A Strike the following from the third sentence: Unless the specification or description contains oris followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or 'or -equal' item is permitted. SC -7.04.A.1 Amend the last sentence of Paragraph a.3 by striking out "and;" and adding a period at the end of Paragraph a.3 SC -7.04.A.1 Delete paragraph 7.04.A.1.a.4 in its entirety and insert the following: [Deleted]. SC -7.04.6.1 Add the following new sub -paragraph after 7.04.6: Contractor shall include a Manufacturer's Certification letter for compliance with American Iron and Steel requirements in support data, if applicable. Refer to Manufacturer's Certification Letter provided in these Contract Documents. In addition, for the Deminimis Waiver, Contractor shall maintain an itemized list of incidental components and ensure that the cost is less than 5% of total materials cost for project; for the Minor Components Waiver, the Contractor shall maintain a list of products to which the minor components waiver applies and the cost of the non -domestically produced component is less than 5% of total materials cost of that product. SC -7.05 Substitutes SC-7.05 .A.3.a.4 Add the following sub -paragraph after 7.OS.A.3.a.3: 4) Comply with American Iron and Steel by providing Manufacturer's Certification letter of American Iron and Steel compliance, if applicable. Refer to Manufacturer's Certification Letter provided in these Contract Documents. SC -7.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others SC -7.06.A Add the following sentence to the end of the Paragraph: NC Instruction 1780 Guide 9 Page 10 The Contractor shall not award work valued at more than fifty percent of the Contract Price to Subcontractor(s), without prior written approval of the Owner. SC -7.06.B Delete paragraph 7. 06.8 in its entirety and insert the following: [Deleted]. SC -7.06.E Amend the second sentence of Paragraph 7.06.E by striking the following: Owner may also require Contractor to retain specific replacements; provided, however, that SC -7.11 Record Documents SC -7.11.A Insert the following after "written interpretations and clarifications,": Manufacturers' Certification letter is documentation provided by the manufacturer, supplier, distributor, vendor, fabricator, etc. to various entities stating that the iron and steel products to be used in the project are produced in the United States in accordance with American Iron and Steel Requirements. Refer to Manufacturer's Certification Letter provided in these Contract Documents, SC -7.16 Shop Drawings, Samples, and Other Submittals SC-7.16.A.1.e Add the following sub -paragraph after 7.16.A.1.d e. obtained Manufacturer s Certification letter for any item in the submittal subject to American Iron and Steel requirements and include the Certificate in the submittal. Refer to Manufacturers Certification Letter provided in these Contract Documents. SC -7.16.D.9 Add the following Paragraph after Paragraph 7.16.D.8 Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawing or Sample shall include review of compliance with American Iron and Steel requirements, as applicable. SC -7.17 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee SC -7.17.E Add the following Paragraph after Paragraph 7.17.D "Contractor shall certify upon Substantial Completion that all Work and Materials has complied with American Iron and Steel requirements as mandated by Section 746 of Title VII of the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2017 (Division A - Agriculture, Rural Development, Food and Drug Administration, and Related Agencies Appropriations Act, 2017) and subsequent statutes mandating domestic preference. Contractor shall provide said Certification to Owner. Refer to General Contractor's Certification Letter provided in these Contract Documents." NC Instruction 1780 Guide 9 Page 11 ARTICLE 10— ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION SC -10.03 Project Representative SC -10.03 Add the following new paragraphs immediately after Paragraph 10.03.A: B. The Resident Project Representative (RPR) will be Engineer's representative at the Site, will act as directed by and under the supervision of Engineer, and will confer with Engineer regarding RPR's actions. 1. General: RPR's dealings in matters pertaining to the Work in general shall be with Engineer and Contractor. RPR's dealings with Subcontractors shall only be through or with the full knowledge and approval of Contractor. RPR shall generally communicate with Owner only with the knowledge of and under the direction of Engineer. 2. Schedules: Review the progress schedule, schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submittals, and Schedule of Values prepared by Contractor and consult with Engineer concerning acceptability. 3. Conferences and Meetings: Attend meetings with Contractor, such as preconstruction conferences, progress meetings, job conferences, and other Project -related meetings, and prepare and circulate copies of minutes thereof. 4. Liaison: I� a. Serve as Engineers liaison with Contractor. Working principally through Contractors authorized representative or designee, assist in providing information regarding the provisions and intent of the Contract Documents. b. Assist Engineer in serving as Owner's liaison with Contractor when Contractor's operations affect Owner's on -Site operations. C, Assist in obtaining from Owner additional details or information, when required for proper execution of the Work. 5. Interpretation of Contract Documents: Report to Engineer when clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents are needed and transmit to Contractor clarifications and interpretations as issued by Engineer. 6, Shop Drawings and Samples: a. Record date of receipt of Samples and Contractor -approved Shop Drawings. b. Receive Samples which are furnished at the Site by Contractor, and notify Engineer of availability of Samples for examination. C, Advise Engineer and Contractor of the commencement of any portion of the Work requiring a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal for which RPR believes that the submittal has not been approved by Engineer. NC Instruction 1780 Guide 9 Page 12 7. Modifications: Consider and evaluate Contractor's suggestions for modifications in Drawings or Specifications and report such suggestions, together with RPR's recommendations, if any, to Engineer. Transmit to Contractor in writing decisions as issued by Engineer. 8. Review of Work and Rejection of Defective Work: a. Conduct on -Site observations of Contractor's work in progress to assist Engineer in determining if the Work is in general proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. b. Report to Engineer whenever RPR believes that any part of Contractor's work in progress is defective, will not produce a completed Project that conforms generally to the Contract Documents, or will imperil the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged, or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, test or approval required to be made; and advise Engineer of that part of work in progress that RPR believes should be corrected or rejected or should be uncovered for observation, or requires special testing, inspection or approval. 9. Inspections, Tests, and System Start-ups ;! a. Verify that tests, equipment, and systems start-ups and operating and maintenance training are conducted in the presence of appropriate Owner's personnel, and that Contractor maintains adequate records thereof. b. Observe, record, and report to Engineer appropriate details relative to the test procedures and systems start-ups. 10. Records: a. Prepare a daily report or keep a diary or log book, recording Contractor's hours on the Site, Subcontractors present at the Site, weather conditions, data relative to questions of Change Orders, Field Orders, Work Change Directives, or changed conditions, Site visitors, deliveries of equipment or materials, daily activities, decisions, observations in general, and specific observations in more detail as in the case of observing test procedures; and send copies to Engineer. b. Record names, addresses, fax numbers, e-mail addresses, web site locations, and telephone numbers of all Contractors, Subcontractors, and major Suppliers of materials and equipment. c. Maintain records for use in preparing Project documentation. NC Instruction 1780 Guide 9 Page 13 11. Reports: a. Furnish to Engineer periodic reports as required of progress of the Work and of Contractor's compliance with the Progress Schedule and schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submittals. b. Draft and recommend to Engineer proposed Change Orders, Work Change Directives, and Field Orders. Obtain backup material from Contractor. c. Immediately notify Engineer of the occurrence of any Site accidents, emergencies, acts of God endangering the Work, force majeure or delay events, damage to property by fire or other causes, or the discovery of any Constituent of Concern or Hazardous Environmental Condition. 12. Payment Requests: Review applications for payment with Contractor for compliance with the established procedure for their submission and forward with recommendations to Engineer, noting particularly the relationship of the payment requested to the Schedule of Values, Work completed, and materials and equipment delivered at the Site but not incorporated in the Work. 13. Certificates, Operation and Maintenance Manuals: During the course of the Work, verifythat materials and equipment certificates, operation and maintenance manuals and other data required by the Contract Documents to be assembled and furnished by Contractor are applicable to the items actually installed and in accordance with the Contract Documents, and have these documents delivered to Engineer for review and forwarding to Owner prior to payment for that part of the Work. 14. Completion: a. Participate in Engineer's visits to the Site to determine Substantial Completion, assist in the determination of Substantial Completion and the preparation of a punch list of items to be completed or corrected. b. Participate in Engineer's final visit to the Site to determine completion of the Work, in the company of Owner and Contractor, and prepare a final punch list of items to be completed and deficiencies to be remedied. C. Observe whether all items on the final list have been completed orcorrected and make recommendations to Engineer concerning acceptance and issuance of the notice of acceptability of the work. C. The RPR shall not: 1. Authorize any deviation from the Contract Documents or substitution of materials or equipment (including "or -equal" items). NC Instruction 1780 Guide 9 Page 14 2. Exceed limitations of Engineer's authority as set forth in the Contract Documents. 3. Undertake any of the responsibilities of Contractor, Subcontractors, or Suppliers. 4. Advise on, issue directions relative to, or assume control over any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of Contractor's work. 5. Advise on, issue directions regarding, or assume control over security or safety practices, precautions, and programs in connection with the activities or operations of Owner or Contractor. 6. Participate in specialized field or laboratory tests or inspections conducted off-site by others except as specifically authorized by Engineer. 7. Accept Shop Drawing or Sample submittals from anyone other than Contractor. 8. Authorize Owner to occupy the Project in whole or in part. SC -10.10.A Add the following Paragraph after Paragraph 10.09 "SC -10.10 American Iron & Steel A. "Services required to determine and certify that to the best of the Engineer's knowledge and belief all iron and steel products referenced in engineering analysis, the Plans, Specifications, Bidding Documents, and associated Bid Addenda requiring design revisions are either produced in the United States or are the subject of an approved waiver and services required to determine to the best of the engineer's knowledge and belief that approved substitutes, equals, and all iron and steel products proposed in the shop drawings, Change Orders and Partial Payment Estimates are either produced in the United States or are the subject of an approved waiver under Section 746 of Title VII of the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2017 (Division A - Agriculture, Rural Development, Food and Drug Administration, and Related Agencies Appropriations Act, 2017). ARTICLE 11—AMENDING THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; CHANGES IN THE WORK SC -11.06 Change Proposals SC -11.06.A.1 Modify by inserting the following after "within 15 days after submittal of the Change Proposal.": Include supporting data (name of manufacturer, city and state where the product was manufactured, description of product, signature of authorized manufacturer's representative) in the Manufacturer's Certification Letter, as applicable. NC Instruction 1780 Guide 9 Page 15 SC -11.07 Execution of Change Orders SC -11.07.0 Add the following new Paragraph following Paragraph 11.07.6: All Contract Change Orders must be concurred in b before they are effective. ARTICLE 13 -ARTICLE 13—COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK SC -13.02 Allowances SC -13.02.0 Delete Paragraph 13.02.0 in its entirety and insert the following in its place: [Deleted] the following: A bill of sale, invoice, or other. ARTICLE 14—TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK SC -14.03 Defective Work SC -14.03.G Add the following Paragraph following Paragraph 14.03.E G. Installation of Materials that are non-compliant with American Iron and Steel requirements shall be considered defective work. ARTICLE 15 — PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR; SETOFFS; COMPLETION; CORRECTION PERIOD SC -15.01 Progress Payments SC -15.01.6 Amend SC -15.01.6.3 Add the following language at the end fn the second sentence of Paragraph 15.01.6.1 by striking out the following: A bill of sale, invoice, or other. h 15.01.6.3: No payments will be made that would deplete the retainage, place in escrow any funds that are required for retainage, or invest the retainage for the benefit of the Contractor. SC -15.01.6.4 Add the following Paragraph following Paragraph 15.01.6.3 4. By Submitting Materials For Payment, Contractor Is Certifying That The Submitted Materials Are Compliant With American Iron And Steel Requirements, Manufacturer's Certification Letter For Materials Satisfy This Certification. Refer To Manufacturer's Certification Letter Provided In These Contract Documents. SC-15.01.C.2.d Add the following sub -paragraph following sub -paragraph 15.01.C.2.c d. the Materials presented for payment comply with American Iron and Steel. I , —' SC -15.01.1).1 Delete Paragraph 15.01.D.1 in its entirety and insert the following in its place: NC Instruction 1780 Guide 9 Page 16 The Application for Payment with Engineer's recommendations will be presented to the Owner and Agency for consideration. If both the Owner and Agency find the Application for Payment acceptable, the recommended amount less any reduction under the provisions of Paragraph 15.01.E will become due twenty (20) days after the Application for Payment is presented to the Owner, and the Owner will make payment to the Contractor. SC -15.02 Contractor's Warranty of Title SC -15.02A Amend Paragraph 15.02A by striking out the following text: "no later than seven days after the time of payment by Owner" and insert "no later than the time of payment by Owner." SC -15.03 Substantial Completion SC 15.03.A Modify by adding the following after the last sentence: Services required to determine and certify that to the best of the Contractor's knowledge and belief all substitutes, equals, and all iron and steel products proposed in the shop drawings, Change Orders and Partial Payment Estimates, and those installed for the project are either produced in the United States or are the subject of an approved waiver under Section 746 of Title VII of the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2017 (Division A - Agriculture, Rural Development, Food and Drug Administration, and Related Agencies Appropriations Act, 2017) and subsequent statutes mandating domestic preference. SC 15.03.6 Add the following new subparagraph to Paragraph 15.03.6: 1. If some or all of the Work has been determined not to be at a point of Substantial Completion and will require re -inspection or re -testing by Engineer, the cost Of such re- inspection or re -testing, including the cost of time, travel and living expenses, shall be paid by Contractor to Owner. If Contractor does not pay, or the parties are unable to agree as to the amount owed, then Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 15. ARTICLE 17 —FINAL RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES SC -17.02 Arbitration SC -17.02 Add the following new paragraph immediately after Paragraph 17.01. SC -17.02 Arbitration A. All matters subject to final resolution under this Article will be decided by arbitration in accordance with the rules of North Carolina Court System subject to the conditions and limitations of this paragraph. This agreement to arbitrate and any other agreement or consent to arbitrate entered into will be specifically enforceable under the prevailing law -- of any court having jurisdiction. NC Instruction 1780 Guide 9 Page 17 B. The demand for arbitration will be filed in writing with the other party to the Contract and with the selected arbitrator or arbitration provider, and a copy will be sent to Engineerfor information. The demand forarbitration will be made within the specifictime required in this Article, or if no specified time is applicable within a reasonable time after the matter in question has arisen, and in no event shall any such demand be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such matter in question would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations. The demand for arbitration should include specific reference to Paragraph SC -17.02.1) below. C. No arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract shall include by consolidation, joinder, or in any other manner any other individual or entity (including Engineer, and Engineer's consultants and the officers, directors, partners, agents, employees or consultants of any of them) who is not a party to this Contract unless: 1. the inclusion of such other individual or entity is necessary if complete relief is to be afforded among those who are already parties to the arbitration; and 2. such other individual or entity is substantially involved in a question of law or fact which is common to those who are already parties to the arbitration and which will arise in such proceedings. D. The award rendered by the arbitrator(s) shall be consistent with the agreement of the parties, in writing, and include a concise breakdown of the award, and a written explanation of the award specifically citing the Contract provisions deemed applicable and relied on in making the award. E. The award will be final. Judgment may be entered upon it in any court having jurisdiction thereof, and it will not be subject to modification or appeal, subject to provisions of the Laws and Regulations relating to vacating or modifying an arbitral award. F. The fees and expenses of the arbitrators and any arbitration service shall be shared equally by Owner and Contractor. SC -17.03 Add the following new paragraph immediately after Paragraph 17.02. SC -17.03 Attorneys' Fees: For any matter subject to final resolution under this Article, the prevailing party shall be entitled to an award of its attorneys' fees incurred in the final resolution proceedings, in an equitable amount to be determined in the discretion of the court, arbitrator, arbitration panel, or other arbiter of the matter subject to final resolution, taking into account the parties' initial demand or defense positions in comparison with the final result. NC Instruction 1780 Guide 9 Page 18 .. . . . ..... ... .. . . ........ . .. . . . .... .. ARTICLE 19 —FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS SC -19 Add a new Article 19, "Federal Requirements," after Article 18: SC -19.01 Agency Not a Party SC -19.01 Add the following language as Paragraph 19.01 with the title "Agency Not a Party": A. This Contract is expected to be funded in part with funds provided by Agency. Neither Agency, nor any of its departments, entities, or employees is a party to this Contract. SC -19.02 Contract Approval SC -19.02 Add the following sections after Article 19.01 with the title "Contract Approval": A. Owner and Contractor will furnish Owner's attorney such evidence as required SO that Owner s attorney can complete and execute the following "Certificate of Owner's Attorney" (Exhibit I of RUS Bulletin 1780-26) before Owner submits the executed Contract Documents to Agency for approval. Concurrence by Agency in the award of the Contract is required before the Contract is effective. SC -19.03 Conflict of Interest C=19 03 Add the following language after Article 19.02.8 with the title "Conflict of Interest": A. Contractor may not knowingly contract with a supplier or manufacturer if the individual or entity who prepared the plans and specifications has a corporate or financial affiliation with the supplier or manufacturer. Owner's officers, employees, or agents shall not engage in the award or administration of this Contract if a conflict of interest, real or apparent, would be involved. Such a conflict would arise when: (i) the employee, officer or agent; (ii) any member of their immediate family; (iii) their partner or (iv) an organization that employs, or is about to employ, any of the above, has a financial interest or other interest in or a tangible personal benefit from the Contractor. Owner's officers, employees, NC Instruction 1780 Guide 9 Page 19 or agents shall neither solicit nor accept gratuities, favors or anything of monetary value from Contractor or subcontractors. SC -19.04 Gratuities SC -19.04 Add the following language after Article 19.03.A with the title "Gratuities": A. If Owner finds after a notice and hearing that Contractor, or any of Contractor's agents or representatives, offered or gave gratuities (in the form of entertainment, gifts, or otherwise) to any official, employee, or agent of Owner or Agency in an attempt to secure this Contract or favorable treatment in awarding, amending, or making any determinations related to the performance of this Contract, Owner may, by written notice to Contractor, terminate this Contract. Owner may also pursue other rights and remedies that the law or this Contract provides. However, the existence of the facts on which Owner bases such findings shall be an issue and may be reviewed in proceedings under the dispute resolution provisions of this Contract. B. In the event this Contract is terminated as provided in paragraph 19.04.A, Owner may pursue the same remedies against Contractor as it could pursue in the event of a breach of this Contract by Contractor. As a penalty, in addition to any other damages to which it may be entitled by law, Owner may pursue exemplary damages in an amount (as determined by Owner) which shall not be less than three nor more than ten times the costs Contractor incurs in providing any such gratuities to any such officer or employee. SC -19.05 Small, Minority, and Women's Businesses SC -19.05 Add the following language after Article 19.04.6 with the title "Small, Minority and Women's Businesses A. Contracting with small and minority businesses, women's business enterprises, and labor surplus area firms. If Contractor intends to let any subcontracts for a portion of the work, Contractor must take all necessary affirmative steps to assure that minority businesses, women's business enterprises, and labor surplus area firms are used when possible. Affirmative steps must include: (1) Placing qualified small and minority businesses and women's business enterprises on solicitation lists; (2) Assuring that small and minority businesses, and women's business enterprises are solicited whenever they are potential sources; (3) Dividing total requirements, when economically feasible, into smaller tasks or quantities to permit maximum participation by small and minority Tbusinesses, and women's business enterprises; NC Instruction 1780 Guide 9 Page 20 (4) Establishing delivery schedules, where the requirement permits, which encourage participation by small and minority businesses, and women's business enterprises; (5) Using the services and assistance, as appropriate, of such organizations as the Small Business Administration and the Minority Business Development Agency of the Department of Commerce; and SC -19.06 Anti -Kickback SC -19.06 Add the following after Article 19.05.A.(5) with the title "Anti -Kickback": A. Contractor shall comply with the Copeland Anti -Kickback Act (40 U.S.0 3145) as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 3, "Contractors and Subcontractors on Public Buildings or Public Work Financed in Whole or in Part by Loans or Grants from the United States"). The Act provides that Contractor or subcontractor must be prohibited from inducing, by any means, any person employed in the construction, completion, or repairof public work, to give up any part of the compensation to which he or she is otherwise entitled. Owner shall report all suspected or reported violations to Agency. SC -19.07 Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q.J and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. 1251-1387) j SC -19.07 Add the following after Article 19.0 6.A with the title "Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401- 7671q.1 and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. 1251-1387), as amended": A. Contractor to agree to comply with all applicable standards, orders or regulations issued pursuant to the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act as amended (33 U.S.C. 1251-1387). Violations must be reported to the Federal awarding agency and the Regional Office of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). SC -19.08 Equal Employment Opportunity SC -19.08 Add the following after Article 19.07.A with the title "Equal Employment Opportunity": A. The Contract is considered a federally assisted construction contract. Except as otherwise provided under 41 CFR Part 60, all contracts that meet the definition of "federally assisted construction contract" in 41 CFR Part 60-1.3 must include the equal opportunity clause provided under 41 CFR 60-1.4(b), in accordance with Executive Order 11246, "Equal Employment Opportunity" (30 FR 12319, 12935, 3 CFR Part, 1964-1965 Comp., p. 339), as amended by Executive Order 11375, "Amending Executive Order 11246 Relating to Equal Employment Opportunity," NC Instruction 1780 Guide 9 Page 21 and implementing regulations at 41 CFR part 60, "Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Equal Employment Opportunity, Department of Labor." SC -19.09 Byrd Anti -Lobbying Amendment (31 U.S.C. 1352) SC -19.09 Add the following after Article 19.08.A with the title "Byrd Anti -Lobbying Amendment (31 U.S.C. 1352)": A. Contractors that apply or bid for an award exceeding $100,000 must file the required certification (RD Instruction 1940-0, Exhibit A-1). The Contractor certifies to the Owner and every subcontractor certifies to the Contractor that it will not and has not used Federal appropriated funds to pay any person or organization for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a member of Congress, officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a member of Congress in connection with obtaining the Contract if it is covered by 31 U.S.C. 1352. The Contractor and every subcontractor must also disclose any lobbying with non -Federal funds that takes place in connection with obtaining any Federal award. Such disclosures are forwarded from tier to tier up to the Owner. Necessary certification and disclosure forms shall be provided by Owner. SC -19.10 Environmental Requirements SC49.10 Add the following after Article 19.09.A with the title "Environmental Requirements": When constructing a Project involving trenching and/or other related earth excavations, Contractor shall comply with the following environmental conditions: A. Wetlands —When disposing of excess, spoil, or other construction materials on V ublic or private property, Contractor shall not fill in or otherwise convert wetlands. Floodplains —When disposing of excess, spoil, or other construction materials on public or private property, Contractor shall not fill in or otherwise convert ear floodplain floodplain areas (Standard Flood Hazard Area) delineated on the latest Federal Emergency Management Agency Floodplain Maps, or other appropriate maps, e.g., alluvial soils on NRCS Soil Survey Maps. C. Historic Preservation —Any excavation by Contractor that uncovers an historical or archaeological artifact or human remains shall be immediately reported to Owner and a representative of Agency. Construction shall be temporarily halted pending the notification process and further directions issued by Agency after consultation with the State Historic Preservation Officer (SHPO). D. Endangered Species —Contractor shall comply with the Endangered Species Act, I l which provides for the protection of endangered and/or threatened species and critical habitat. Should any evidence of the presence of endangered and/or NC Instruction 1780 Guide 9 Page 22 threatened species or their critical habitat be brought to the attention of Contractor, Contractor will immediately report this evidence to Owner and a representative of Agency. Construction shall be temporarily halted pending the notification process and further directions issued by Agency after consultation with the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, E. Mitigation Measures —The following environmental mitigation measures are required on this Project: SC -19.11 Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 3701-3708) SC -19.11 Add the following after Article 19.10.E. with the title "Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 3701-3708)": A. Where applicable, for contracts awarded by the Owner in excess of $100,000 that involve the employment of mechanics or laborers, the Contractor must comply with 40 U.S.C. 3702 and 3704, as supplemented by Department of Labor regulations (29 CFR Part 5). Under 40 U.S.C. 3702 of the Act, the Contractor must compute the wages of every mechanic and laborer on the basis of a standard work week of 40 hours. Work in excess of the standard work week is permissible provided that the worker is compensated at a rate of not less than one and a half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of 40 hours in the work week. The requirements of 40 U.S.C. 3704 are applicable to construction work and provide that no laborer or mechanic must be required to work in surroundings or under working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous or dangerous. These requirements do not apply to the purchases of supplies or materials or articles ordinarily available on the open market, or contracts for transportation or transmission of intelligence. SC -19.12 Debarment and Suspension (Executive Orders 12549 and 12689) SC -19.12 Add the following after Article 19.11.A. with the title "Debarment and Suspension (Executive Orders 12549 and 12689)": A. A contract award (see 2 CFR 180.220) must not be made to part ies listed on the government -wide exclusions in the System for Award Management (SAM), in accordance with the OMB guidelines at 2 CFR 180 that implement Executive Orders 12549 (3 CFR part 1986 Comp., p. 189) and 12689 (3 CFR part 1989 Comp., p. 235), "Debarment and Suspension." SAM Exclusions contains the names of parties debarred, suspended, or otherwise excluded by agencies, as well as parties declared ineligible under statutory or regulatory authority other than Executive Order 12549. SC -19.13 Procurement of recovered materials P SC4 9.13 Add the following after Article 19.12.A. with the title "Procurement of recovered materials": NC Instruction 1780 Guide 9 Page 23 A. The Contractor must comply with 2 CFR Part 200.322, "Procurement of recovered materials." SC -19.14 Section 746 of Title Vll of the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2017 SC -19.14 Add the following language to SC -19.14: "Section 746 of Title VII of the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2017 (Division A - Agriculture, Rural Development, Food and Drug Administration, and Related Agencies Appropriations Act, 2017) and subsequent statutes mandating domestic preference applies an American Iron and Steel requirement to this project. All iron and steel products used in this project must be produced in the United States. The term "iron and steel products" means the following products made primarily of iron or steel: lined or uMined pipes and fittings, manhole covers and other municipal castings, hydrants, tanks, flanges, pipe clamps and restraints, valves, structural steel, reinforced precast concrete, and construction materials. The deminimis and minor components waiver apply to this contract." SC -19.15 Definitions SC -19.15: Add SC 19.15 Definitions: "Assistance recipient" is the entity that receives funding assistance from programs required to comply with Section 746 Division A Title VII of the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2017 (Agriculture, Rural Development, Food and Drug Administration, and Related Agencies Appropriations Act, 2017) and subsequent statutes mandating domestic preference. This term includes owner and/or applicant. "Certifications" means the following: • Manufacturers' certification is documentation provided by the manufacturer or fabricator to various entities stating that the iron and steel products to be used in the project are produced in the United States in accordance with American Iron and Steel (AIS) Requirements. If items are purchased via a supplier, distributor, vendor, etc. vs. from the manufacturer or fabricator directly, then the supplier, distributor, vendor, etc. will be responsible for obtaining and providing these certification letters to the parties purchasing the products. • Engineers' certification is documentation that plans, specifications, and bidding documents comply with AIS. • Contractors' certification is documentation submitted upon substantial completion of the project that all iron and steel products installed were produced in the United States. "Coating" means a covering that is applied to the surface of an object. If a coating is applied to the external surface of a domestic iron or steel component, and the i application takes place outside of the United States, said product would be considered a compliant product under the AIS requirements. Any coating processes that are applied NC Instruction 1780 Guide 9 Page 24 to the external surface of iron and steel components that would otherwise be AIS compliant would not disqualify the product from meeting the AIS requirements regardless of where the coating processes occur, provided that final assembly of the product occurs in the United States. This exemption only applies to coatings on the external surface of iron and steel components. It does not apply to coatings or linings on internal surfaces of iron and steel products, such as the lining of lined pipes. All manufacturing processes for lined pipes, including the application of pipe lining, must occur in the United States for the product to be compliant with AIS requirements. "Construction materials" are those articles, materials, or supplies made primarily of iron and steel, that are permanently incorporated into the project, not including mechanical and/or electrical components, equipment and systems. Some of these products may overlap with what is also considered "structural steel". Note: Mechanical and electrical components, equipment and systems are not considered construction materials. See definition of mechanical and electrical equipment. "Consulting engineer" is an individual or entity with which the owner has contracted to perform engineering/architectural services for water and waste projects funded by the programs subject to AIS requirements). y"De minimis incidental components" are various miscellaneous low-cost components that are essential for, but incidental to, the construction and are incorporated into the physical structure of the project. Examples of incidental components could include small washers, screws, fasteners (such as "off the shelf' nuts and bolts), miscellaneous wire, corner bead, ancillary tube, signage, trash bins, door hardware etc. Costs for such de minimis incidental components cumulatively may comprise no more than a total of five percent of the total cost of the materials used in and incorporated into a project; the cost of an individual item may not exceed one percent of the total cost of the materials used in and incorporated into a project. "General contractor" is the individual or entity with which the applicant has contracted (oris expected to) to perform construction services (or for water and waste projects funded by the programs subject to AIS requirements). This includes bidders, contractors that have received an award from the applicant and any party having a direct contractual relationship with the owner/applicant. A general contractor is often referred to as the prime contractor. "Iron and steel products" are defined as the following products made primarily of iron or steel: lined or unlined pipes and fittings, manhole covers and other municipal castings, hydrants, tanks, flanges, pipe clamps and restraints, valves, structural steel, reinforced precast concrete, and construction materials. Only items on the above list made primarily of iron or steel, permanently incorporated into the project must be j produced in the United States. For example trench boxes, scaffolding or equipment, NC Instruction 1780 Guide 9 Page 25 which are removed from the project site upon completion of the project, are not required to be made of U.S. Iron or Steel. "Manufacturers" meaning a supplier, fabricator, distributor, material man, or vendor is an entity with which the applicant, general contractor or with any subcontractor has contracted to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the project by the applicant, contractor or a subcontractor. "Manufacturing processes" are processes such as melting, refining, forming, rolling, drawing, finishing, and fabricating. Further, if a domestic iron and steel product is taken out of the United States for any part of the manufacturing process, it becomes foreign source material. However, raw materials such as iron ore, limestone and iron and steel scrap are not covered by the AIS requirement, and the material(s), if any, being applied as a coating are similarly not covered. Non -iron or steel components of an iron and steel product may come from non -US sources. For example, for products such as valves and hydrants, the individual non -iron and steel components do not have to be of domestic origin. Raw materials, such as iron ore, limestone, scrap iron, and scrap steel, can come from non -U.S. sources. "Mechanical equipment" is typically that which has motorized parts and/oris powered by a motor. "Electrical equipment" is typically any machine powered by electricity and includes components that are part of the electrical distribution system. AIS does apply to mechanical equipment. "Minor components" are components within an iron and/or steel product otherwise compliant with the American Iron and Steel requirements. This is different from the de minimis definition where de minimis pertains to the entire project and the minor component definition pertains to a single product. This waiver, would allow non - domestically produced miscellaneous minor components comprising up to five percent of the total material cost of an otherwise domestically produced iron and steel product to be used. However, unless a separate waiver for a product has been approved, all other iron and steel components in said product must still meet the AIS requirements. This waiver does not exempt the whole product from the AIS requirements only minor components within said product and the iron or steel components of the product must be produced domestically. Valves and hydrants are also subject to the cost ceiling requirements described here. Examples of minor components could include items such pins and springs in valves/hydrants, bands/straps in couplings, and other low cost items such as small fasteners etc. "Municipal castings" are cast iron or steel infrastructure products that are melted and cast. They typically provide access, protection, or housing for components incorporated into utility owned drinking water, storm water, wastewater, and solid waste infrastructure. NC Instruction 1780 Guide 9 Page 26 "National Office" refers to the office responsible for the oversight and administration of the program nationally. The National Office sets policy, develops program regulations, and provides training and technical assistance to help the state offices administer the program. The National Office is located in Washington, D.C. "Owner' is the individual or entity with which the general contractor has contracted regarding the work, and which has agreed to pay the general contractor forth e performance of the work, pursuant to the terms of the contract for water and waste projects funded by the programs subject to AIS requirements. For the purpose of this Bulletin, this term is synonymous with the term "applicant" as defined in 7 CFR 1780.7 (a) (1), (2) and (3) and is an entity receiving financial assistance from the programs subject to the AIS requirements. "Pass through Entities" is an entity that provides a subaward to a loan and/or grant recipient to carry out part of a Federal program. Examples are grantees utilizing the Revolving Loan Program and Household Water Well Program and Alaska Native Tribal Health Consortium (ANTHC) or the State of Alaska from the RAVG Program. "Primarily iron or steel" is defined as a product made of greater than 50 percent iron or steel, measured by cost. The cost should be based on the material costs. An exception to this definition is reinforced precast concrete (see Definitions). All technical specifications and applicable industry standards (e.g. NIST, NSF, AWWA) must be met. If a product is determined to be less than 50 percent iron and steel, the AIS requirements do not apply. For example, the cost of a fire hydrant includes: (1) The cost of materials used for the iron portion of afire hydrant (e.g. bonnet, body and shoe); and (2) The cost to pour and cast to create those components (e.g. labor and energy). Not included in the cost are: (1) The additional material costs for the non -iron and steel internal workings of the hydrant (e.g. stem, coupling, valve, seals, etc.); and (2) The cost to assemble the internal workings into the hydrant body. "Produced in the United States" means that the production in the United States of the iron or steel products used in the project requires that all manufacturing processes must take place in the United States, with the exception of metallurgical processes involving refinement of steel additives. "Project" is the total undert aking to be accomplished for the applicant by consulting engineers, general contractors, and others, including the planning, study, design, construction, testing, commissioning, and start-up, and of which the work to be performed under the contract is a part. A project includes all activity that an applicant is undertaking to be financed in whole or part by programs subject to AIS requirements. The intentional splitting of projects into separate and smaller contracts or obligations to avoid AIS requirements is prohibited. NC Instruction 1780 Guide 9 Page 27 "Reinforced Precast Concrete" may not consist of at least 50 percent iron or steel, but the reinforcing bar and wire must be produced in the United States and meet the same standards as for any other iron or steel product. Additionally, the casting of the concrete product must take place in the United States. The cement and other raw materials used in concrete production are not required to be of domestic origin. If the reinforced concrete is cast at the construction site, the reinforcing bar and wire are considered to be a construction material and must be produced in the United States. "Steel" means an alloy that includes at least 50 percent iron, between 0.02 and 2 percent carbon, and may include other elements. Metallic elements such as chromium, nickel, molybdenum, manganese, and silicon may be added during the melting of steel for the purpose of enhancing properties such as corrosion resistance, hardness, or strength. The definition of steel covers carbon steel, alloy steel, stainless steel, tool steel, and other specialty steels. "Structural steel" is rolled flanged shapes, having at least one dimension of their cross- section three inches or greater, which are used in the construction of bridges, buildings, ships, railroad rolling stock, and for numerous other constructional purposes. Such shapes are designated as wide -flange shapes, standard I -beams, channels, angles, tees, and zees. Other shapes include but are not limited to, H -piles, sheet piling, tie plates, cross ties, and those for other special purposes. "Ultimate recipient" is a loan or grant recipient receiving funds from apass-through entity. Examples include: (1) a loan recipient from the Revolving Loan Fund; (2) a loan recipient from the Household Water Well Program; and (3) a grant recipient from ANTHC or the State of Alaska from the RAVG Program. "United States" means each of the several states, the District of Columbia, and each Federally Recognized Indian Tribe. North Carolina _USDA Rural Development Supplement to RUS Bulletin 1780-26 NC-RD—Attachment #6 NC -RD Notes: RD Temporary Construction Sign 1. The Contractor for each contract shall erect the current project identification signs) at the below designated locations. The cost for such signs shall be incorporated into the Contractor's bid. All required signs must be in place and acceptable prior to approval of first payment to the Contractor. a. Line Contracts -One sign to be placed at each end of the project area along major entry routes. (Note: A maximum of two project signs at this type location shall be required on any one contract. Contractors awarded multiple line contracts may have to furnish more than two signs for the project). The Engineer shall include an "RD Project Sign" line item in the Bid Form for all unit price contracts. b. All Other Major Improvements —One sign to be placed at the entrance of all construction sites. The Contractor shall include the costs for "RD Project Signs" as a part of their lump sum bid or as noted above for a unit price contract. c. A maximum of three project signs shall be required on any one contract (i.e. - contract involving both line work and plant work). If two or more of the above listed improvements are on the same site only one project sign is required at the site entrance. RD must concur in placement of less than the maximum number of signs noted above. Contracts which provide only for the supply of materials or services not involving major construction will not be required to place any project signs. 2. Sign Dimensions shall be 1200 mm x 2400 mm x 19 mm (approx. 4' x 8' x '/") and constructed of plywood panel (APA Rated A -B Grade -Exterior). The sign shall be supported by, and bolted to, two 4" x 4" treated wood posts with the bottom of the sign level and at a point about 4' above ground level. The quality of construction, painting, and lettering of the sign shall be in keeping with typical industry standards. 3. If other Federal or State Agencies or other funding sources have also participated in the financing of the project, a suitable statement or wording to that effect may be included on the sign. The exact wording relative to other agency participation is subject to prior clearance. 4. The Owner and the Engineer should determine if any permanent plaques are to be included in the project. Details regarding such need to be incorporated into the project specifications. Typically the following is included on such plaques: names of the Owner's officials, the Engineer, and the Contractor and a statement that the project was financed by Rural Development, U. S. Department of Agriculture and any other agency or funding source providing financing for the project. NC-RD_Att#6-ConDoc Notes -6-2014 (5 of 6) 41n 0 Z t~.J o L7 W N O Z a o Q V W N a Z O C W 0 L.1 WLL v v J E o p �. a � W I 1 I 1 I I I 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I I 1 I 1 I 1 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I 1 1 I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I M d� I 1 1 1 1 1 1 i I , 1 I i 1 1 I I I 1 = 1 , I I I 1 I , I I I , I , I 1 i 1 1 1 1 I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I I 1 I 1 I 1 I , 1 , I 1 I I I 1 I I I 1 I 1 1 , L 1 I 1 1 1 1 I I 1 I I i V + ++O y i I Q) I I (aI I v l I L I I I N I I I Il I 1 o, ^� I V I r M d� I 1 1 1 1 1 1 i I , 1 I i 1 1 I I I 1 = 1 , I I I 1 I , I I I , I , I 1 i 1 1 1 1 I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I I I I I 1 I 1 I 1 I , 1 , I 1 I I I 1 I I I 1 I 1 1 , L 1 I 1 1 1 1 I I 1 I I i V + ++O y i I Q) I I (aI I v l I L I I I I C I I I I Il I 1 o, I I I V I M and EJCDCH ENGINEERS JOINT �NTRAM DOCUMENTS MMMITTEE Owner: Contractor: Engineer: Project: TO CONTRACTOR: NOTICE TO PROCEED Owner's Contract No.: Contractor's Project No.: Engineer's Project No.: Contract Name: Effective Date of Contract: Owner hereby notifies Contractor that the Contract Times under the above Contract will commence to run on [i I, 20]. (see Paragraph 4.01 of the General Conditions) On that date, Contractor shall start performing its obligations under the Contract Documents. No Work shall be done at the Site prior to such date. In accordance with the Agreement, [the date of Substantial Completion is and the date of readiness for final payment is ] or [the number of days to achieve Substantial Completion is and the number of days to achieve readiness for final payment is ]• Before starting any Work at the Site, Contractor must comply with the following: (Note any access limitations, security procedures, or other restrictions) Owner: By: Title: Date Issued: Copy: Engineer Authorized Signature E1CDC C-550, Notice to Proceed. Prepared and published 2013 by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee. Pace 1 of 1 J � e w z 3 A � v v � o A o W q 0 u 2 a 0 z a 0 a IIIIIIII o k U�2 z A oo (,�� i E WHoY w � e w � 3 v � o A o 2 a a � e w � 3 v � o � o w w � o.� yo�g o. 0"s nsvea20�a 0ER .vvgoo n89238Ha. �eT�a gg�v E a� � 5 m e� o� � A w 9 w TA U m � s �9 S E S z a o g F` � 3 aQ v w a' m � F a 0 0 �z lua _ e s \ � } \5 )e ){& ` ) !® ) \ � )): ` )\) \\ ) . ] \ ) { ]/ ) \ ! $ ) \ \ \� j / / k s b B ) \ ƒ 7 ƒ � \72 !!e� \)® �] e, ! /! } §;\ ! !!;f \ \ )\)` ` )\ ,)® o/ \!(/ §\# k \ , ( \ /) . �k��\ / {\ � - ! / / ; ;!! ! EJCDC= ENGINEERS JOINT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS COMMITTEE Date of Issuance: j Owner: Contractor: Engineer: Project: Field Order No. Effective Date: Owner's Contract No.: Contractor's Project No.: Engineer's Project No.: Contract Name: Contractor is hereby directed to promptly execute this Field Order, issued in accordance with General Conditions Paragraph 11.01, for minor changes in the Work without changes in Contract Price or Contract Times. If Contractor considers that a change in Contract Price or Contract Times is required, submit a Change Proposal before proceeding with this Work. Reference: Specifications) Drawing(s) Description: Attachments: By: Title: Date: ISSUED: Engineer (Authorized Signature) Copy to: Owner / Detail(s) RECEIVED: By: Contractor (Authorized Signature) Title: Date: EICDC° C-942, Field Order. Prepared and published 2013 6y the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee. Page 1 of 1 Date of Issuance: ntractor: roject: Work Change Directive No. Effective Date: Owner's Contract No.: Contractor's Project No.: Engineer's Project No.: Contract Name: Contractor is directed to proceed promptly with the following change(s): Description: Attachments: (List documents supporting change] Purpose for Work Change Directive: Directive to proceed promptly with the Work described herein, prior to agreeing to changes on Contract Price and Contract Time, is issued due to: [check one or Both of the following] ❑Non -agreement on pricing of proposed change. ❑ Necessity to proceed for schedule or other Project reasons. Estimated Change in Contract Price and Contract Times (non-binding, preliminary): Price $ [increase] [decrease], ntractTime days sis of estimated change in Contract Price: Lump Sum Cost of the Work RECOMMENDED: By: BY: Engineer (Authorized Signature) Title: Title: Date: Date: Approved by Funding Agency (if applicable) By: Title: [increase] [decrease]. ❑ Unit Price ❑ Other AUTHORIZED BY: Owner (Authorized Signature) Date: RECEIVED By: Contractor (Authorized Signature) Title: Date: E1CDC° C-940, Work Change Directive. Prepared and published 2013 by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee. Page 1 of 1 EJCDCH ENGINEERS JOINT DOCUMENTS COMMITTEE Change Order No. p Date of Issuance: Effective Date: f Owner: Owner's Contract No.: Contractor: Contractor's Project No.: Engineer: Engineer's Project No.: Project: Contract Name: The Contract is modified as follows upon execution of this Change Order: Description: ��y Attachments: (List documents supporting change] CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE BSA CHANGE IN CONTRACT TIMES [note changes in Milestones if applicable] Original Contract Price: Original Contract Times: Substantial Completion: $ Ready for Final Payment: days or dates [Increase] [Decrease] from previously approved Change [Increase] [Decrease] from previously approved Change Orders No. to No. _ Orders No. _ to No. _ _ Substantial Completion: $ Ready for Final Payment: days Contract Price prior to this Change Order: Contract Times prior to this Change Order: Substantial Completion: $ Ready for Final Payment: days or dates [Increase] [Decrease] of this Change Order: [Increase] [Decrease] of this Change Order: Substantial Completion: $ Ready for Final Payment: days or dates Contract Price incorporating this Change Order: Contract Times with all approved Change Orders: Substantial Completion: $ Ready for Final Payment: days or dates RECOMMENDED: By: Engineer (if required) Approved by Funding Agency (if applicable) By: Title: ACCEPTED Owner (Authorized Signature) Title Date Date: Hl:l.t F' I tU: By: Contractor (Authorized Signature) e Titl Date EJCDC° C-941, Change Order. Prepared and published 2013 by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee. Page 1 of 1 EXEICIN ENGINEERS JOINT CQNMCT DOCUMENTS COMMITTEE —� Owner: jp Contractor: Engineer: Project: CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION Owner's Contract No.: Contractor's Project No.: Engineer's Project No.: Contract Name: This [preliminary] [final] Certificate of Substantial Completion applies to: F-1AllWork F1 The following specified portions of the Work: Date of Substantial Completion .The Work to which this Certificate applies has been inspected by authorized representatives of Owner, Contractor, and Engineer, and found to be substantially complete. The Date of Substantial Completion of the Work or portion thereof designated above is hereby established, subject to the provisions of the Contract pertaining to Substantial Completion. The date of Substantial Completion in the final Certificate of Substantial Completion marks the commencement of the contractual correction period and applicable warranties required by the Contract. A punch list of items to be completed or corrected is attached to this Certificate. This list may not be all-inclusive, and the failure to include any items on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract. The responsibilities between Owner and Contractor for security, operation, safety, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance, and warranties upon Owner's use or occupancy of the Work shall be as provided in the Contract, except as amended as follows: [Note: Amendments of contractual responsibilities recorded in this Certificate should be the product of mutual agreement of Owner and Contractor; see Paragraph 15.03.D of the General Conditions.] Amendments to Owner's responsibilities: ❑ None ❑As follows Amendments to Contractor's responsibilities: ❑None ❑As follows: The following documents are attached to and made a part of this Certificate: (punch list• others] This Certificate does not constitute an acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents, nor is it a release of Contractor's obligation to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract. By: EXECUTED BY ENGINEER: RECEIVED: RECEIVED: (Authorized signahue) By: Title: Date: Owner (Authorized Signature) By: Title: Date: Contractor (Authorized Signature) E1CDC° C-625, Certificate of Substantial Completion. Prepared and published 2013 by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee. Page 1 of 1 _ CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT OF RELEASE OF LIENS TO: (OWNER) PROJECT INFORMATION (Name & Location) CONTRACT DATE The undersigned hereby certifies that to the best of the undersigned's knowledge, information and belief, except as listed below, the Releases or Waivers of Lien attached hereto include the Contractor, all Subcontractors, all suppliers of materials and equipment, and all performers of Work, labor or services who have or may have liens or encumbrances or the right to assert liens or encumbrances against any property of the Owner arising in any manner out of the performance of the Contract referenced above. EXCEPTIONS: SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS ATTACHED HERETO: 1. Contractor's Release or Waiver of Liens, conditional upon receipt of final payment. 2. Separate Releases or Waivers of Liens from Subcontractors and material and equipment suppliers, to the extent required by the Owner, accompanied by a list thereof. CONTRACTOR: Address: By: Notary: Subscribed and sworn to before me this date: Signature Notary Public Printed Name: My Commission Expires: Page 1 of 1 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES V� PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. This Section includes, but is not limited to, requirements for the following: 1. Submittal procedures 2. Construction progress schedule 3. Schedule of values 4. Project record documents 5. Certificates of compliance 6. Catalog data 7. Shop drawings 8. Manufacturer's installation procedures 9. Samples 10. Warranties 11. Spare parts and maintenance materials 1.2 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Transmit each submittal with cover letter to the Engineer: Draper Aden Associates - 930 Main Campus Drive, Suite 151 Raleigh, NC 27606 1� B Sequentially number transmittal forms. Re -submittals are to have original number with an alphabetic suffix. C. Cover letter for each submittal package shall list the following: 1. Contractor's Name: 2. Owner's Name: Town of Maysville 3. Project Name: Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade 4. Draper Aden Associates PN R14142N-01 G D. Individual submittals shall each be listed by the following information: 1. Submittal reference number 2. Specification section number 3. Drawing and detail number when appropriate 4. Equipment 5. Type submittal 6. Supplier 7. Manufacturer E. Apply Contractor's stamp to each submittal signed or initialed and dated, �„_: � certifying that Contractor has reviewed submittal for conformance with Town of Maysville DAA PN 1114212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 01 33 00-1 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES requirements of Contract Documents, and has coordinated submittal with related work. A. Schedule submittals to expedite Project, and deliver to coordinate submission of related items. Allow a minimum of fifteen (15) working days for Engineer's review. B. Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product limitations as they relate to the satisfactory performance of the Project. C. Provide space for Contractor and Engineer review stamps. D. Revise and resubmit submittals as required —identify changes made since previous submittal. E. Distribute copies of reviewed submittals to concerned parties. Instruct parties to promptly report inability to comply with provisions. F. Work requiring submittal review by Engineer shall not be started until review has been obtained. G. Engineer's review of submittals shall not relieve Contractor of responsibility for complete compliance with Contract Documents. 1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE SUBMITTALS A. Construction Progress Schedule 1. Submit five (5) copies of the initial progress schedule 15 days after date of Owner -Contractor Agreement. One copy shall be returned to the Contractor. 2. Progress schedule shall be, as a minimum, a horizontal bar chart with a separate line for each major section of Work. Identify the first workday of each week. 3. Show complete sequence of construction by activity, identifying Work of separate stages and other logically grouped activities. Indicate the early and late start, early and late finish, float dates, and duration. 4. Indicate the expected monthly par requests. 5. Submit revised schedule with each Application for Payment as required for updating, identifying changes since previous Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 01 33 00-2 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES version. Indicate estimated percentage of completion for each item of Work at each submission. 6. Indicate submittal dates required for critical shop drawings, product data, samples, and product delivery dates including those furnished by Owner and items listed under Allowances. 7. Indicate specific work sequences and requirements. B. Schedule of Values 1. Submit three (3) copies of the schedule of values at least three (3) weeks prior to the first partial payment request. Schedule shall divide the lump sum contract items into major work tasks. Use the table of contents as a guide for itemizing the schedule. Schedule will be used only as a basis for review of the Contractor's request for payment. 2. Engineer may request additional delineation of work tasks and supporting data of the values, as he deems appropriate. Revise schedule and resubmit. 3. Revise schedule to list approved Change Orders, with each request for payment. C. Project Record Documents 1. Maintain on site, one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the Work: a. Contract Drawings b. Contract Documents and Specifications c. Addenda d. Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract e. Reviewed Submittals 2. Store Record Documents separate from documents used for construction. 3. Record information concurrent with construction progress. 4. Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each Product section description of actual Products installed, including the following: D a. Manufacturer's name, product model and number b. Product substitutions or alternates utilized Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 01 33 00-3 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES y} c. Changes made by Addenda and Modifications 5. Record Documents and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction including: a. Measure and reference horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances to permanent surface improvements. b. Field changes from construction Drawings. C, Details not on original Contract Drawings. 6. Submit documents to engineer with final Application for Payment. 1.4 TECHNICAL SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following, in the number indicated, as required by the individual sections of the technical specifications. B. Certificates of Compliance 1. Submit Manufacturer's Certificates of Compliance, in quantities specified for Shop Drawings. 2. Certificates shall certify that the Products delivered to the project are in conformance with the Specifications. 3. Certificates may be recent or previous test results on Product, but must be acceptable to Engineer. 4. Certification shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for complying with requirements of the Specifications. C. Catalog Data 1. Submit copies of manufacturers' standard catalog cuts of Products to be used in the Work. 2. When shop drawings are not required, the catalog data shall include the following as a minimum: a. Parts schedule that identifies the materials to be used in each of the various parts. b. Sufficient detail to serve as a guide for assembly and disassembly of the product and to serve as guide for ordering parts. 3. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models options, and other data. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 01 33 004 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES y) provide information unique to this Work in the Shop Drawing submittal. 4. Submit the number of copies as follows: a. Products specified by a national standard: Submit three (3) copies. This data is for the general information of the Engineer and for use by the Owner for operation and maintenance and will not be returned to the Contractor. b. Other Products: Submit the number of copies specified for the Shop Drawing. D. Shop Drawing Submit the number of copies that Contractor requires, plus three (3) copies that will be retained by Engineer. 2. Shop drawings shall consist of drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, performance charts, brochures and other data, prepared specifically for a portion of the Work. Shop Drawings shall indicate the type, size, quantity, arrangement, location, mode of operation, component materials, utility connections, wiring and control diagrams, anchorages, supports, factory applied coatings, and )j other information necessary to ensure satisfactory fabrication, installation and operation of the completed Work. Shop Drawings shall establish the actual detail of manufactured or fabricated items, indicate proper relation to adjoining work, amplify design details of mechanical and electrical equipment in proper relation to physical spaces in the structure, and incorporate minor changes to design and construction to suit actual requirements. E. Manufacturer's Installation Procedures 1. Submit manufacturers' installation procedures to Engineer for review in the quantities specified for Shop Drawings. F. Samples Submit samples as required by the individual specification sections. Samples shall be physical examples to illustrate the materials and workmanship. Submit in sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate the functional characteristics of the Product, with integrally related parts and attachment devices, and the full range of color to be provided. Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 0133 00-5 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES G. Warranties 1. Provide copies of Product warranties as required by the individual sections of the specifications. 2. Provide duplicate notarized copies. 3. Execute and assemble documents from Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers. 4. Provide Table of Contents and assemble in three D side ring binder with durable plastic cover. 5. Submit prior to final Application for Payment. 6. For items of Work delayed beyond date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal within 10 days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period. H. Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials 1. Provide recommended manufacturer's list of spare parts, J maintenance, and extra material as specified in individual sections. END OF SECTION Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 01 33 00-6 SECTION 0145 00 - QUALITY CONTROL PART1 GENERAL 1,01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. General quality assurance and control B. References C. Manufacturer's instructions, certificates, field services, and reports D. Testing laboratory services. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 1.03 GENERAL QUALITY CONTROL A. Maintain quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce work of specified quality. B. Comply with industry standards except when more restrictive tolerances or specified requirements indicate more rigid standards or more precise workmanship. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. D. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion, and disfigurement. 1 1.04 REFERENCES A. Conform to the referenced standards and Standard Specifications. B. Specific provisions of codes, regulations and standards may be referenced in individual Specifications to assist the Contractor and identify options selected by the Engineer. Such references do not relieve the Contractor from compliance with other applicable provisions of codes, regulations, and standards not specifically referenced. C. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Engineer before proceeding. 1.05 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND CERTIFICATES A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions in full detail, including each step in sequence. Should instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Engineer before proceeding. B. When required by individual Specifications Section, submit manufacturer's certificate that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.06 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS A. When specified in respective Specification Sections, require supplier, manufacturer, or installer, to provide qualified personnel to observe field conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation; quality of workmanship; start-up of equipment; test, adjust, and balance of equipment as applicable; and to make appropriate recommendations. j Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212W05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2015 014500-1 7 SECTION 0145 00 — QUALITY CONTROL B. Manufacturer's representative shall submit a written report to Engineer listing observations, site decisions, and instructions that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. The manufacturer's representative shall certify that the materials and/or equipment has been properly installed and is functioning correctly. 1.07 TESTING Provide all testing specified in individual Specification Sections. All testing services shall be arranged for and paid by the Contractor unless otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents. 1.08 INSPECTION AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES FOR CONCRETE AND SOILS A. Where reference is made in the Specifications to tests, inspections, independent designs, etc., such services shall be furnished by a fully qualified independent testing laboratory or firm of inspection engineers. All costs for providing such services shall be paid for by the Contractor. B. All arrangements for the testing work shall be made by the Contractor. Whenever inclement weather does not provide suitable testing conditions, the Contractor shall be responsible for cancellation notice to the testing agency. Any costs incurred because of failure to provide adequate cancellation notice shall be borne by the Contractor. Owner shall be notified of arrangements made for testing work. C. If a test fails to meet specification requirements, then the area represented by that test shall be reworked and retested at the Contractor's expense. Any additional testing required to verify previously failing tests shall be at the Contractor's expense. All corrective measures shall be documented in the Quality Control reports. D. Test reports shall be supplied to the Engineer within 3 days of the completion of such testing. PART2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION NOT USED Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade END OF SECTION DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 :ryrl�irlrs'a SECTION 01 60 00 — PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Products. B. Transportation and handling. C. Storage and protection. D. Product options. E. Substitutions 1.2 PRODUCTS A. Products: Means new material, machinery, components, equipment, fixtures, and systems forming the Work. It does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying, and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components specified in the Contract Document for reuse. 1.3 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Transport and handle Products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Ship fabricated assemblies in largest sections permitted by carrier regulations and properly marked for ease of field erection. C. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that Products comply with specified requirementsI quanes are correct, and Products are undamaged. D. Provide equipment and personnel to handle Products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. 1.4 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Keep on site storage of material to a minimum. B. Store and protect Products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions in unopened original packages, with seals and labels intact and legible. Store sensitive Products in weather -tight, climate -controlled enclosures. Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 01 60 00-1 SECTION 01 60 00 — PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS C. For exterior storage of fabricated Products, place on sloped supports, above ground. D. Provide off site storage and protection when site does not permit on site storage. E. Cover Products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to avoid condensation. F. Store loose granular Products on solid flat surfaces in awell-drained area. Prevent mixing with foreign matter. G. Arrange storage of Products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to assure Products are maintained under specified conditions. 1.5 DAMAGED PRODUCTS A. Remove damaged Products from Project site. 1.6 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Products Specified by Reference Standards: Product meeting standard and specific requirements of these specifications. B. The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of materials and equipment specified or described in the Bidding Documents, or or -equal materials and equipment as defined in the General Conditions, or those substitute or materials and equipment approved by the Engineer and identified by Addendum. The materials and equipment described in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of required type, function and quality to be met by any proposed substitute or or -equal item. Request for Engineer's clarification of materials and equipment considered or -equal prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement must be received by the Engineer at least 15 days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. No item of material or equipment will be considered by Engineer as a substitute unless written request for approval has been submitted by Bidder and has been received by Engineer at least 15 days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. Each request shall conform to the requirements of the General Conditions. The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed item is upon the Bidder. Engineer's decision of approval or disapproval of a proposed item will be final. If Engineer approves any proposed substitute item, such approval will be set forth in an Addendum issued to all prospective Bidders. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner. Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 01 60 00-2 SECTION 01 60 00 — PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 1.7 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Engineer will consider requests for Substitutions only within 30 days after date of Owner -Contractor Agreement. B. Substitutions after receipt of bids will not be allowed for any reason other than a product becoming unavailable. C. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed Substitution with Contract Documents, D. Request constitutes a representation that Contractor: 1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified product. 2. Shall provide same warranty for Substitution as for specified product. 3. Shall coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional costs to Owner. 4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension that may subsequently become apparent. 5. Shall reimburse Owner for review or redesign services associated with reapproval by authorities. E. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals, without separate written request, or when acceptance will require revision to the Contract Documents. F. Substitution Submittal Procedure: 1. Submit three copies of request for Substitution for consideration. Limit each request to one proposed Substitution. 2. Submit shop drawings, product data, and certified test results attesting to proposed product equivalence. 3. Engineer will notify Contractor, in writing, of decision to accept or reject request. PART2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION NOT USED END OF SECTION Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-OS Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 01 60 00-3 SECTION 01 70 00 - EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Construction Sequence. B. Close out procedures. C. Final Cleaning. D. Adjusting. 1.2 CONSTRUCTION &COMMISSIONING SEQUENCE A. 1. Obtain plan approval and other applicable permits. 2. Hold pre -construction meeting at lease one week prior to starting construction. 3. Remove chain-link fence on east side of existing plant as shown. Install sediment fence. 4. Clear as necessary to construct sediment trap and construct the trap. 5. Clear vegetation from the entire work area. 6. Remove topsoil from area of construction and stockpile in the designated area. 7. Construct laboratory building and water and electrical services to it. 8. Demolish existing metal building and construct package plant. Complete flow monitoring station as early as practical. 9. Fill proposed plant with water an d repair all leaks. 10. Complete remaining construction. During work in influent wet well, perform bypass pumping from a manhole upstream to the existing equalization tank. Coordinate with nearby properties. Avoid backing up flow into services. Submit bypass pumping plan to Engineer prior to beginning pumping. 11. Start blowers and clarifier drives of proposed plant; transfer contents of existing equalization tank to proposed plant. 12. Cut tee into existing force main and connect proposed force main. Shut valve to existing tank; open valve to proposed plant. 13. Transfer contents of clarifiers of existing plant to flow control/splitter box of proposed plant. 14. Transfer contents of aeration chamber of existing plant to flow equalization chamber of proposed plan. 15. Transfer contents of sludge storage tank of existing plant to flow sludge storage/digester chamber. 16. Clean, sand blast and paint existing plant if Alternate 1 has been selected. 17. Concurrently with Items 10-14, distribute topsoil and permanently vegetate and mulch. 18. After the site is stabilized and when directed by the Engineer, remove all temporary erosion and sediment control measures and install permanent Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 201 S 01 70 004 SECTION 01 70 00 - EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS 1.3 CLOSE OUT PRODEDURES A. Submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed, Work has been inspected, and is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Engineer's inspection. B. Provide submittals to Engineer that are required by governing or other authorities. C. Submit set of Record Documents indicating changes during construction as required in Section, Submittal Procedures. D. Submit final Application for Payment identifying total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments, and final amount due. E. Submit the following with final Application for Payment: 1. Affidavit of Release of Liens 2. Consent of Surety for Final Payment 3. Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims 4. Final Certified Payroll Information y} F. Submit warranties as required by individual equipment specifications. 1.4 FINAL CLEANING A. Clean Project prior to final inspection. Project clean up shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Sweep paved areas. 2. Rake clean landscaped surfaces. 3. Remove waste, and surplus materials. 4. Remove temporary construction facilities. 1.5 FINAL INSPECTION AND TESTS A. Complete punch list items within 30 days of receipt from Engineer. Owner may have work not completed within 30 days performed by others with the cost deducted from the Contractor's final payment. Additional engineering and inspection services required as a result of Contractor not completing punch list within 30 days shall be at Contractor's expense. Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 01 70 00-2 SECTION 01 70 00 - EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION NOT USED Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade END OF SECTION DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 [l➢ibLLIIM SECTION 01 71 10 — CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT & AS -BUILT INFORMATION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 QUALIFICATIONS A. The Contractor shall employ a Land Surveyor licensed in the State of North Carolina and acceptable to the Engineer. 1.02 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS A. The Engineer will identify on the plans base lines, control points, and bench mark(s), and will identify other pertinent monuments at the site of the work. B. The Contractor shall verify locations of survey control points prior to starting work and promptly notify Engineer of any discrepancies discovered. C. The Contractor shall protect survey control points, and preserve permanent reference points during construction. If any of the control points established by the Owner or Engineer are carelessly or willfully disturbed, the cost of replacing the control points shall be charged against the Contractor. The Contractor shall promptly report to Engineer the loss or destruction of any reference point or relocation required because of changes in grades or other reasons. 1.03 LAYING OUT WORK A. The Contractor shall, at his expense, provide all necessary survey services and shall provide and maintain accurate, detailed survey field notes and daily progress reports. B. From the lines, control points, and bench marks identified by the Engineer, the Contractor 1 shall run all lines and levels, furnish, set and drive grade stakes, and do all otherwork necessary to lay out his work in accordance with the dimensions and elevations shown on the Drawings. C. The plans and supplementary drawings shall not be scaled and the Contractor shall verify all dimensions and elevations at the site prior to proceeding with the work. The Contractor shall also verify existing utility locations prior to purchasing materials affected by these locations. D. The Contractor shall locate and inform the Engineer as to the existence of any existing, conflicting utilities, prior to construction. 1.04 MEETINGS A. Contractor's Land Surveyor is required to attend pre -construction conference. PART2 PRODUCTS NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION NOT USED Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade END OF SECTION DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 017110-1 SECTION 03 30 00 - CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary apply to this Section. Sumbittal Procedures. 1.2 SUMMARY This Section specifies cast -in place concrete, including formwork, reinforcing, mix design, placement procedures, and finishes. Cast -in-place concrete includes the following: a) Foundations and footings. b) Slabs -on -grade. c) Tank walls. d) Elevated slabs. e) Equipment pads and bases. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of the Contract and Specification Section Sumbittal Procedures. 1. Product data for proprietary materials and items, including reinforcement and forming accessories, admixtures, patching compounds, waterstops, joint systems, curing compounds, dry -shake finish materials, and others if requested by Engineer. 2. Shop drawings for reinforcement detailing fabricating, bending, and placing concrete reinforcement. Comply with ACI 315 "Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures" showing bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, and arrangement of concrete reinforcement. Include special reinforcing required for openings through concrete structures. Engineer's review is for general compliance only. The Contractor will be responsible for size, number and lengths of reinforcing. 3. Shop drawings for formwork indicating fabrication and erection of forms for specific finished concrete surfaces. Show form construction including jointing, special form joints or reveals, location and pattern of form tie placement, and other items that affect exposed concrete visually. Engineer's review is for general applications and features only. Designing formwork for structural stability and efficiency is Contractor's responsibility 4. The testing laboratory shall submit three copies of results of concrete cylinder tests to Engineer together with one copy each to Owner, Contractor, and Concrete Supplier. 5. Ready -mixed concrete delivered shall be accompanied by delivery tickets � P showing the following: Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 03 30 00-1 CAST4WPLACE CONCRETE a) Date and time leaving the plant b) Type of cement and weight c) Quanity of water and time added d) Admixtures and weight e) Site arrival time f) Site leaving time g) Type of fly ash and weight 6. Laboratory test reports for concrete materials and mix design test. Contractor shall submit three (3) copies. Material certificates in lieu of material laboratory test reports when permitted by Engineer. Material certificates shall be signed by manufacturer and Contractor, certifying that each material item complies with or exceeds specified requirements. Provide certification from admixture manufacturers that chloride content complies with specification requirements. 8. Hot weather and cold weather concreting plan shall include curing method and specific curing plan, ready mixed supplier plan, contingency plans, and materials list as a minimum. All hot weather plans shall meet requirements of ACI 305. All cold weather plans shall meet requirements of ACI 306. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of the latest revision of the following codes, specifications, and standards, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified: availability of materials. Establish preliminary work 1. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 211 "Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight and Mass Concrete." 2. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 301, "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings." 3. ACI 318, "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete." 4. ACI 347 "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork." 5. ACI 350 "Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures." 6. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) "Manual of Standard Practice." 7. ASTM C 94 Standard Specifications for Ready -Mix Concrete 8. North Carolina State Building Code B. Concrete Testing Service: Owner will engage a testing agency to perf C. Materials and installed work may require testing and retesting at any time during progress of Work. Any retesting of rejected materials for installed Work, shall be done at orm material evaluation tests. D. Review requirements for submittals, C. Materials and installed work may require testing and retesting at any time during progress of Work. Any retesting of rejected materials for installed Work, shall be done at Contractor's expense. D. Review requirements for submittals, status of coordinating work, and availability of materials. Establish preliminary work progress schedule and procedures for materials inspection, testing, and certifications. Require representatives of each entity directly concerned with cast -in-place concrete to attend conference, including, but not limited to, the following: Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 03 30 00-2 CAST4N-PLACE CONCRETE 1. Contractor's superintendent. )i 2. Agency responsible for concrete design mixes. 3. Agency responsible for field quality control. 4. Ready -mix concrete producer. 5. Concrete subcontractor. 6. Primary admixture manufacturers. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 FORM MATERIALS A. Forms for Exposed Finish Concrete: Plywood, metal, metal -framed plywood faced, or other acceptable panel -type materials to provide continuous, straight, smooth, exposed surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints and to conform to joint system shown on drawings. B. Use plywood complying with U.S. Product Standard PS -1 "B -B (Concrete Form) Plywood," Class I, Exterior Grade or better, mill -oiled and edge -sealed, with each piece bearing legible inspection trademark. C. Forms for Unexposed Finish Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another acceptable material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. D. Forms for Cylindrical Columns and Supports: Metal, glass -fiber -reinforced plastic, or paper or fiber tubes that will produce smooth surfaces without joint indications. Provide units with sufficient wall thickness to resist wet concrete loads without deformation. Form Release Agent: Provide commercial formulation form release agent with a maximum of 350 g/L volatile organic compounds (VOCs) that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. Form Ties: Factory -fabricated, adjustable -length, removable or snap -off metal form ties designed to prevent form deflection and to prevent spalling of concrete upon removal. Provide units that will leave no metal closer than 1-1/2 inches to the plane of the exposed concrete surface. G. Provide ties that, when removed, will leave holes not larger than 1 inch and no smaller than %inch in diameter in the concrete surface. Form ties for exposed concrete shall be of the cone -washer type. The cones shall be made of approved wood or plastic. Ties for liquid containment structures shall have an integral waterstop that is tightly welded to the tie. Common wire will not be allowed for form ties. 2.2 REINFORCING MATERIALS A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615 Grade 60 deformed. B. Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, plain, cold -drawn steel. C. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185, welded steel wire fabric. Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 03 30 00-3 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE D. Supports for Reinforcement: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric in place. Use wire bar - type supports complying with CRSI specifications. E. For slabs -on -grade, use supports with sand plates or horizontal runners where base material will not support chair legs. F. For exposed -to -view concrete surfaces where legs of supports are in contact with forms, provide supports with legs that are protected by plastic (CRSI, Class 1) or stainless steel (CRSI, Class 2). 2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type Il. B. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Type F Use one brand of cement and fly ash throughout Project unless otherwise acceptable to Engineer. C. Normal -Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33 and as specified. Provide aggregates from a single source for exposed concrete. D. For exposed exterior surfaces, do not use fine or coarse aggregates that contain substances that cause spalling. I' 2.4 Water: Potable. 2.5 Admixtures, General: Provide concrete admixtures that contain not more than 0.1 percent chloride ions. A. Air -Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260, certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other required admixtures. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a) Monex Air or Monex NVR, Monex Resources, Inc. b) Air-Tite, Cormix Construction Chemicals. c) Air -Mix or Perma-Air, Euclid Chemical Co. d) Darex AEA or Daravair, W. R. Grace & Co. e) MB -VR or Micro -Air, Master Builders, Inc. f) Sealtight AEA, W. R. Meadows, Inc. g) Sika AER, Sika Corp. B. Water- Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A or D. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following a) Monex Resources, Inc I I b) Chemtard, ChemMasters Corp. C) PSI IN, Cormix Construction Chemicals. Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 03 30 004 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE d) Eucon WR -75, Euclid Chemical Co. j e) WRDA, W.R. Grace & Co. f) Pozzolith Normal or Polyheed, Master Builders, Inc. g) Metco W.R., Metalcrete Industries. h) Prokrete-N, Prokrete Industries, i) Plastocrete 161, Sika Corp. C. High -Range Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type F or Type G. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2.6 Calcium Chloride Monex SP or Mighty RD, Monex Resources, Inc. Super P, Anti -Hydro Company, Inc. Eucon 37, Euclid Chemical Company. WRDA 19 or Daracem, W.R. Grace and Company. Rheobuild or Polyheed, Master Builders, Inc. Superslump, Metalcrete Industries. PSP, Prokrete Industries Sikament 300, Sika Corp. The use of calcium chloride will not be permitted. 2.7 RELATED MATERIALS 11 A. Reglets: Where sheet flashing or bituminous membranes are terminated in reglets, provide reglets of not less than 0.0217- inch -thick galvanized sheet steel. Fill reglet or cover face opening to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris. B. Dovetail Anchor Slots: Hot -dip galvanized sheet steel, not less than 0.0336 inch thick with bent tab anchors. Fill slot with temporary filler or cover face opening to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris. C. Waterstops: Provide ribbed, dumbbell -type waterstops at construction joints and other joints as indicated. Provide ribbed dumbbell type with centerbulb waterstops at expansion joints. All waterstops shall be a minimum of W thick x 9" wide. All waterstops shall be provided with either metal grommets or intergal tie wires located along the top and bottom of the waterstop spaced at 12". D. Polyvinyl Chloride Waterstops: Corps of Engineers CRD -C 572. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a) The Burke Co. b) Greenstreak Plastic Products Co. C) Meadows. Inc. d) Progress Unlimited. e) Schlegel Corp. f) Vinylex Corp. Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 03 30 00-5 CAST -W -PLACE CONCRETE E. Sand Cushion: Clean, manufactured or natural sand. F. Vapor Retarder: Provide vapor retarder that is resistant to deterioration when tested according to ASTM E 154, as follows: Polyethylene sheet not less than 8 mils thick. G. Water-resistant barrier consisting of heavy kraft papers laminated together with s - fiber reinforcement and fiber overcoated with black polyethylene on each side. Absorptive Cover: Burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz./sq. yd., complying with AASHTO M 182, Class 2. Moisture -Retaining Cover: One of the following, complying with ASTM C 171. 1. Waterproof paper. 2. Polyethylene film. 3. Polyethylene -coated burlap. J. Epoxy Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two -component material suitable for use on dry or damp surfaces. Provide material type, grade, and class to suit Project requirements. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a) Burke Epoxy M.V., The Burke Co. b) Spec -Bond 100, Conspec Marketing and Mfg. Co. c) Resi-Bond (J-58), Dayton Superior. d) Euco Epoxy System #452 or #620, Euclid Chemical Co. e) Epoxtite Binder 2390, A.C. Horn, Inc. f) Epabond, L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. g) Concresive Standard Liquid, Master Builders, Inc. h) Rezi-Weld 1000, W.R. Meadows, Inc. i) Metco Hi -Mod Epoxy, Metalcrete Industries. j) Sikadur 32 Hi -Mod, Sika Corp. k) Stonset LV5, Stonhard, Inc. I) Series, Symons Corp. 2.8 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGNING MIXES A. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete by either laboratory trial batch or field experience methods as specified in ACI 301, ACI 211, and ACI 350. For the trial batch method, use an independent testing agency acceptable to Engineer for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. B. Do not use the same testing agency for field quality control testing. C. Limit use of fly ash to not exceed 25 percent of the total cementitious content by weight. Fly ash shall be used as an admixture and will not be allowed to replace cement. Fly ash shall be used in all structural concrete. Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 03 30 00-6 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE D. Submit written reports to Engineer of each proposed mix for each class of concrete at least 15 days prior to start of Work. Do not begin concrete production until proposed mix designs have been reviewed by Engineer. 4000 0.40 2.9 Design mixes to provide concrete with the following properties as indicated on schedules: CLASS 7 DAY 28 DAY MAXIMUM WATER - CEMENTITIOUS RATIO MINIMUM CEMENTITIOUS MATERIAL (LBS/CY) Structural 2670 4000 0.44 611 Non -Structural 2000 3000 0.50 508 Structural, High Density 2670 4000 0.40 658 2.10 Structural, High Density Concrete shall be used in all structures where concrete is intended to be watertight in service. 2.11 Slump Limits: Proportion and design mixes to result in concrete slump at point of placement as follows: A. Ramps, slabs, and sloping surfaces: Not more than 3 inches. B. Reinforced foundation systems: Not less than 1 inch and not more than 3 inches. C. Concrete containing high -range water -reducing admixture (superplasticizer): Not more than 8 inches after adding admixture to site -verified 2 - 3 inch slump concrete. 2.12 Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested by Contractor when characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant, as accepted by Engineer. Laboratory test data for revised mix design and strength results must be submitted to and accepted by Engineer before using in Work. 2.13 ADMIXTURES A. Use high -range water -reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for heavy -use industrial slabs, concrete required to be watertight, and concrete with water -cement ratios below 0.50. B. Use air -entraining admixture in exterior exposed concrete unless otherwise indicated. Add air -entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at point of placement having total air content of 4% with a tolerance of plus or minus 1.0 percent. 2.14 Ready -Mixed Concrete: Comply with requirements of ASTM C 94, and as specified. When air temperature is between 85 deg F and 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time from 1- 1!2 hours to 75 minutes, and when air temperature is above 90 deg F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL I A. Coordinate the installation of joint materials, vapor retarder/barrier, and other related materials with placement of forms and reinforcing steel. Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 03 30 00-7 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE B. FORMS General: Design, erect, support, brace, and maintain formwork to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads that might be applied until concrete structure can support such loads. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of correct size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position. Maintain formwork construction tolerances and surface irregularities complying with the following ACI 347 limits: 1. Provide Class A tolerances for concrete surfaces exposed to view. 2. Provide Class C tolerances for other concrete surfaces. C. Construct forms to sizes, shapes, lines, and dimensions shown and to obtain accurate alignment, location, grades, level, and plumb work in finished structures. Provide for openings, offsets, sinkages, keyways, recesses, moldings, rustications, reglets, chamfers, blocking, screeds, bulkheads, anchorages and inserts, and other features required in the Work. Use selected materials to obtain required finishes. Solidly butt joints and provide backup at joints to prevent cement paste from leaking. D. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush plates or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces where slope is too steep to place concrete with bottom forms only. Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like for easy removal. E. Provide temporary openings for clean -outs and inspections where interior area of formwork is inaccessible before and during concrete placement. Securely brace temporary openings and set tightly to forms to prevent losing concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations. F. Chamfer all exposed corners and edges, using wood, metal, PVC, or rubber chamfer striVs fabricated to produce uniform smooth lines and tight edge joints. G. Provisions for Other Trades: Provide openings in concrete formwork to accommodate work of other trades. Determine size and location of openings, recesses, and chases from trades providing such items. Accurately place and securely support items built into forms. H. Cleaning and Tightening: Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, or other debris just before placing concrete. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. 3.2 PLACING REINFORCEMENT A. General: Comply with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute's recommended practice for "Placing Reinforcing Bars," for details and methods of reinforcement placement and supports and as specified. B. Avoiding cutting or puncturing vapor retarder/barrier during reinforcement placement and concreting operations. Repair damages before placing concrete. Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 03 30 00-8 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE C. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other materials that reduce or destroy bond with concrete. D. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers, and hangers, as approved by Engineer. E. Place reinforcement to maintain minimum coverages as indicated for concrete protection. Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement operations. Set wire ties so ends are directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. F. Install welded wire fabric in lengths as long as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh and lace splices with wire. Offset laps of adjoining widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. 3.3 JOINTS A. Construction Joints: Locate and install construction joints so they do not impair strength or appearance of the structure, as acceptable to Engineer. B. Place construction joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints except as indicated otherwise. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements. C. Use bonding agent on existing concrete surfaces that will be joined with fresh concrete. D. Waterstops: Provide waterstops in construction joints as indicated. Install waterstops to form continuous diaphragm in each joint. Support and protect exposed waterstops during progress of Work. Field -fabricate joints in waterstops according to manufacturer's printed instructions. E. Isolation Joints in Slabs -on -Grade: Construct isolation joints in slabs -on -grade at points of contact between slabs -on -grade and vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated. F. Joint fillers and sealants shall be as follows: Joint Fillers a) Self -expanding Cork Joint Filler: Preformed strips complying with ASTM D 1752 for Type III. b) Cork Joint Filler: Preformed strips complying with ASTM D 1752 for Type I I. c) Sponge Rubber Joint Filler: Preformed strips complying with ASTM D 1752 for Type I. d) Bituminous Fiber Joint Filler: Performed strips complying with ASTM D 1751: Granulated cork with asphalt binder encased between 2 layers of saturated felt of glass -fiber felt of width and thickness indicated. Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 03 30 00-9 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 2. Joint Sealers shall be appropriate for their intended use and installations. Follow manufactures instruction for use and installation. All joint sealants shall be in accordance with ACI 504R. 3.4 Installing Embedded Items: 1. General: Set and build into formwork anchorage devices and other embedded items required for other work that is attached to or supported by cast -in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, diagrams, instructions, and directions provided by suppliers of items to be attached. 2. Forms for Slabs: Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and contours in finished surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips using strike -off templates or compacting -type screeds. 3.5 PREPARING FORM SURFACES A. General: Coat contact surfaces of forms with an approved, nonresidual, low-VOC, coating compound compound before placing reinforcement. B. Do not allow excess form -coating material to accumulate in forms or come into contact with in-place concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed. Apply according to manufacturer's instructions. C. Coat steel forms with a nonstaining, rust -preventative material. Rust -stained steel T� formwork is not acceptable. 3.6 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Inspection: B. General: Comply with ACI 304, "Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transport Before placing concrete, inspect and complete formwork installation, reinforcing steel, and items to be embedded or cast in. Notify other trades to permit installation of their work. ing, and Placing Concrete," and as specified. C. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened sufficiently to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as specified. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation at its final location. D. Placing Concrete in Forms: Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers no deeper than 24 inches and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. Where placement consists of several layers, place each layer while preceding layer is still plastic to avoid cold joints. E. Consolidate placed concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand - spading, rodding, or tamping. Use equipment and procedures for consolidation of concrete complying with ACI 309. F. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators ivertically at uniformly spaced locations no farther than the visible effectiveness of the Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 03 30 00-10 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 1 machine. Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to set. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mix to segregate. G. Placing Concrete Slabs: Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints or expansion joints, until completing placement of a panel or section. H. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so that concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement, other embedded items and into corners. I. Bring slab surfaces to correct level with a straightedge and strike off. Use bull floats or darbies to smooth surface free of humps or hollows. Do not disturb slab surfaces prior to beginning finishing operations. J. Maintain reinforcing in proper position on chairs during concrete placement. K. Cold -Weather Placement: Comply with provisions of ACI 306 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. L. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F, uniformly heat water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less than 50 deg F and not more than 80 deg F) at point of placement. M. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials N. Do not use salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless othe wise accepted in mix designs. Calcium chloride will not be allowed. O. Hot -Weather Placement: When hot weather conditions exist that would impair quality and strength of concrete, place concrete complying with ACI 305 and as specified. P. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at time of placement to be in accordance with ACI. Mixing water may be chilled or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. O. Cover reinforcing steel with water -soaked burlap if it becomes too hot, so that steel temperature will not exceed the ambient air temperature immediately before embedding in concrete. R. Fog spray forms, reinforcing steel, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade moisture uniform without puddles or dry areas. S. Use water -reducing retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placing conditions, as acceptable to Engineer. Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 03 30 00-11 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 3.7 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Rough -Formed Finish: Provide a rough -formed finish on formed concrete surfaces not exposed to view in the finished Work or concealed by other construction. This is the concrete surface having texture imparted by form -facing material used, with tie holes and defective areas repaired and patched, and fins and other projections exceeding 1/4 inch in height rubbed down or chipped off. Finish shall be a Class C in accordance with ACI 347. B. Smooth -Formed Finish: Provide a smooth -formed finish on formed concrete surfaces exposed to view or to be covered with a coating material applied directly to concrete, or a covering material applied directly to concrete, such as waterproofing, dampproofing, veneer plaster, painting, or another similar system. This is an as -cast concrete surface obtained with selected form -facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch defective areas with fins and other projections completely removed and smoothed. Finish shall be a Class A in accordance with ACI 347. C. Grout -Cleaned Finish: Provide grout -cleaned finish on scheduled concrete surfaces that have received smooth -formed finish treatment. 1. Combine one part portland cement to one and one-half parts fine sand by volume, and a 50:50 mixture of acrylic or styrene butadiene -based bonding admixture and water to form the consistency of thick paint. Blend standard portland cement and white portland cement in amounts determined by trial patches so that final color of dry grout will match adjacent surfaces. 2. Thoroughly wet concrete surfaces, apply grout to coat surfaces, and fill small holes. Remove excess grout by scraping and rubbing with clean burlap. Keep damp by fog spray for at least 36 hours after rubbing. D. Related Unformed Surf aces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike -off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces unless otherwise indicated. E. Float Finish: Apply float finish to monolithic slab surfaces to receive trowel finish and other finishes as specified; slab surfaces to be covered with membrane or elastic waterproofing, membrane or elastic roofing, or sand -bed terrazzo; and where indicated. After screeding, consolidating, and leveling concrete slabs, do not work surf ace until ready for floating. Begin floating, using float blades or float shoes only, when surface water has disappeared, or when concrete has stiffened sufficiently to permit operation of power -driven floats, or both. Consolidate surface with power - driven floats or by hand -floating if area is small or inaccessible to power units. Finish surfaces to tolerances of F(F) 25 (floor flatness) and F(L) 20 (floor levelness) measured according to ASTM E 1155 (ASTM E 1155M). Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Uniformly slope surfaces to drains. Immediately after leveling, refloat surface to a uniform, smooth, granular texture. Class of surface shall be a class C surface in accordance with 347 R. � ) F. Nonslip Broom Finish: Apply a nonslip light broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, _.; ; steps, and ramps, and elsewhere as indicated. Town of Maysville DAA PN 1114212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 03 30 00-12 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen concrete surface by brooming with fiber -bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with Engineer before application. G. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures for passage of work by other trades, unless otherwise shown or directed, after work of other trades is in place. Mix, place, and cure concrete as specified to blend with in-place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required to complete Work. All grout shall be non -shrinking. H. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and by steel -troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections, and terminations slightly rounded. Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and foundations as shown on drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment to template at correct elevations, complying with diagrams or templates of manufacturer furnishing machines and equipment. Steel Pan Stairs: Provide concrete fill for steel pan stair treads, landings, and associated tems. Cast -in safety inserts and accessories as shown on drawings. Screed, tamp, and nonslip broom concrete surfaces. 3.8 CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. In hot, dry, and windy weather protect concrete from rapid moisture loss before and during finishing operations with an evaporation -control material. Apply according to manufacturer's instructions after screeding and bull floating, but before power floating and troweling. B. Start initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surf ace after placing and finishing. Weather permitting, keep continuously moist for not less than 14 days. C. Curing Methods: Cure concrete by moist curing, by moisture -retaining cover curing, or by combining these methods, as specified. Provide moisture curing by the following methods: a) Keep concrete surf ace continuously wet by covering with water. b) Use continuous water -fog spray. c) Cover concrete surface with specified absorptive cover, thoroughly saturate cover with water, and keep continuously wet. Place absorptive cover to provide coverage of concrete surfaces and edges, with a 4 inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 2. Provide moisture -retaining cover curing as follows: a) Cover concrete surfaces with moisture -retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width with sides and ends lapped J� at least 3 inches and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 03 30 0043 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover jj material and waterproof tape. 3. Curing Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs, and other similar surfaces, by moist curing with forms in place for the full curing period or until forms are removed. As soon as initial set has occurred, place a soil soaker hose along the tops of all walls to keep concrete forms wet during the curing period. If forms are removed, continue curing by methods specified above, as applicable, for the remainder of the curing period. If forms are removed before the end of the curing period, then the concrete shall be continuously moist for the remainder of the curing period by fog spraying or covering with moist burlap. 4. Curing Unformed Surfaces: Cure unformed surfaces, including slabs, floor topping, and other flat surfaces, by applying the appropriate curing method. 5. Final cure concrete surtaces to receive finish flooring with amoisture-retaining cover, unless otherwise directed. 3.9 SHORES AND SUPPORTS A. General: Comply with ACI 347 for shoring and reshoring in multistory construction, and as specified. B. Extend shoring from ground to roof for structures four stories or less, unless otherwise permitted. i C. Remove shores and reshore in a planned sequence to avoid damage to partially cured concrete. Locate and provide adequate reshoring to support work without excessive stress or deflection. D. Keep reshores in place a minimum of 15 days after placing upper tier, or longer, if required, until concrete has attained its required 28 -day strength and heavy loads due to construction operations have been removed. 3.10 REMOVING FORMS A. Formwork, such as beam soffits, joists, walls, and other structural elements, may not be removed until concrete has attained at least seventy percent (70%) of design minimum compressive strength at 28 days. Determine potential compressive strength of in-place concrete by testing field -cured specimens representative of concrete location or members. B. Form -facing material may be removed 4 days after placement only if shores and other vertical supports have been arranged to permit removal of form -facing material without loosening or disturbing shores and supports. 3.11 REUSING FORMS A. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, l or otherwise damaged form -facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Jp Apply new form -coating compound as specified for new formwork. Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 03 30 00-14 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE When forms are extended for successive concrete placement, thoroughly clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten forms to close joints. Align and secure joint to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces except as acceptable to Engineer. 3.12 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A. Patching Defective Areas: Repair and patch defective areas with cement mortar immediately after removing forms, when acceptable to Engineer. B. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Remove and replace concrete having defective surfaces if defects cannot be repaired to satisfaction of Engineer. Surface defects include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycomb, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. Flush out form tie holes and fill with dry -pack mortar or precast cement cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent. C. Repair concealed formed surfaces, where possible, containing defects that affect the concrete's durability. If defects cannot be repaired, remove and replace the concrete. D. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as monolithic slabs, for smoothness and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface and finish. Correct low and high areas as specified. Test unformed surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness by using a template having the required slope. E. Repair finished unformed surfaces containing defects that affect the concrete's durability. Surface defects include crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or that penetrate to the reinforcement or completely through nonreinforced sections regardless of width, spalling, popouts, honeycombs, rock pockets, and other objectionable conditions. F. Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding after concrete has cured at least 14 days. G. Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during or immediately after completing surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. Proprietary underlayment compounds may be used when acceptable to Engineer. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes not exceeding 1 inch in diameterI by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with clean, square cuts and expose reinforcing steel with at least 3/4 inch clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials to provide concrete of same type or class as original concrete. Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete. 3.13 QUALITY CONTROL TESTING DURING CONSTRUCTION A. General: The Owner will employ a testing agency to perform tests and to submit test reports. The testing agency shall be approved by the Engineer. Any retesting due to non - acceptable work or materials shall be at the Contractors expense. Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 03 30 00-15 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE B. Sampling and testing for quality control during concrete placement may include the following, as directed by Engineer. C. Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C 172, except modified for slump to comply with ASTM C 94. D. Slump: ASTM C 143; one test at point of discharge for each day's pour of each type of concrete; additional tests when concrete consistency seems to have changed or as directed by the Engineer. E. Air Content: ASTM C 173, volumetric method for lightweight or normal weight concrete; ASTM C 231, pressure method for normal weight concrete; one for each day's pour of each type of air -entrained concrete. F. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F and below, when 90 deg F and above, and one test for each set of compressive -strength specimens. G. Compression Test Specimen: ASTM C 31; one set of four standard cylinders for each compressive -strength test, unless otherwise directed. Mold and store cylinders for laboratory -cured test specimens except when field -cured test specimens are required. H. Compressive -Strength Tests: ASTM C 39; one set for each day's pour exceeding 5 cu. yd. plus additional sets for each 50 cu. yd. more than the first 25 cu. yd. of each concrete class placed in any one day; one specimen tested at 7 days, two specimens tested at 28 days, and one specimen retained in reserve for later testing if required. �Y I. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five strength tests for a given class of concrete, conduct testing from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used. J. When strength of field -cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion laboratory - cured cylinders, evaluate current operations and provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing the in-place concrete. K. Strength level of concrete will be considered satisfactory if averages of sets of three consecutive strength test results equal or exceed specified compressive strength and no individual strength test result falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi. L. Test results will be report ed in writing to Engineer, ready -mix producer, and Owner within 24 hours after tests. Reports of compressive strength tests shall contain the Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing service, concrete type and class, location of concrete batch in structure, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7 -day tests and 28 -day tests. M. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted but shall not be used as the sole basis for acceptance or rejection. N. Additional Tests: The testing agency will make additional tests of in-place concrete when T test results indicate specified concrete strengths and other characteristics have not been attained in the structure, as directed by Engineer. Testing agency may conduct tests to Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 03 30 00-16 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42, or by other methods as directed. These additional tests shall be at the Contractor's expense. END OF SECTION 03 30 00 Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 03 30 00-17 SECTION 05 12 00 - STRUCTURAL STEEL PART1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Structural steel framing members and support members. B. Baseplates. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 03 30 00 - Cast -In -Place Concrete B. Section 05 50 00 - Metal Fabrications 1.03 REFERENCES A. Latest Edition of Standards of Following Organizations: 1, American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) 2. American Welding Society (AWS) 3. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) 4. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) yJ B. Structural steel work shall meet all requirements of AISC "Specifications for Structural Steel Buildings, Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design", June 1, 1989, with Commentary, AISC, "Allowable Stress Design Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts," November 13, 1985, and AWS Code D1.1. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: 1. Shop drawings shall be prepared in accordance with AISC specifications including complete details and schedules for fabrications and assembly of structural steel members. Provide setting drawings, templates and directions for installations of anchor bolts and anchorages to be installed by others. Show all welds on shop drawings using standard AWS symbols and showing size, length and type of each weld. Distinguish between work to be performed in the shop and in the field. Shop drawings shall be approved before fabrication. 2. Copies of the contract drawings shall not be marked and submitted as shop drawings. 3. Minor members and connections for any portion of the structure not indicated on drawings shall be completed by the fabricator under the f supervision of a registered professional engineer and indicated on the shop drawings. Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 05 12 00-1 SECTION 05 12 00 - STRUCTURAL STEEL V 4. Substitutions of sections or modifications of details and the reasons for these changes shall be submitted by letter with shop drawings for approval by the Engineer. Changes in related portions of the work shall be coordinated by the Contractor. B. Certification of compliance with specifications for structural steel, steel pipe, structural steel tubing, shear studs, high strength bolts and nuts, other bolts and nuts, primer paint and galvanized bolts and nuts. C. On resubmissions indicate all revisions made from previous submittals. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Structural steel members: 1. W -Shapes: ASTM A 992 2, C, M, S, HP — Shapes: ASTM A 572, Grade 50 3, Angles, Plates, Bars: ASTM A36 B. Round and Rectangular structural tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B. C. Welded and seamless steel pipe: ASTM A53, Grade B. D. High strength bolts and nuts: ASTM A325. E. Nuts: ASTM A563 F. Washers: ASTM F436 1. Provide washers under all nuts. G. Other bolts and nuts: ASTM A307, H. Headed Studs: ASTM A108, complying with AWS D1.1, Grade B. 1. Uniform diameter 2. Weld end: Chamfered and solid flux I. Galvanized bolts and nuts: ASTM A153. J. Anchor bolts and threaded rods. 1. Non -headed: ASTM A36 2. Headed: ASTM A307, Grade A K. Welding materials: 1. Shielded metal — arc: AWS A5.1 or A5.5, E70xx Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 05 12 00-2 SECTION 05 12 00 - STRUCTURAL STEEL 2. Submerged — arc: AWS A 5.17 governing or A 5.23, Fix — Exxx 3. Gas metal — arc: AWS A 5.18, E70S-X or E70U-1 4. Flux cored — arc: AWS A 5.20, E701 (except 2, 3, 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fabricate all members as indicated on Drawings and as required in the governing building code and in AISC. B. Holes shall be cut, drilled, or punched at right angles to the surface of the metal and shall not be enlarged by burning. Holes in base or bearing plates shall be drilled. Holes shall be provided to permit the connection of work of other trades to the structural steel members. Outside burrs resulting from drilling or reaming shall be removed with a tool making a 1/16 inch bevel. C. Make connections as indicated. Shop and field connections shall be type bolted bolted connections using high strength bolts, unless otherwise shown. D. Where welding is shown or required, minimize field welding by shop assembling into largest size possible commensurate with transportation, handling, and erecting limitations. E. Complete final design of connections not indicated at no additional cost. Connections not indicated on the drawings shall be AISC standard framed beam connections as shown in the "Manual of Steel Construction, Allowable Stress Design", 9th Edition, designed to support one-half of the total uniform load capacity tabulated in AISC tables for "allowable loads on beams' for the given shape, span and steel type. Submit all connection design calculations, sealed by a Professional Engineer licensed to practice in the place of the project. F. Ends of compression members that are required to transmit bearing shall be milled, sawed, or ground to secure an even bearing surface. G. All surfaces exposed in final position shall have sharp edges and corners removed and all surfaces made smooth. 2.03 FINISH MATERIALS A. The products of one of the manufacturers in the following schedule, or approved equal, shall be used in accordance with the painting schedule in Part 3. Manufacturers in the schedule are as follows: 1. Tnemec: Tnemec Company, Incorporated 2. Devoe: International Paint LLC 3, DuPont: DuPont Industrial Coatings 4. Carboline Company Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 05 12 00-3 SECTION 05 12 00 - STRUCTURAL STEEL Finish Materials Schedule Number Manufacturer E1 Tnemec H.S. Epoxy Series 104 Devoe Bar -Rust 236 DuPont Corlar 2.1 -ST Carboline Carboguard 890 E2 Tnemec High -Build E oxoline II N69 Devoe Bar -Rust 236 DuPont Corlar 2.1 -ST Carboline Carboguard 890 U1 Tnemec Endurashield Series 73 Devoe Devthane 379UVA DuPont Imron 3.5HG Carboline Carbothane 133 HB PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Store structural steel above ground on platform skids or other supports. The steel shall be kept free from dirt, grease, and other foreign matter and shall be protected from corrosion. 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Report errors in shop fabrication or deformations from handling or transportation that prevent the proper fitting of parts to the Engineer immediately and obtain approval of the method of correction. No field cutting or field modification of the steel will be allowed without prior approval from the Engineer. B. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work, 3.03 ERECTION A. Erect structural steel in compliance with AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings. B. Allow for erection loads, dead loads, wind loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain structure safe, plumb, and in true alignment until Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 0512004 SECTION 05 12 00 - STRUCTURAL STEEL L. completion of erection and installation of permanent bracing. Recognize that many structural members cannot safely carry anticipated loads or construction loads until all framing is completed or temporary bracing is properly installed. C. Use base plates and bearing plates under all columns and beams bearing on masonry or concrete. Support and align base plates and bearing plates on steel wedges or steel leveling plates set in a bedding mortar of nonshrink grout. 3.04 PAINTING A. Paint all steel except galvanized and pre -finished steel according to paint manufacturer's recommendations and the painting schedule below. Paintinn srhr:dule B. Shop prime fabricated steel parts. Do not prime surfaces that will be field welded, contact surface for friction bolts, connections, welded studs, deformed bar anchors and steel encased in concrete. C. Paint surfaces that Steel in contact with after assembly Service wastewater to 6" above All other exterior steel on surfaces not normal water surface wastewater. Surface SSPC-SP10, Near -White SSPC-SP6, Commercial Preparation Metal Blast Blast No. Min, Dry Film Coats NoTThickness Min. DFilm Coats Thickness Prime Coats E1 8.0 1 or 2 E2 4.0 or 8.0 1 or 2** Stripe Coat* E1 4.0 1 Top Coat(s) As required for 16.0 E1 mils total of prime & U1 2.0 or 4.0 1 or 2** top coats * Applied to all sharp angles and weld seams by brush and roll application ** For Tnemec, DuPont and Carboline, 2 coats E2, 4.0 mils each &1 coat U1, 2.0 mils; for Devoe, 1 coat E1, 4.0 mils & 2 coats U1, 2.0 mils each B. Shop prime fabricated steel parts. Do not prime surfaces that will be field welded, contact surface for friction bolts, connections, welded studs, deformed bar anchors and steel encased in concrete. C. Paint surfaces that are inaccessible after assembly or erection prior to assembly or erection. Omit top coats) on surfaces not exposed to the air or wastewater. D. Do not paint non-ferrous metals, equipment name plates or drive chains. I � END OF SECTION Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-OS January, 2018 05 12 00-5 05 50 00 - METAL FABRICATIONS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A. Miscellaneous metal fabrications as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03 30 00 -Cast-In-Place Concrete B. Section 05 12 00 -Structural Steel 1.03 REFERENCED STANDARDS Latest Editions of Standards of the following organizations: A. The Aluminum Association (AA). B. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC). C. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI). D. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). E. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). F. American Welding Society (AWS). 1) D1.0 Code for Welding in Building Construction. 2) D1.1 Structural Welding Code for Steel. G. Federal Specifications (FS). H. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMM). I. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC). 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications, anchor details and installation instructions for products used in metal fabrications, including paint products. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for fabrication and erection of metal fabrications. Include plans, elevations and details of sections and connections, including all bolts, fasteners, and welds. Show anchorage and accessory items. Provide templates for anchor and bolt installation by others. 1.05 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Design fabrications with adequate bracing and/or stiffening members to p withstand all loads with a maximum deflection of 1/360 of span length. Town of Maysville DAA PN R74212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 05 50 00-1 05 50 00 - METAL FABRICATIONS 1.06 QUALIFICATIONS A. WeldersCertificates: Submit certificates for welders employed on the Work, verifying AWS qualification within previous 12 months, and compliance with applicable Code requirements. 1.07 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify that field measurements areas indicated onshop drawings and in accordance with manufacturers' recommendations. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Steel 1. Steel Plates, Shapes and Bars: ASTM A 36 or A 50. 2. Welded or seamless steel pipe: ASTM A501 or ASTM A53, Type E or S, Grade B, Schedule 40. Black finish unless galvanizing is indicated. 3. Steel Plates to be bent or formed cold: ASTM A 283, Grade C. 4. Galvanized Steel Sheets: ASTM A 526 with zinc coat complying with ASTM A525 G90. 5. Stainless Steel: ASTM A276 or A666, Type 304 or 316. Stainless steel shall receive a standard polish finish on exposed surfaces. B. Aluminum 1. Finish shall be "as fabricated", protected by a coating of water -white, methacrylate lacquer unless otherwise noted. 2. Aluminum Structural Shapes ASTM B308 -6061-T6. a. Structural shapes to be Aluminum Association standard shapes. 3. Aluminum Pipe and Tube ASTM B 429-6063-T6. C. Fasteners 1. Bolts and Nuts: ASTM A 307, Grade A. 2. High strength bolts, nuts and washers: ASTM A325. 3. Steel shear studs: AWS D1.1. D. Primer and Paint 1. Ferrous Metal Primer: Compatible with finish coat of paint. 2. Paint: Coal tar epoxy, Tnemec H. B. Tnemecol 46-465 Series, or approved equal. 3. Paint for Steel Railings: vinyl alkyd. 2.02 FABRICATION Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 OS 50 00-2 05 50 00 -METAL FABRICATIONS A. Preassemble items in the shop to the greatest extent possible, so as to f minimize field splicing and assembly of units at the project site. Disassemble units only to the extent necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. B. Use materials of size and thickness indicated, or if not indicated, of adequate strength and durability in finished product for intended use. Chlorine contact chamber shall be fabricated of/d' steel plate with steel bracing and/or stiffening members as required. Work to dimensions indicated using proven details of fabrication and support. Use type of materials indicated or specified for various components of work. C. For the fabrication of work which will be exposed to view, use only materials which are smooth and free of surface blemishes including pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names and roughness. Remove such blemishes by grinding. D. Form items with accurate sizes and shapes, true to line and level with sharp lines and angles. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch unless otherwise indicated. Form bent -metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. E. Weld corner and seams continuously and in accordance with recommendations of AWS. Grind exposed welds smooth and flush, to match j and blend with adjoining surfaces. F. Provide fasteners for all items under this section. Fasteners for exterior use or built into exterior walls shall be galvanized for steel work. Fasteners for aluminum shall be stainless steel or aluminum. G. Join all parts with hairline contact, flush and smooth with adjacent surfaces, using concealed welds and rivets where possible. H. Provide for anchorage of type required, coordinated with supporting structure. Fabricate and space anchoring devices as required to provide adequate support for intended use. I. Cut, reinforce, drill and tap miscellaneous metal work as may be required to receive other items of work. J. Fabricate miscellaneous units to sizes, shapes and profiles indicated or, if not indicated, of required dimensions to receive adjacent grating, plates, doors or other work to be retained by framing. Unless shown otherwise, fabricate from structural steel shapes, plates and steel bars, of welded construction using mitered corners, welded brackets and splice plates and a minimum number of joints for field connections. Equip units with integrally welded anchor strips for casting into poured concrete. Furnish inserts if units must be installed after concrete is poured. Except as otherwise indicated, space anchors 2 feet - 0 inches O.C. Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 OS 50 00-3 05 50 00 - METAL FABRICATIONS 2.03 FINISHES A. Galvanizing: Provide a hot -dipped zinc coating for those items indicated or specified to be galvanized, as follows: 1. ASTM A 153 for galvanizing iron and steel hardware. 2. ASTM A 123 for galvanizing rolled, pressed and forged steel shapes, plates, bars and strip 1/8 inch thick and heavier. 3. ASTM A 384 for galvanizing assembled steel products. 4. Cold galvanizing or "wipe galvanizing" is not acceptable. B. Shop Painting. 1. Prepare surfaces to be primed in accordance with SSPC-SP10, Near - White Blast Cleaning. Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to finishing. 2. Do not prime surface in direct contact with concrete or prior to field welding. Do not prime contact surface for friction bolts, connections, top surfaces of crane rails, top surface of bottom flange of monorails, welded studs, deformed bar anchors and steel encased in concrete. 3. Shop painting of railings, except those galvanized, shall be primer plus two finish coats. Prime paint shall be compatible with finish paint. 4. Repair all damage to field -primed surfaces in manner at least equivalent to the original specification. C. All finishes shall conform to coating requirements of Section 05 12 00 2.04 MISCELLANEOUS ANCHOR BOLTS AND PLATES A. Provide anchor bolts as shown and as required for fabricated metal items. Anchor bolts embedded in masonry shall be bent type. Do not paint bolts. Provide inserts and sleeves for concrete and masonry as shown and as required. 2.05 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMES AND SUPPORTS A. Provide miscellaneous metal frames and supports fabricated of structural shapes and plates, not specifically provided under Section 05120 -Structural Steel. Coordinate to avoid duplication and omission. 2.06 MANUFACTURED ITEMS A. Railings and Handrails 1. Railings and handrails shall be steel pipe, galvanized or painted, or anodized aluminum, and shall comply with all applicable codes and standards. Railing shall be 1-1/2 inch IPS Schedule 40 pipe. 2. Provide railings of design and dimensions shown, located where shown or required for safety. Fabricate with flush welded joints and fittings for bends, wall returns, cap tees and crosses, and terminal ends. Cope, Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 05 50 00-4 05 50 00 - METAL FABRICATIONS miter, weld and grind smooth connections of pipe to pipe. A mechanically joined anodized aluminum railing system may be substituted for welded aluminum pipe railing if approved by the Engineer. 3. Furnish manufacturer's standard pipe sleeves to receive rail standard where installed in concrete or masonry. Set standards in sleeves with epoxy. For removable rails, provide slip -fit sleeves, bottoms closed. Where not shown, anchor railings to supporting structure by welding matching 3/8 inch thick base plate to standards and bolting to stringer with high strength bolts. Space posts at maximum 6 foot spacings or as required by loadings. Provide splice sleeve assembly for expansion joints at maximum 24 feet on center. 4. Toe plates where required or indicated shall be 1/4 inch minimum thickness and shall be attached to the steel support members. Provide at rail around openings and at edges of open -sided floors and platforms. B. Grating 1. Aluminum grating shall be 1-1/2 x 3/16 Type B pressure locked grating or 1-1/2 inch Type BS Swage Locked Grating minimum, by IKG Borden or approved equal. Aluminum grating stair treads shall be 1-1/2 x 3/16 Type B or 1-1/2 inch Type IB x 12 inch wide unless otherwise noted treads with "Corratred" or "Mebac" nosing by IKG Borden or approved equal. 2. All grating and grating treads shall be serrated. Provide sizes and spacing of bars as shown as a minimum, or as required to support a minimum live load of 100 lbs. per square ft. or a concentrated 300 pound load at any point with a maximum '% inch deflection. Form gratings into sections as indicated or as necessary for proper access to handling. Direction of grating span shall be the shortest dimension unless indicated otherwise on the Plans. 3. Form banded edges with 3/16 inch full depth band on all section ends and around all openings through panels. Provide stainless steel saddle clips (minimum 4 per panel) to attach grating to supports. Provide specified nosing at top edge of all stair landings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install items plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects. B. Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installation of metal fabrications. Set the work accurately. Provide temporary bracing and p anchors in formwork for items to be built into masonry or concrete. Field weld Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212W05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 05 50 00-5 05 50 00 -METAL FABRICATIONS "V joints not shop welded because of size limitations. Grind welds smooth and touch-up shop paint coat. Do not weld, cut or abrade surfaces that have been galvanized. C. Coordinate and furnish anchorages, setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions for installation of anchorages, such as concrete inserts, sleeves, anchor bolts and miscellaneous items having integral anchors, which are to be embedded in concrete or masonry construction. Coordinate delivery of such items to project site. D. Field Welding: Comply with AWS Code for procedures of manual shielded metal -arc welding, appearance and quality of welds made, and methods used in correcting welding work. E. Adjust all railings prior to securing in place to ensure proper alignment of abutting joints. Plumb posts in each direction. Aluminum pipe rail standards set in grout shall receive one coat of methacrylate lacquer, yellow zinc chromate or asphalt paint for depth of sleeve. Allow to dry before setting rail. F. For fabrications installed below grade provide sacrificial anodes according to the Drawings. G. Protect aluminum in contact with dissimilar material with one or two coats of yellow zinc chromate or asphalt paint to provide 2 mils dry thickness. Paint \ miscellaneous metal work which is to be in contact with but not fully embedded in concrete or masonry with a heavy coat of asphalt paint. Coating shall not extend onto surfaces which will be exposed. H. Touch -Up Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with same material as used for shop painting. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness as specified in 09 90 00 and 09 96 00, I. Touch up damaged galvanizing with cold galvanizing compound. Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade END OF SECTION DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 05 50 00-6 09 90 00 - PAINTING AND COATING PAM[ 1 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE Provide all labor, materials, and equipment necessary for the preparation of surfaces and the application of paint systems to all surfaces specified below and shown on drawings. 1.02 SUBMITTALS The contractor shall be responsible for obtaining from the paint manufacturer product literature giving name, generic type and descriptive information, application recommendations, and maintenance information. Six (6) copies of all information shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and approval. Three (3) copies will be returned to the contractor for his use. The Contractor shall submit two (2) samples of color chips for all surfaces. The Contractor shall coordinate the color selection of all objects to be painted with the Owner. A detailed color schedule shall be submitted to the Engineer and Owner for color selection. No painting shall begin until the color schedule has been approved by Engineer and Owner. Owner reserves the right to select up to ten different colors at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.03 PRODUCT DELIVERY, HANDLING, AND STORAGE All materials shall be delivered to the job site in original, new and unopened containers bearing the manufacturer's name on the label. Labels shall be provided on each container with the following information: Name of material, manufacturer's stock number, manufacturer's name, contents by volume for major pigment and vehicle constituents, thinning instructions and application instructions. The Contractor shall protect all material from freezing or damage and shall store all materials used on the job in a single place. Remove any soiled or used rags, waste trash from storage area every night. Take every precaution to avoid the danger of fire. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. All paint materials shall be the products of one of the following manufacturers, or approved equal: 1. Benjamin Moore 2. Devoe 3. Duron 4. Glidden 5. Pratt & Lambert 6. PPG. Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 09 90 00-1 09 90 00 - PAINTING AND COATING J PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL All coating shall be applied in accordance with the coating manufacturer's 3.07 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Contractor shall strictly adhere to provisions found in the manufacturer's Material Safety Data Sheets. Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade END OF SECTION DAA PN R14212N-OS January, 2018 09 90 00-2 recommendations. 3.02 SURFACE PREPARATION All surfaces to be painted shall be cleaned and primed following manufacturer's recommendations. 3.03 PRIMER APPLICATION All surfaces shall be primed immediately following surface preparation and before any surface rusting occurs or any dust or soil has accumulated. 3.04 FIELD PRIMER APPLICATION Field welds and damaged areas shall be field primed after surface preparation and before any surface rusting or accumulation of dust or soil. Weld seams shall be coated by brushing Curing time shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 3.05 INTERMEDIATE AND FINISH COAT APPLICATION In no case shall coating be applied if the relative humidity exceeds 85%. The finish coat shall be applied when the surface temperature is between 50 degrees F. and 120 degrees F. Each day's coating should always be completed well in advance of the probable time of day condensation will occur, and the steel surface temperature is T, expected to drop below the dew point. Minimum curing time shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Finish coat shall be uniform in color and sheen without streaks, laps, runs, sags, or missed areas. 3.06 PAINTING SCHEDULE A. Interior wood and gypsum board: 100% acrylic latex. B. Steel: alkyd enamel. C. Exterior surfaces: 100% acrylic latex. 3.07 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Contractor shall strictly adhere to provisions found in the manufacturer's Material Safety Data Sheets. Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade END OF SECTION DAA PN R14212N-OS January, 2018 09 90 00-2 SECTION 09 96 56 - CONCRETE PROTECTIVE COATINGS PART 1 --GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION: This section covers all workmanship, materials and quality requirements for concrete resurfacing work Provide and apply resinous (epoxy) resurfacing materials as specified and as indicated on drawings. 1.02 RELATED WORK: A. Section O1 30 00 —Submittals B. Section 33 32 00 — Wastewater Pump Stations 1.03 REFERENCES: This section contains references to the documents listed below. They are a part of this section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between the requirements of this section and those of the listed documents, the more stringent of the requirements shall prevail. Unless otherwise specified, references to documents shall mean the documents in effect at the time of receipt of Bids. If referenced documents have been discontinued by the issuing organization, references to those documents shall mean the replacement documents issued or otherwise identified by that organization or, if there are no replacement documents, the last version of the document before it was discontinued. Where document dates are given in the following listing, references to those documents shall mean the specific document version associated with that date, whether or not the document has been superseded by a version with a later date, discontinued, or replaced. Referenced publications found within this specification shall be the latest revision unless otherwise specified; and applicable parts of the referenced publications shall become a part of this specification as if fully included. Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 09 90 56-1 CONCRETE PROTECTIVE COATINGS Reference Title ASTM (American Society for Testing and Materials) ASTM C 920 Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants. ASTM D 3960 mng Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content of Practice for Deterini Paints and Related Coatings. ASTM D 4259 Practice for Abrading Concrete. ASTM E 337 Standard Practice Test Method for Measuring Humidity with a Psychrometer. ASTM F 710 Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors and Other Monolithic Surfaces to Receive Resilient Flooring. ASTM D 4285 Standard Test Method for Indicating Oil or Water in Compressed Air ICRI (International Concrete Restoration Institute Guideline NoTC 03732 electing and Specifying Concrete Surface Preparation for Sealers, oatings, and Polymer Overlays. NACE International NACE Publication 6D- 173 "A Manual for Painter Safety" NACE Publication 6G- 164 "Surface Preparation Abrasives for Industrial Maintenance Painting" NACE Publication TPC2 Coatings and Linings for Immersion Service: Chapter 1 Safety, Chapter 2 Surface Preparation, Chapter 3 Curing, and Chapter 4 Inspection NACE Publication 617- 163 "Surface Preparation of Steel or Concrete Tank Interiors" NACE RP0892- 92 Standard Recommended Practice, Lining over Concrete in Immersion Service. NACE RP0288- 88 Standard Recommended Practice, Inspection of Linings on Steel and Concrete. Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-O5 January, 2018 09 96 56-2 CONCRETE PROTECTIVE COATINGS Reference Title of the NACE RP0188 Standard Recommended Practice, Discontinuity (Holiday) Testing of Protective Coatings, SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings designated SSPC-SP12 Surface Preparation and Cleaning of Steel and Other Hard Materials by High and Ultrahigh Pressure Water Jetting Prior to Recoating. SSPC-SP13 Surface Preparation of Concrete SSPC-PA-3 "A Guide to Safety in Paint Application" SSPC-Guide 12 Guide for Illumination of Industrial Painting Project. OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Administration) 1915.35 Standards — 29 CFR — Painting ANSI (American National Standards Institute) ANSFASC 29.4 Exhaust Systems Abrasive Blasting Operations —Ventilation and Safe Practice 1.04 QUALITYA5SURANCE A. REQUIREMENTS: Do not use or retain contaminated, outdated, or diluted materials for resurfacing. Do not use materials from previously opened containers. 2. Use only products of the approved Manufacturer. Use products of one manufacturer in any one resurfacing system with compatible materials. Provide same material product for touch-up as for original material. If an y requirements of this specification conflict with a referenced standard, the more stringent requirement shall apply. 4. Make available all locations an Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 09 96 56-3 d phases of the work for access by the Engineer or other personnel designated by the Engineer. The Contractor Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 09 96 56-3 CONCRETE PROTECTIVE COATINGS shall provide ventilation and egress to safely access the coating work areas for inspection. 5. Conduct work so that the resurfacing system is installed as specified herein. Inspect work continually to ensure that the resurfacing system is installed as specified herein. The Contractor shall inspect the work to determine conformance with the specifications and referenced documents. The Contractor shall inform the Engineer of the progress and the quality of the work through daily reports as specified below. Any nonconforming coating system work shall be corrected as specified herein or as recommended by the Manufacturer. 6. Summarize test data, work progress, areas covered, ambient conditions, quality control inspection test findings, and other information pertinent to the resurfacing system installation in daily reports to be submitted to the Engineer or the Engineer's Representative, 7. The methods of construction shall be in accordance with all requirements of this specification. 8. Employ only tradespeople who haue at least three years of experience performing resurfacing work of similar size and complexity as the work specified in this Section. Submittals to verify these qualifications are to ,7 be made within thirty (30) days of the Notice -to -Proceed and are subject to approval by the Engineer. 9. Specified System is the minimum standard of quality for this project. Submissions of alternative manufacturers shall be approved by Lite engineer and owner in writing ten days prior to bid date. f�1I.�Y1]�TIY�II:�II.� A. Submit the following prior to commencing with any phase of the work covered by this Section: 1. Manufacturer's current printed recommendations and product data sheets for all coating system products supplied under this section including performance criteria, surface preparation and applications, volatile organic compound (VOC) data, and safety requirements. 2. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for any materials brought on-site including all resurfacing system materials, solvents, and abrasive blast media. 3. Storage requirements including temperature, humidity, an d ventilation for resurfacing system materials. Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 09 96 56-4 CONCRETE PROTECTIVE COATINGS 4. Manufacturer's requirements, including application procedures for resurfacing materials, shall be in writing and shall be followed in detail. All safety precautions recommended by the Manufacturer shall be strictly adhered to at all times when work is in progress. 5. Color samples for all surfaces to be resurfaced that have been matched to to existing colors. 6. Submit applicator's certification that resurfacing materials comply with Federal, State, and Local regulations for VOC (Volatile Organic Compounds). Submit daily reports that contain the following information: substrate conditions, ambient conditions, application procedures, work completed and location thereof. Mark-up drawings that show location of work. Submit letters) with associated product data signed by Manufacturer certifying that submitted products are suitable for application on the surfaces to be resurfaced and for the service conditions. 1.06 DELIVERY AND STORAGE Materials shall be stored in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations in enclosed structures and shall be protected from weather and adverse temperature conditions. Flammable materials shall be stored in accordance with state and local codes. Materials exceeding storage life recommended by the manufacturer shall be removed from the site. A. Store all materials only in area or areas designated by the Engineer solely for this purpose. Confine mixing, thinning, clean-up and associated operations, and storage of materials -related debris before authorized disposal, to these areas. All materials are to be stored on pallets or similar storage/handling skids off the ground in sheltered areas in which the temperature is maintained between 50°F and 90°F. B. Mix all resurfacing materials in an enclosed mixing area designated by the Engineer. This enclosed area must protect the mixing operation and materials from direct sunlight, inclement weather, freezing, or other means of damage or contamination. Protect all other concrete and metallic surfaces and finishes from any spillage of material(s) within the mixing area. C. Do not use floor drains, dikes or storm drains for disposal of resurfacing system materials. Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 09 96 56-5 CONCRETE PROTECTIVE COATINGS yd D. The Contractor shall take all precautions and implement all measures necessary to avert potential hazards associated with the resurfacing system materials as described on the pertinent Material Safety Data Sheets or container labels. E. Deliver all materials to the jobsite in their original, unopened containers. Each container shall bear the Manufacturer's name and label. Labels on all material containers must show the following information: a. Name or title of product. b. Federal Specification Number if applicable. c. Manufacturer's batch number and date of manufacture. d. Manufacturer's name. e. Generic type of material. £ Application and mixing instructions. g. Hazardous material identification label. h. Shelf life date. i. Storage requirements. 2. All containers shall be clearly marked indicating any personnel safety hazards associated with the use of or exposure to the materials. 3. All materials shall be handled and stored to prevent damage or loss of label. 4. Resurfacing material storage and mixing areas shall be designated by the Engineer. Do not use or retain contaminated, outdated, prematurely opened, diluted materials, or materials which have exceeded their shelf life. 1.07 COORDINATION OF WORK A. WORK AREAS: The work areas on the jobsite will be designated by the Engineer. The Contractor's personnel shall not be permitted in any area other than those expressly designated by the Engineer. B. COORDIN ATION The contractor shall coordinate with the Engineer regarding availability of work areas, completion times, safety, access and other factors which can impact plant operations. Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 09 96 56-6 CONCRETE PROTECTIVE COATINGS 1.08 SAFETY ' 1r A. The Contractor's work forces should comply with the provisions outlined in the following documents: SSPC-PA-3 "A Guide to Safety in Paint Application" [ACE Pub. "A Manual for Painter Safety" B. The Contractor shall provide personnel with all safety equipment necessary to protect them during any phase of the work. This shall include, but not be limited to, safety glasses, goggles, earplugs, hard hats, steel toed work shoes, appropriate personal protective clothing, gloves, and plant approved escape respirators (where required). C. No work shall be performed until the appropriate Work Requests and Lockouts are approved by the Engineer. The Work Request system provides a mechanism to advise plant staff of a contractor's work activities. The Lockout system is a safety procedure to prevent unintended equipment activation. D. Keep any flammable materials such as cleaning solvents, thinners, or resurfacing materials away from open flames, sparks or temperatures higher than 150"F. Drums containing flammable materials will be grounded. No solvent in any quantity shall be allowed inside containment enclosures or permitted confined spaces at any time during resurfacing work. E. Power tools are to be in good working order to avoid open sparking. No spark producing tools shall be utilized in restricted areas as indicated herein. F. The Contractor shall fireproof all work areas by maintaining a clean work area and having Underwriter's Laboratories approved fire extinguishers on -hand. The Contractor shall furnish these fire extinguishers. G. Workers doing abrasive blasting operations shall wear a fr esh air supplied protective helmet and hood and personal protective clothing acceptable to industry standards and all government regulations. H. Dispose of rags used for wiping up resurfacing materials, solvents, an d thinners by drenching them with water and placing in a metal container with a tight fitting metal cover. Complete this disposal process at the end of each day. Final disposal of these materials is the Contractor's responsibility. I. Matches, smoking, flames, or sparks resulting from an y source including welding, must be remote from the work area during coating work Smoking is permitted only in designated areas of the plant. Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 09 96 56-7 CONCRETE PROTECTIVE COATINGS PART2--PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Materials specified are those that have been evaluated for the specific service. Products of the Tnemec Company, Inc. are listed to establish a minimum standard of quality. Equivalent materials of other manufacturers may be submitted on written approval of the Engineer. As part of the proof of quality, the Engineer will require at the cost of the Contractor, certified test reports from a nationally known, reputable and independent testing laboratory conducting comparative tests as directed by the Engineer between the product specified and the requested substitution. B. Requests for substitution shall include manufacturer's literature for each product giving name, product number, and generic type, descriptive information, solids by volume, recommended dry film thickness and certified lab test reports showing results to equal the performance criteria of the products specified herein. In addition, a list of five projects shall be submitted in which each product has been used and rendered satisfactory service. C. All requests for product substitution shall be made in accordance with the general construction documents and Section 1.04.A.9. D. Any material savings shall be passed to the owner in the form of a contract dollar reduction. A. EPDXY LIN1NG SYSTEM Materials specified herein are the only approved standard coating systems unless an "or equal" is approved in writing by the Engineer in accordance with this document. 2. The following list specifies the material requirements for resurfacing systemsI The approved products are as follows: a. Surfacer: Mort Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade arClad —Series 218 bI Mortar: Mort arCast—Series 219 I Lining: Perma-Shield HzS —Seri es 434 d. Topcoat/gelcoat: Perma-Glaze —Seri es 435 DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 09 96 56-8 CONCRETE PROTECTIVE COATINGS 3. Performance Criteria: Material submitted shall meet the following performance criteria: Chemical Resistance Method: ASTM C 868 (Atlas Cell) System: Series 434 Perma-Shield H2S/Series 435 Perma- Glaze applied to SSPC-SP10 Near White Metal Blast Cleaned steel and cured 14 days at 75°F(24° Q. Requirement: No blistering, cracking, erosion, softening, swelling, loss of adhesion or gloss loss after 98 days continuous immersion at 100°F (38° C) in 25% sulfuric acid. Method: Continuous Immersion at 75°F (24° C) System: Series 434 Penna-Shield/Series 435 Perma-Glaze applied to brash -off blast cleaned concrete and cured 14 days at 57°F (240C). Requirement: No blistering, cracking, erosion, swelling or loss of adhesion after 6 months continuous immersion at 75°F (24° C) in 6% Sodium Hypochlorite or 1% Sodium Hydroxide. Severe Accelerated Wastewater Test (EIS) Method: H2S Autoclave: 65°C, 536 ppm H2S, 4000 ppm NaC1510% H2SO4 System: Series 434 Perma-Shield/Series 435 Penna -Glaze applied to NACE No.l/SSPC-SP5 White Blast cleaned steel and cured 30 days at 75°F (24°C). Requirement: Initial impedance of 10 log Z (Z in ohms cm2 @ 0.1 Hz.). No blistering, cracking, checking or loss of adhesion. Final electrical impedance of 9 Log Z (Z in ohms cm2 @ 0.1 Hz.). after 28 days exposure. B. SEALANTS Refer to Section 07 92 10. C. ABRASIVE BLAST MEDIA If dry or wet abrasive blast cleaning is the selected method of surface preparation, provide slag grit of a sieve size, gradation, and quality necessary to produce the degree of cleanliness and surface profile required herein (ICRI Guideline 03732, CSP -5 and SSPC-SP13/NACE No. 6). Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R74212N-OS January, 2018 09 96 56-9 CONCRETE PROTECTIVE COATINGS PART 3 --EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. HOISTING, SCAFFOLDING, STAGING, AND PLANKING: Provide, set-up, and maintain all required hoists, scaffolds, and staging and planking, and perform all access related hoisting work required to complete the work of this section as indicated and specified. 2. Scaffolds shall have solid backs and floors to prevent dropping materials from there to the floors or ground below. B. ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS: Comply with the Manufacturer's recommendations as to environmental conditions under which resurfacing system materials can be applied. 2. Do not apply resurfacing system materials when dust is in work site. The Contractor shall provide all temporary lighting during the work. � C. PROTECTION: �r 1. Cover or otherwise protect finish work or other surfaces not being resurfaced. 2. Erect and maintain protective tarps, enclosures and/or maskings to contain debris (such as dust or airborne particles resulting from surface preparation) generated during any and all work activities. This includes, but is not limited to, the use of dust/debris collection apparatus as required. D. INITIAL INSPECTION OF SURFACES TO BE COATED: Itis the responsibility of the Contractor to inspect and report unacceptable concrete substrate surface conditions to the Engineer prior to the commencement of surface preparation activities. Unacceptable surface conditions are defined as the presence of cracked surfaces or concrete deteriorated to a depth of greater than 1" or otherwise unable to withstand surface preparation as specified herein. E. THINNERS AND SOLVENTS: The Contractor shall use only solvents and thinners as recommended by the Manufacturer. Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 09 96 56-10 CONCRETE PROTECTIVE COATINGS 3.02 SURFACE PREPARATION REQUIREMENTS A. GENERAL: All specified surface preparation shall be performed in accordance with the latest version of the SSPC, NAGE, ICRI and other standards referenced in this section. 2. Concrete surfaces shall be abraded to produce a minimum surface profile of a CSP -5 as noted in ICRI Guideline 03732. This preparation will be followed by vacuum cleaning to remove all dust, dirt or friable substances leaving clean, dust free surfaces for resurfacing as detailed in SSPC-SP 13/NACE No. 6). 3. Oil and grease shall be removed before mechanical cleaning is started via an alkaline -based emulsifying detergent as recommended by the resurfacing material manufacturer. Where mechanical cleaning is accomplished by blast cleaning, the abrasive used shall be washed, graded and free of contaminants that might interfere with the adhesion of the resurfacing materials (Reference SSPC-SP13/NACE No. 6). 4. The air used for blast cleaning shall be free of oil and moisture to not cause contamination of the surfaces to be resurfaced. 5. Clean cloths and clean fluids shall be used in solvent cleaning. 6. Cleaning and resurfacing shall be scheduled so that dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly resurfaced areas. Prepare concrete joint and install sealant following resurfacing material installation per Section 07150. B. INITIAL CLEANIN G/DECONTAMINATION: 1. All existing areas to be resurfaced shall be pressure washed with alkaline — based detergent to remove all loose materials, acid constituents, grease, oil, and other contaminants. 2. Verify that the pH of the clean ed concrete surfaces to be coated is within the range of to 8 to 11. Application of coating materials outside this range will not be permitted without written approval from the Engineer. C. ABRASIVE BLAST CLEANIN G Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 09 96 56-11 CONCRETE PROTECTIVE COATINGS 1. Used or spent blast abrasive shall not be reused on work covered by this section. 2. The compressed air used for blast cleaning will be filtered free of condensed water or oil. Moisture traps will be cleaned at least once every four hours or more frequently as is appropriate. Oil separators shall be installed just downstream of compressor discharge valves and at the discharge of the blast pot discharges. Oil separators shall be cleaned at least once every four hours or more frequently as is appropriate. 4. A paper blotter test shall be performed by the Contractor when requested by the Engineer or the Engineer's representative to determine if the air is sufficiently free of oil and moisture (Reference ASTM D 4285). Regulators, gauges, filters, and separators will be in good working order for all of the compressor air lines to blasting nozzles at all times during this work. 6. An air dryer or drying unit shall be installed which dries the compressed air prior to blast connections. This dryer shall be used and maintained for I the duration of surface preparation work. yJ 7. The quality, volume, and velocity of life support and ventilation air used during surface preparation shall be in accordance with applicable safety standards and as required to ensure adequate visibility and proper dissipation of volatiles without impacting the prepared surface or the health of the public or personnel working for the Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's representatives, or anyone who may be affected by on-site maintenance coating work activities. 8. The abrasive blast nozzles used shall be the venturi or other high velocity type supplied with the minimum air pressure and the necessary volume to obtain the required specified degree of cleanliness. 9. The Contractor must provide adequate ventilation for airborne part iculate evacuation and lighting (meeting all pertinent safety standards) to optimize visibility for both blast cleaning and observation of the substrate during surface preparation work. 10. All phases of surface preparation work specifi ed herein must be inspected by the Engineer before the Contractor proceeds with the subsequent phase of surface preparation. Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 09 96 56-12 CONCRETE PROTECTIVE COATINGS 11. If, between final surface preparation work and coating application, �r contamination of the prepared and cleaned substrate occurs, or if the prepared steel's appearance darkens or changes color, reblasting will be required until the specified degree of cleanliness is established. 3.03 SPECIFIC SURFACE PREPARATION RE%14 t ENTS A. In addition to the Section 3.02 requirements, the Contractor will follow the requirements of this section. B. Where the coating is specified to be terminated, the Contractor shall prepare and apply materials as outlined in Tnemec Drawing TLS -02 (included at end of Section). C. For applications around penetrations and/or drains, the contractor shall prepare and apply coatings as detailed on Tnemec Drawing TLS -01 (included at end of Section). D. When the floor area is scheduled to receive a mortar application to pitch the floor, the walls above the floor shall be sawcut to a depth of 1/2 inch at a height from 0'-0" to 0'-6" above the floor. The cut shall be straight and level. E. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer should jobsite conditions prevent the above operations and/or applications. i 3.04 APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS A. GENERAL: 1. Areas not to be resurfaced shall be masked using duct tape or other protection materials to prevent these surfaces from being resurfaced. 2. Ensure straight, even temunation of resurfacing/topcoat materials on wall edges and flush w th embedded steel. The Contractor must follow the minimum an d maximum recoat limitation times and related temperature range restrictions between successive lifts for all products specified herein per Manufacturer's stated requirements. 4. All equipment and procedures used for resurfacing system application shall be as recommended by the Manufacturer. Unless specified elsewhere herein, the Contractor shal l comply with the Manufacturer's most recent written instructions with respect to the following: I a. Mixing of All Materials. Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 09 96 56-13 1 CONCRETE PROTECTIVE COATINGS b. Protection and Handling of All Materials. c. Recoat Limitation and Cure Times. d. Minimum Ambient and Substrate Temperatures, Substrate's Degree of Dryness, Relative Humidity, and Dew Point of Air. e. Application. £ Final Curing. g. Use of Proper Application Equipment. 6. Curing of Resurfacing System: The applied resurfacing system shall be protected from damage during curing and shall be cured as recommended by the Manufacturer. Ambient conditions shall be controlled by the Contractor during curing to ensure the minimum air temperature and minimum relative humidity as required by the Manufacturer is maintained. B. CHEMICAL RESISTANT LINING 1. General Note: The Contractor is advised that with allthick-film, quick curing materials applied to concrete surfaces, outgassing of the concrete may occur. Possible remedies include applying materials when the temperature of the concrete surfaces is descending, or applying a thin (1116") layer of the specified surfacing material. Other remedies may exist, and may be submitted for the Engineer's approval. 2. Fill all voids, bugholes and other surface imperfections with Tnemec Series 218 MortarClad. 3. Apply Tnemec Series 434 Perma-Shield HzS chemical resistant mortar to all floor areas and walls scheduled to be coated at a nominal thickness of 125 mils. Application shall be either by trowel or spray. If spray -applied, material shall be finish -troweled and finish -rolled (Reference manufacturers application guides for explicit instructions). S. Series 435 Perma-Glaze shall be a minimum of 15.0 mils thick upon cure regardless of the number of coats required. C. SAFETY AND VENTILATION REQUIREMENTS: Requirements for safety and ventilation shall be in accordan ce with SSPC Paint Application Guide No. 3. Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 09 96 56-14 CONCRETE PROTECTIVE COATINGS 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL INSPECTION AND TESTING A. Inspection by the Engineer or others does not limit the Contractor's responsibilities for quality control inspection and testing as specified herein or as required by the Manufacturer's instructions. B. Perform the quality control procedures listed below in conjunction with the requirements of this Section. Inspect all All upon receipt to ensure that all are supplied by the Manufacturer. 2. Provide specified storage conditions for the resurfacing system materials, solvents, and abrasives. 3. Inspect and record findings for the degree of cleanliness of substrates used. The pH of the concrete substrate will be measured using pH indicating papers. pH testing is to be performed once every 50 sq. ft. Acceptable pH values shall be between 8.0 and 11.0 as measured by a full - range (1-12) color indicating pH paper with readable color calibrations and a scale at whole numbers (minimum). Use Hydrion Insta-Check Jumbo 043 or 1-12 or equal. The paper shall be touched to the surface once using moderate gloved finger pressure. The surface shall not be ii wiped or moved laterally to disturb the surface during pH testing. Following the one touch, lift the paper vertically to not "wipe" the surface. Compare the color indicated with the scale provided and record the pH. 4. Inspect and record substrate profile (anchor pattern). Surfaces shall be abraded, as a minimum, equal to the roughness of CSP -5 ICRI Guideline 03732. 5. Measure and record ambient air temperature once every two hours of each shift using a thermometer and measure and record substrate temperature once every two hours using a surface thermometer. 6. Measure and record relative humidity every two hours of each shift using a sling psychrometer in accordance with ASTM E337. Provide correct mixing of resurfacing materials in accordan ce with the Manufacturer's instructions. 8. Inspect an d record that the "pot life" of resurfacing materials is not exceeded during installation. 9. Verify curing of the resurfacing materials in accordance with the I �' Manufacturer's instructions. Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 09 96 56-15 CONCRETE PROTECTIVE COATINGS 10. Upon full cure, the installed lining system shall be checked by high voltage spark detection in accordance with NACE RP0188-90, and the manufacturer's printed application guide to verify a pinhole -free surface. Areas which do not pass the spark detection test shall be corrected at no cost to the Owner and rechecked 11. Upon completion of the lining system installation, the lined area shall be cleaned and prepared to permit close visual inspection by the Engineer or the Engineer's representative. Any and all deficiencies or defective work (not in compliance with this section or related sections) will be marked for repair or removal/replacement by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.07 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA A. ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA FOR SURFACE PREPARATION WORK: All surfaces shall be prepared in accordance with the specification and referenced standards therein. B. Acceptance Criteria for Coating System Application Work 1. Acceptable coating work will be based upon the following: a. No pock -marks, trowel marks, depressions, unconsolidated areas, waviness or ridges, pinholes or holidays in either size or frequency. b. No intercoat bond failures between lifts. C, Proper curing of coatings. 2. Resurfaced areas shall pitch to drains. There shall be no areas that puddle when flood tested. 4. The Engineer or Engineer's representative shall, at their discretion, inspect the following: a. Profile and degree of cleanliness of substr ate. b. Thickness of materials/coverage rate confirmation. c. Ambient temperature and humidity requirements and substrate temperature. d. Curing and recoat times. e. Proper curing of the resurfacing materials. 5. Rework required on any holidays or any other inadequacies found by the Engineer or the Engineer's representative in the quality of the coating work t shall be marked. Such areas shall be recleaned and reworked by the Town of Maysville DAA PN 1114212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 09 96 56-16 CONCRETE PROTECTIVE COATINGS Contractor according to these specifications and the manufacturer's recommendations at no additional cost to the Owner. 6. The Contractor is responsible for keeping the Engineer informed of all progress so that inspection for quality can be achieved. 7. The Contractor is ultimately responsible far the quality performance of the applied materials and workmanship. Inspections by the Engineer or the Engineer's representative do not limit this responsibility. E?�li�yl�%111f�f.Y��ill�Clt7�l Perform a final inspection to determine whether the resurfacing system work meets the requirements of the specifications. The Engineer and the Engineer's representative will conduct final inspection with the Contractor. 3.09 CLEANUP Upon completion of work, the Contractor shall remove surplus materials, equipment, protective coverings, and accumulated rubbish, and thoroughly clean all surfaces and repair any work-related damage. The surrounding surface areas including roadways and all other surfaces shall be restored to their pre -project condition. Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade END OF SECTION DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 09 96 56-17 SECTION 23 00 00 - GENERAL PROVISIONS - MECHANICAL Yr` PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 Scope of Work: A. The Contractor shall provide all; materials, equipment and labor necessary to install and set into operations complete air conditioning and heating system as indicated on the Engineering plans, schedules and as contained herein ( as applicable). 1. Installation of the new split heat pump systems, refrigerant piping, concrete pads, structural supports and system controls. 2. Installation of louvers dampers, grilles, registers, or diffusers. 3. Installation of a condensate removal system including condensate drain piping, piping insulation, pipe hangers and supports. 4. Insulation of a low-pressure duct system including O.A. intake, supply/exhaust/ ductwork and all necessary hardware, fitting and support. 5. Installation of insulation system fir low-pressure ductwork including supply and return air intake duct and acoustical internal liner where indicated. 6. Insulation of a toilet and machine room exhaust air system including exhaust sir fans and exhaust air ductwork. 7. System test, adjust balance and start —up. B. Related Work Included Elsewhere: 23 05 01: Electrical. C. Architectural plans shall be referred to for necessary building dimensions. HVAC plans shall not be scaled to obtain dimensions or equipment locations; however, duct layout and register i locations are shown in essentially correct locations. 1.2 Codes and Standards: All work shall be in accordance with the latest revision of applicable local, state, and federal regulations, codes, or specifications. Any conflict between the plans of the specifications and these codes, and standards shall be immediately brought to the Architect/ Engineer's attention for resolution. A. The following is a list of agencies who set standards which have direct application under this Contract (reference current versions): 1. ASHRAE- American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning Engineers - Fundamentals, Equipment and Systems. 2. NFPA- National Fire Protection Association NFPA 90A and 96 Standards. 3. UL — Underwriters Laboratories, UL 181, UL 555S and UL 555. 4. NEMA- National Electrical Manufacturers Association. 5. ASME — American Society of Mechanical Engineers. 6. ARI -American Refrigeration Institute. 7. SMACNA- Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. 8. AMCA- Air Movement and Control Association, Inc. 9. B. The following is a list of agencies who set standards, which may or may not have direct application under this Contract. 10. ASTM- American Society for Testing Materials. 11. NBFU- National Board of Fire Underwriters. 12. ANSI- American National Standards Institute �i 13. ASA- American Standards Association. 14. OSHA- Occupational Safety and Health Act. Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-O5 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 23 00 00-1 SECTION 23 00 00 -GENERAL PROVISIONS -MECHANICAL y; 15. NBS-National Bureau of Standards. 16. Where the previously mentioned agencies set forth standards, which apply under this Contract they shall be considered minimal. 1.3 Quality Assurance: A. See the General and Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1. B. All work shall be in accordance with local, state and federal regulation. Minimum requirements shall be the 2000 International Mechanical Code with 2002 N.C. Building Code Council Revisions. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all permits and shall notify inspection departments as work progresses. D. Wherever the words "Approved", "Approval" or "Approved Equal" appear, it is intended that items other than the model numbers specified shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. E. All material and equipment that the Contractor proposes to substitute in lieu of those specified in the specifications shall be submitted to the Engineer ten (10) days prior to bid date for evaluation. 1. The submittal shall include a full description of the material or equipment and all pertinent engineering data required to substantiate the equality of the proposed item to that specified. F. "Provide" as used herein shall mean that the Contractor responsible shall furnish and install said item or equipment. G. "Furnish " as used herein shall mean the Contractor responsible shall acquire and make available said item or equipment and insulation shall be by others. H. "Install" as used herein mean that the Contractor responsible shall make installation of items/equipment furnished by others. Specification Intent: 1. Where items are specified by catalog number, type, or manufacturer, it is the purpose of establishing quality, general appearance, and function desired. Items by other manufacturer of equal quality and similar design may be submitted for consideration for use on the job. The Architect/ Engineer's evaluation of the proposed substitution shall be final. Wherever three or more manufacturer's types or brands are listed herein, the contractor shall provide one of the items specified. 2. Where the items are specified and listed on the plans, which are ambiguous as to which has precedence, it shall be the responsibility of this contractor to contact the Architect or Engineer for a clarification before proceeding with pricing. Failure to Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 23 00 00-2 SECTION 23 00 00 = GENERAL PROVISIONS - MECHANICAL Clarify this before Final bidding will make the Architect or Engineer's decision final when shop drawings are submitted for approval. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. See General and Supplementary General Conditions and Division 1. B. Within ten (10) days after notification of the award of the Contract and written notice to begin work, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect/Engineer for approval detailed list of the equipment and materials, which he proposes to use. Items requiring submittal data for approval will be noted at this time. Six (6) sets of submittals data shall be provided for approval. C. Each submittal shall bear the approval of the Contractor indicating that he has reviewed the data and found it to meet the requirements of the specifications as well as space limitations and other project conditions. D. Submittals shall be clearly identified showing project name, manufacturers catalog numbers and all necessary performance and fabrication data. E. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a set of accurately mark-up plans indicating all changes encountered during construction. Final payment will be contingent on receipt of these "Record Drawings". F. The Contractor shall furnish four (4) bound sets of maintenance and operating instructions, part lists, electrical circuit wiring diagrams, all submittal data and sufficient manufacturer's literature to operate and maintain all equipment. G. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner all certificates required for operating the system in compliance with local, state, and federal regulations. 1.5 Substitutions: Where the substitution of other than a specified product has been made, and subsequently reviewed by the Architect/Engineer, the Contractor proposinq the substituted product shall also include in his bid all costs for other Architectural, Mechanical, and Electrical changes to the design which shall be required for the proper installation and operation of the substituted product These changes shall be documented in the submittal of the substituted product, 1.6 Product Delivery, Storage and Handling: A. All materials and equipment shall be delivered and unloaded by the Contractor within the project site as noted herein or as directed by Owner. B. The Contractor shall protect all material and equipment fro breakage, theft or weather damage. No material or equipment shall be stored on the ground. C. C. The material and equipment shall remain the property of the Contractor until the project has been completed and turned over to the Owner. 1.7 Work Conditions and Coordination: A. The Contractor shall review the electrical plans to establish points of connection and the extent of the electrical work to be provided in this Contract. All electrical work shall be performed by a licensed Electrician. B. This Contractor shall be responsible for the final connections to all equipment installed as part of his Contract. Unless otherwise noted, this Contractor shall wire from his equipment to Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-OS Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 23 00 00-3 SECTION 23 00 00 -GENERAL PROVISIONS -MECHANICAL disconnect switches, junction boxes, or panelboard circuit breakers as provided by the Electrical Contractor. C. Electrical work shall be in accordance with all local, state, or national codes, as specified in Division 1. D. Pipe, conduit, and duct chases required for installation of work shall be provided by the General Contractor unless otherwise noted. This Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating the location of all required chases. E. All work shall be coordinated with other trades. Cutting of new work and subsequent patching shall be at the Contractor's expense at no extra cost to the Owner. 1.8 Guarantee: A. See the General and Supplementary General Conditions. B. Where extended warranties or guarantees are available from the manufacturer, the Contractor shall prepare the necessary Contract Documents to validate these warranties as required by the manufacturer and present them to the Owner. C. The Contractor shall include in his bid a full non -prorated warranty and guarantee for a five (5) year period on the compressor for the refrigeration equipment. This warranty does not include labor following the first years Labor and Material Warranty. PART2-PRODUCT 2.1 Materials and Equipment shall be new, unless noted otherwise of the highest grade and quality and free from defects or other imperfections. Materials and equipment found to be defective shall j be removed and replaced by the Contractor's expense. 2.2 Name Plates shall be provided by the Contractor for identification of all equipment, switches, panels, etc. The name plates shall be laminated phenolic plastic, black front and back with white core, white engraved letters (1/4' minimum) etched into the white core. Name plates to fastened to devices with S.S. pan head sheet metal screws. A. . PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 Inspection:This contractor shall examine the areas of completed work and shall ensure that no defects or errors are present which would result in the poor applicable or insulation of subsequent work. 3.2 Insulation A. All work shall be performed in a manner indicating proficiency in the trade. B. All conduit, pipes, ducts, etc. shall be either perpendicular or parallel to building walls or plumb where installed in a vertical position and shall be concealed when located in architecturally finished areas. C. Any cutting or patching required for insulation of this Contractor's work shall be kept to a minimum. Written approval shall be required by the Architect/Engineer if cutting of primary structure is involved. D. All patching shall be done in such a manner as to restore the areas or surfaces to match � existing finishes.. Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 23 00 00-4 SECTION 23 00 00 -GENERAL PROVISIONS -MECHANICAL E. Minor changes regwreo oy the towner, ana any mciaenrai cnanges requuea w ince suuc�wai yi conditions or to match trim shall be made by these contractors without extra cost to the Owner. F. The mechanical contractor shall cooperate closely with the general contractor and all other contractors on the job in order that the job will progress smoothly to its completion. He shall lay out his pipe in advance of pouring floors or installing walls, shall provide to the general contractor the location and size of any openings he may require, and shall furnish for the insulation by the general contractor any sleeves, forms, inserts, or hangers required for his work. In the event of failure to do these things at the proper time, or improper location of the required items, the cutting and patching required to rectify the errors shall be borne by the contractor who installed the original material being cut but shall be paid by the contractor at fault, as determined by the Engineer, at no additional cost to the Owner. G. All equipment shall be installed with the sufficient access and clearance of maintenance, repairs, and replacement. In the event that it appears necessary to install equipment without proper access or clearance, the work shall be stopped until written permission is received from the Engineer to install the equipment. Pipes shall be installed in such a way as to allow maximum headroom where pipes are in occupied areas. Valves shall be located in such a position that they are easily accessible and so that the valve wheels or leers can be easily turned to full open or fully closed positions. Where valves, controls, etc., are installed in inaccessible areas, provide steel access panels, the panels shall be sufficiently large for the servicing of the equipment involved, or 12" x 12" minimum size. 3.3 Existing Utility Lines: A. If any existing water, gas, sanitary sewer, storm drainage or other utilities are encountered jr which interferes with proper insulation of new work, the contractor whose work is hindered by such utilities shall be responsible for the cost of repairing if existing utilities damaged, as well as the coordination with the local utility departments to have work performed.: 3.4 Chases Cutting and Patching: A. In the new construction, chases in walls for any work to be installed by the Contractor will be provided by the general contractor provided full information as to the location and size of such chases and the necessary frames or openings is given to him by this subcontractor in such time as to cause no delay in the general contractor's work.. B. If this contractor should neglect to furnish the required information and by reason of his neglect chases and openings are not provided, the contractor shall bear the expense for cutting the required chases and openings and make such repairs as shall be necessary to restore the work to its original finish. C. The cutting of chases, openings, or holes in floors and ceilings shall be done in a manner as not to endanger the stability of the structure or any part thereof. The contractor shall not in any case cut or alter the work of any other contractor without the approval and under the direction of the Engineer. All repairs resulting from cutting shall be under the supervision of the Superintendent of the General Contractor. Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 23 00 00-5 SECTION 23 00 00 -GENERAL PROVISIONS -MECHANICAL " yl 3.5 Performance: The Contractor shall perform all excavation and backfill operations necessary for installation of his work. 3.6 Erection: All support steel, angles, channels, pipes or structural steel stand s and anchoring devices that may be required to rigidly support or anchor material and equipment shall be provided by this Contractor. 3.7 Field Quality Control: A. The Contractor shall conform to the requirement s of Division 3 for concrete testing. B. All testing required for compliance with this contract shall be as stated in subsequent sections. C. Where intrusions are made into the existing domestic water system, that portion of the system or if required due to conditions, the entire domestic system serving the building shall be sterilizes and flushes as described below. 1. If connection to the existing domestic (potable) water supply is required under this contract, all water piping shall be sterilized with chlorine, 50 milligrams per liter, and held fora 24 hour period after which the system shall be flushed and a certified test report from qualified testing lab shall be provided to local authorities having jurisdiction shall be notified prior to the system being put into service. 2. During the flushing of the system, all flush valves shall be thoroughly flushed out to ensure the removal of sediment, pipe dope, etc. from water lines and flush valves, removing such working parts of the flush valves as may be deemed necessary. 3.8 Adiust and Clean: A. All equipment and installed material shall be thoroughly cleaned and free of all dirt, oil, grit, grease, etc. �; B. Factory painted equipment shall not be repainted unless damaged areas exist. These areas shall be touched up with a material suitable for intended service. In no event shall name plates be painted. C. At a scheduled meeting, the Contractor shall instruct the Owner's Representative in the operation and maintenance of all equipment installed under this Contract (in the presence of the Engineer). D. Equipment with filter media shall be run for a period of two weeks after completion of work at which time a new filter media shall be installed with one change of filter media provided the Owner for future replacement. A total of three (3) sets shall be provided. 3.9 Inspection Certificate: A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to complete the insulation of his work in accordance with the most recent requirements of the State of North Carolina and any applicable federal codes. B. The Contractor shall notify the governing body having jurisdiction for inspection in writing, at least two weeks prior to the date of the completion of all equipment required for inspection. C. A certification of final inspection and approval shall be provided from the HVAC inspection department having jurisdiction. This shall be completed before the request for final inspection is called for. 1. Repeat procedure if biological examination shows evidence of contamination. END OF SECTION 23 00 00 Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 23 00 00-6 SECTION 23 05 29NALVES AND SPECIALTIES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED Furnish all valves, specialties, and appurtenances as shown and as specified and required. 1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 15 10 00 —Plumbing B. Section 15 10 15 — Pipe and Pipe Fittings C. Section 3100 00 — Clearing, Grading, and Excavation 1903 QUALITY ASSURANCE Comply with all applicable codes and regulations as required by regulatory agencies having jurisdiction over this Work. Comply with the pertinent sections of the following Standards: A. AWWA -American Water Works Association B. ANSI -American National Standards Institute C. ASTM - American Society of Testing and Materials 1.04 SUBMITTALS Shop drawings and product data for valves and specialties. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 GATE VALVES 1. Gate valves shall be resilient seated valves conforming to AWWA C509. The valve shall be designed so that no sliding or shear on the resilient seating surface is present when compressed to a drop tight shut off. Valve shall seal equally well in either direction. Interior shall be epoxy coated. Valve shall be permanently lubricated. Direction of opening shall be counterclockwise. Valve shall have permanent designation of the direction of opening on the valve. All gate valves, 4 inches in diameter and larger, shall be non -rising stem gate valves unless otherwise noted on the Drawings. 2. Gate valves, 2 inches in diameter, where specified as bronze, an d all gate valves under 2 inches in diameter, shall be rising stem, bronze body, bronze trim, with threaded, soldered, or flanged ends, suitable for service required. Direction of opening shall be counterclockwise. Bronze gate valves shall Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 23 05 29-1 SECTION 23 05 29NALVES AND SPECIALTIES comply with Federal Specifications MSS SP -80; and shall be rated for 150 �r psi working pressure. Valves shall be Stockham Fig. B-120, B-124, B-125, or equal. B. NONRISING STEM GATE VALVES 1. Buried nomising stem (NRS) gate valves, shall have mechanical joint ends, unless otherwise specified. Buried valves shall have a two-inch Isquarc-operating nut. Exposed NRS gate valves shall have flanged ends, unless otherwise specified, and shall be equipped with handwheels. 2. Resilient seated gate valves shall be Mueller A-2370, American Flow Control 2500, Kennedy Valve 4571, or equal. 2.02 ECCENTRICPLUG VALVES A. Valves shall be cast iron body, resilient faced, non -lubricated, eccentric plug valve, incorporating a one piece plug, faced with neoprene or hycar, suitable for use in sewage, welded in, 90% nickel seat as an integral part of the valve body. Screwed in seats and 2 -piece plugs will not be permitted. The valve will have adjustable, multiple ring packing which can be replaced and/or adjusted with the line under pressure and without removing the actuator from the valve. This will assure that if a stem leak occurs, it can be controlled and repairs made, without interrupting the system operation. Valves utilizing o -ring seals or non-adjustable packing shall not be acceptable. Plug valves shall be rated for 150 psi working pressure or greater. B. End connections for exposed service shall be flanged, with drilling conforming to ANSI B16.1. End connections for buried service shall be mechanical joint. C. Actuator gearing shall be in an enclosure suitable for running in oil with seals on shaft to prevent entry of dirt or water. A positive identification on actuator indicating valve position shall be provided. Actuator shall have adjustable stop to set closing torque. The valve packing adjustment shall be accessible without removing actuator from valve. Manual valves shall have lever or gear actuators and tee wrenches extension stems, floorstands, etc. All valves 4 inches and larger shall be equipped with gear actuators. The actuator shaft and the quadrant shall be supported on permanently lubricated bronze bearings. Actuators shall clearly indicate valve position and an adjustable stop shall be provided to set closing torque and to provide seat adjustment to compensate for change in pressure differential or flow direction change. Valves and gear actuators for buried or submerged service shall have seals on all shafts and gaskets on the valve and actuator covers to prevent the entry of water. All exposed nuts, bolts, springs and washers shall be stainless steel. Actuator mounting brackets for buried or submerged service shall be totally enclosed and shall have gasket seals. D. Eccentric plug valves shall be DeZurik Series 100, Milliken Series 600, Clow Series 5400 or equal. Town of Maysville DAA PN 1114212WO5 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 23 05 29-2 SECTION 23 05 29 -VALVES AND SPECIALTIES 2.03 BUTTERFLY VALVES 11 A. Butterfly valves, 12" and larger, shall be of the rubber -seated tight closing type meeting requirements of AW WA C-504, Class 150B and of the size shown on the Drawings. B. Valve ends shall be mechanical joint and of the size shown on Drawings. Accessories (bolts, glands, and gaskets) shall be supplied by the valve manufacturer. C. Valves shall have a horizontally mounted operator. Valve operator shall be of the traveling -nut type, sealed, gasketed and lubricated for underground service. D. Rubber seat may be applied to the body or the disc. E. Valves shall open counter -clockwise and shall be equipped with a 2 -inch square AW WA operating nut for buried service and a handwheel for above ground or vault service. Shaft extensions shall be supplied where noted on the Contract Drawings. F. Valves shall be factory tested in accordance with Section 12 of AW WA C-504 specification and upon request, the manufacturer shall furnish certified copies of test reports. G. Valves shall be M&H 450 (4"42") or 4500 (14"-24") AWWA C504 butterfly valve, American -Darling Class 150B MJ butterfly valve, or approved equal. > 2.04 BALL VALVES A. Ball valves shall comply with Federal Specifications WW -V -35B Type II, Class A. Valve body shall be bronze; stem and stem gland nut shall be brass. Valve ball shall be chrome plated brass seats; stuffing box ring and thrust washer shall be reinforced teflon. Handle shall be vinyl coated, zinc -plated steel or cadmium - plated steel. Design working pressure shall be 200 psi. Valve stuffing boxes shall be capable of being repacked under pressure and adjustable for wear. Stems shall be provided with reinforced Teflon stuffing box ring and with blowout -proof design. The ball design shall not allow media contact with the stem. Actuator shall be integral part of valve. B. Ball valves shall be as manufactured by Apollo, Jamesbury, Watts, Stockham, or equal. 2.05 GLOBE VALVES A. Globe valves shall comply with MSS SP -80 Type 2. Globe valves shall be rising - stem type with bronze body and bonnet. Disc shall be Teflon. Globe valve shall be in-line style with female threaded connection. Design working pressure shall be 200 psi. pk B. Globe valves shall be as manufactured by Nibco, Stockham, or equal. Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212W05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 23 05 29-3 SECTION 23 05 29 -VALVES AND SPECIALTIES i� 2.06 VALVE BOXES Each buried valve shall be provided with a valve box. Valve boxes shall be approved standard Buffalo -type, cast iron, slip -type adjustable shaft boxes, with a minimum shaft diameter of 5 1/4 inches, unless otherwise specified on the Drawings. Valve box size shall suit depth of bury and valve size at each location. Valve box covers shall have the word "SEWER or WATER" cast into them. Valve boxes shall be Tyler Series 6855, or equal, for valves up to 12 inches in diameter. Valve boxes shall be Tyler Series 6865, or equal, for valves larger than 12 inches in diameter. 2.07 FIRE HYDRANTS Fire hydrants shall be post type, dry -barrel, compression type main valve in accordance with AWWA Standard C502. Hydrants shall be designed for a working pressure of 150 psi. Hydrants shall have a 6 -inch mechanical joint connection to the water main, two 2'/z" hose outlets, and one 4'/2" pumper outlet. The diameters of the main valve opening and pumper outlet shall be as specified on the Drawings. Connection caps shall be fitted with chains. Hydrants shall be equipped with a national standard 1'/z" pentagon operating nut, opening counter -clockwise. All hose threads shall conform to the National Standard. Hydrants shall be equipped with safety flange, breakaway top type, and stem. Packing shall be of the O-ring type. Hydrants shall be painted with one coat of zinc paint matching the color of chromed yellow. Hydrants shall be Kennedy GUARDIAN, yMueller Centurion Type A-461, or approved equal. 2.08 YARD HYDRANTS A. Yard hydrants shall be brass 1" frost proof type equipped with a brass vacuum breaker. The valve stem and plunger assembly shall be removable for inspection and repair without the need for digging up of the hydrant. The yard hydrant shall be as follows: 1. Casing: 1-1/4" galvanized steel pipe 2. Inlet connection: 1" NPT. 3. Nozzle: heavy duty 1/4" brass hose thread. 4. Paint: Standard Red above ground line. 5. Bury Depth: 24 inches minimum 6. Acceptable manufacturers are Merril Any Flow Brass Frost Proof or equal. B. Provide post -mounted hose reel hose at all yard hydrant locations. Hose reel shall be heavy gauge steel wall mount configuration capable of holding 150 feet of 5/8" ID hose. Hose reel shall be furnished at minimum with a 100 -foot, 5/8" ID, commercial duty reinforced rubber water hose with a min of 500 psi burst pressure. Hose reel shall be mounted on a 4"x 4" treated wooden post at approximately 36" above grade. Post shall be buried 2 -feet and encased in concrete. Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 23 05 29-4 SECTION 23 05 29 -VALVES AND SPECIALTIES 2.09 COUPLINGS & EXPANSION JOINTS Standard couplings shall be Dresser Style 38 or approved equal. Transition couplings shall be Dresser Style 162 or approved equal. Flanged adapters shall be Dresser Style 127 or approved equal. Expansion joints shall be Red Valve J4, or approved equal. All couplings, adapters and expansion joints shall be restrained unless otherwise indicated. 2.10 TAPPING SLEEVES Tapping sleeves shall meet requirements of AWWA C110 for pressure ratings shown on the drawings. Sleeves shall be built in two sections and shall be mechanical joint type with flanged outlet. Two part steel, bolted tapping sleeves shall be epoxy coated and furnished with stainless steel bolts and nuts as manufactured by Rockwell International or JCM Industries. The tapping sleeve shall be for the size and type of pipe shown on the Drawings. 2.11 SWING -CHECK VALVES A. Cushioned swing -check valves, 2 '/2 inches through 8 inches, shall be iron body and bronze mounted in accordance with AWWA C508. The minimum rated working pressure shall be 175 psi. All cushioned swing -check valves shall be lever and weight operated unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. Seat ring material shall be bronze and end types shall be flanged. Check valves shall be Mueller A-2604-6-01, APCO Service 6000, Golden Anderson Figure 250 — D, or equal. B. Swing -check valves, 2 inches in diameter and smaller, shall be bronze body, suitable for service required. Valves shall be rated for 150 psi working pressure. Valves shall comply with Federal Specification MSS SP -80. Valves shall be Stockham B-319, Nibco 41313, or equal. 2.12 REDUCED PRESSURE ZONE BACKFLOW PREVENTER A reduced pressure zone backflow preventer shall be installed at each noted potential health hazard location to prevent backflow due to backsiphonage and/or backpressure. The assembly shall consist of an internal pressure differential relief valve located in a zone between two positive seating check modules with captured springs and silicone seat discs. Service of all internal components shall be through a single access cover secured with stainless steel bolts The assembly shall also include two resilient seated isolation valves, four resilient seated test cocks, a protective bronze wye strainer with a 20 mesh screen and an air gap drain fitting. The assembly shall meet the requirements of AS SE Std. 1012; AWWA Std. C511; USC-FCC&HR and shall be a Watts Regulator Co. Series 009S -QT. 2.13 TELESCOPING VALVES Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 230529-5 SECTION 23 05 29 -VALVES AND SPECIALTIES A. Altitude valve shall be atwo-way (double acting) valve as man Telescoping valve shall be complete and operable, including mounting hardware, Ji operator, and rising stems graduated cover. Telescoping valve shall be as manufactured by Waterman Industries, or equal. B. Telescoping valve body material shall be stainless steel Schedule 40 with stainless steel lifting straps (bails) rigidly welded to the tube. C. Flare tube top shall be provided. D. The stem shall be manufactured of 304 stainless steel and shall be rising stem type. A clear tube graduated in feet and inches shall cover the rising stem. E. The telescoping valve shall be sized to fit the riser pipe and penetrate the riser pipe a minimum of 9" in the up position. F. The sliptube shall incorporate a 150 lb. stainless steel companion flange and 1/4- inch thick neoprene wipe gasket. G. Operator shall be 90° angle, 2:1 gear ratio corresponding to approximately 32 turns for one foot of valve travel. All gears and bearings shall be housed in an enclosed weatherproof housing and shall be furnished with lubrication fittings and mechanical seals. Each unit shall be fitted with a removable 9" long rotating hand crank extending beyond the top of the tank and easily accessible from the tank platform. H. y� Telescoping valve shall provide for five feet of travel and shall be provided with limit stops. I. Telescoping valve shall incorporate a stainless steel baffle to prevent passage of surface scum. J. Telescoping valve shall be guaranteed for a period of 3 years from the date the unit is placed into service. 2.14 ALTITUDE VALVES ufactured by Cla-Val, Ross Valve, or approved equal. The maximum allowable head loss across the valve shall be 10 psi at a flow of 5,000 gpm. The valve is to be a non -throttling, hydraulically operated, and pilot controlled type valve that remains fully open until the shut off point is reached. The valve shall close at a high water level and open for return flow when the pressure at the valve inlet is less than the tank pressure. The valve shall be equipped with a strainer in the pilot system which can be cleaned without shutting down the valve. Isolation valves are to be provided on the pilot system. The shutoff head of the valve shall be adjustable between 100 and 150 feet at a minimum. The valve shall be equipped with 125 lbs. flanges. 2.15 BUTTERFLY VALVES FOR AIR SERVICE A. Butterfly valves shall comply with MSS SP -67. Valve body shall be wafer type J' with ductile iron, ASTM A395 construction. Valve shaft or stem shall be Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 23 05 29-6 SECTION 23 05 29NALVES AND SPECIALTIES stainless steel, Type 416. Valve disc shall be ductile iron, ASTM A395, nickel - plated or aluminum bronze, ASTM B148, Alloy 954. Valve seat for air service temperature below 180° F and between 180° F and 250°F shall be Buna-N and EPDM, respectively. Valve seats shall be a full body seat isolating stem and body from the flow. Working pressure shall be 25 psi. Valves shall be equipped with fully tapped anchor lugs drilled per ANSI B 16.5. B. Butterfly valves shall be as manufactured by Pratt, Hoffman, Lamson, or equal. 2.16 CHECK VALVES FOR AIR SERVICE Double door check valves for air service shall be aluminum body with a stainless steel hinge and stop pin. The seal shall be EPDM. Valves shall be APCO series 9000, Nibco W920W, Technocheck 5002 or equal. 2.17 SPECIALTY VALVES A. Pressure relief valves for wastewater service shall be as manufactured by Fisher or equal. Body shall be stainless steel. Be Solenoid valves shall be ASCO or equal. Valve body and seat shall be brass and Buna-N, respectively. Insulation shall be Class F. Valve shall utilize 110 VAC with a design working pressure of 150 psig. C. Sewage combination air release valves shall be 2 -inch NPT Val -Matic Model 48SBW or approved equal. Valve shall be provided with inlet and blow off valves. Air release valves shall be rated for 150 psi working pressure. Air release orifice shall be equipped with a screened gooseneck attachment. D. Water combination air release valves shall be 2" NPT Val -Matic 202C or APCO Model 2" - 145C, or approved equal. Valve shall be provided with inlet and blow off valves. Air release valves shall be rated for 150 psi working pressure. Air release orifice shall be equipped with a screened gooseneck attachment. E. Ball curb valves shall be Ford B 11-777 type or equal. Valve shall be equipped with curb key type actuator. F. Mud valves shall be Clow F-3085, M&W Style 140-02, or equal with rising stem. Galvanized extension stem shall be provided with handwheel operator and adjustable upper stem guide bracket. 2.18 VALVE ACTUATORS A. Actuators shall be as shown on Plans or as specified. Actuators shal l have a counterclockwise opening as viewed from the top. The direction of opening and the word open shall be cast on handwheel or valve bonnet. The actuator shall be sized to produce the required torque with a maximum pull of 80 pounds and withstand without damage a pull of 200 pounds. 1 B. Buried val ve actuators shall be provided with a screw or slide type adjustable cast �t iron box, 5 inches minimum diameter, and an identifying cover. The box base Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-O5 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 230529-7 SECTION 23 05 29 -VALVES AND SPECIALTIES 6 shall enclose the buried valve gear box or bonnet. Buried valves shall have a 2- inch AW WA standard valve actuator nut. Provide stem extension to grade with guide bushing to center extension. C. All gate valves shall be provided with handwheels, sized in accordance with AWWA C500. Plug valves, butterfly valves, ball valves 3 inches in diameter and smaller shall be provided with lever actuators. Lever actuators for butterfly valves shall have a minimum of five (5) intermediate lock positions between full open and full close. Gear actuators are required for plug valves, butterfly valves, and ball valves 4 inches in diameter and larger. Gear actuators shall be totally enclosed, permanently lubricated and with sealed bearings. Chain actuators shall be provided for valves 6 feet or higher from finished floor. Equip chain wheels with chain guide to permit rapid operation with reasonable side pull without jamming the wheel. D. Electric actuators shall be Limitorque LY2001, 115 volt, single phase, 60 cycle open/close service electric actuator. Valve actuator shall include a compartment heater. Valves shall include a manual override with limit switch feedback to the microprocessor in both the open and closed positions. Field wiring and junction/box disconnect shall be provided by the installing contractor. Valve stem extensions shall be provided as indicated on the Plans. 2.19 HOSE BIBBS lip A. Hose bibbs shall be % inch, wheel operated brass hose bibb, each provided with a vacuum breaker. Hose bibb shall be Chicago 13LK with Watts No. BAC vacuum 6 breaker. Provide wall -mounted hose reel hose at all bib locations. Hose reel shall be Northern Tool and Equipment #520-13208, or equal. 2.20 PRESSURE GAUGES A. Pressure gauges shall have 4 1/2 -inch diameter cases. Gauges shall have white faces with black numerals, acrylic windows, stainless steel bourdon tubes and phenol cases. Accuracy of measurement shall be provided with a Type 316 stainless steel porous metal disc type pressure snubber having 0.0013 - to 0.0025 - inch pore openings, and an isolation valve. Gauges shall be graduated in psi to meet system design requirements with normal operating pressure being indicated mid-range of dial. 4 1/2 -inch pressure gauges shall be Ashcroft, Duragauge, Weksler, Regal, or equal. Gauges for sludge application shall utilize a diaphram seal. NOT USED � p Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R74212N-O5 January, 2018 23 05 29-8 SECTION 23 05 29NALVES AND SPECIALTIES END OF SECTION 23 un 29 Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 23 05 294 SECTION 23 09 01 — ELECTRICAL WORK PART1-GENERAL 1.1 This Contractor shall be responsible for the final electrical and the entire control connections to all equipment installed as part of his contract. 1.2 Contractor shall review the electrical plans, where applicable, to establish points of connection and the extent of his electrical work to be provided in his contract. 1.3 Unless otherwise noted, this Contractor shall wire from his equipment to disconnect switches, junction boxes, or panel - board circuit breakers as provided by the Electrical Contractor or as required by the existing conditions. 1.4 All power and control wiring shall be in conduits. Refer to electrical specifications for conduit and conduit fittings. 1.5 All electrical work shall be performed by a licensed electrician. 1.6 All electrical work shall be in accordance with the State Building Code and all its supplements, the latest edition of the National Electrical Code and the electrical specifications. PART2-PRODUCT 2.1 All motor starters, disconnects, switches, relays, conduits, conductors, etc. that are required for a complete electrical power and/or control system shall conform to the requirements set forth by NEC. 2.2 Refer to the plans for the type, size and electrical characteristics of the starters, disconnects, switches, relays, conduc- tor and conduits. 2.3 All conductors and conduits shall be sized as noted on the plans or as required per NEC. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 All motor starters, disconnects, and switches shall be installed on or as close to the equipment they are serving as pos- sible, or where shown on the plans. 3.2 Electrical connection to equipment subject to vibration which develops objectionable noises shall be made from the conduit system with short lengths of flexible "Liquid-Tite" conduit. 3.3 Connection to other equipment shall be made with rigid conduit. 3.4 Conduits shall be run in a concealed space such as wall cavities, ceiling cavities, etc. except in the mechanical rooms where conduit may be run exposed. END OF DOCUMENT Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-OS January, 2018 23 09 01-1 SECTION 26 05 34 — BOXES AND CABINETS A. GENERAL 1. Provide junction boxes, pull boxes, cable, support boxes, and wiring troughs as required by NEC, as indicated in the Drawings, or as field required to provide a complete installation. 2. All necessary mounting hardware and accessories shall be provided for a complete installation. 3. All boxes shall be labeled for its particular application. B. PRODUCT 1. Unless otherwise indicated, exterior boxes shall be made of Type 304 stainless steel or PVC, and interior boxes and wireways shall be made of galvanized steel or PVC. The metal gauge and physical size of all boxes and wireways shall be as required by the NFPA-70 for the number and size of conduits and conductors involved. C. INSTALLATION 1. Boxes and troughs shall be supported independently of conduit entering them. Brackets, threaded rod hangers with lock nuts, bolts, or other suitable supporting methods may be used. 2. Accessible junction boxes for change of direction or feeder taps shall be furnished where required and shall be of adequate size to prevent crowding of conductors in accordance with the NEC. 3. Thru-the-wall outlet boxes shall not be permitted. Boxes shall be separated a minimum of 18 inches apart. 4. In general, outlets shall be installed at the heights indicated. The Contractor shall examine the plans of and coordinate with all other trades to assure mounting heights are correct for the intended purpose. Assure that all mounting heights comply with the latest version of ADA. Outlets installed at incorrect heights shall be relocated to the correct elevation at the Contractor's expense. 5. All covers for concealed junction boxes shall be painted to correspond to the appropriate color coding of the conduit system connected to the box. In general, conduit runs of more than 200 feet or with more than three (3) right angle bends shall have a pull box installed at a convenient intermediate location. 6. Unless otherwise indicated, exterior boxes shall be made of Type 304 stainless steel, and interior boxes and wireways shall be made of galvanized steel. The metal gauge and physical size of all boxes and wireways shall be as required by the NFPA-70 for the number and size of conduits and conductors involved. 7. Pull boxes, junction boxes, and wireways in wet locations shall be of weatherproof type. 8. Contractor shall be responsible for providing pull boxes such that the maximum pulling tension specified by cable manufacturers is not exceeded. 9. All boxes shall have removable screw covers. 10. Wireway systems shall be complete including straight sections, curved sections, fittings, accessories, and supports for a complete and fully -operational system. i END OF SECTION 2(i 05 34 Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 260534-1 SECTION 26 27 26 - WIRING DEVICES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 Description of Work A. This section includes the furnishing, installation, and connection of wiring devices. 1.02 References A. National Electrical Manufacturers' Association (NEMA): 1. "Wiring Devices (NEMA WD -1)." 2. "Dimensional Wiring Devices (NEMA WD -6)." 3. "Enclosures for Industrial Controls (NEMA ICS 6)." B. National Fire Protection Association (NEPA): 1. "National Electric Code (NEPA-70)." C. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL): 1. "Snap Switches 11 2. "Plugs and Receptacles (UL -498)." 3. "Switches, Enclosed AM A aFront PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 Receptacles A. Standard duplex receptacles shall be listed per UL 498. 1. Receptacle face and back -body shall be constructed of a high impact -resistant thermoplastic material. The receptacle shall provide a back and side -wired termination. The receptacle shall be two (2) -pole, three (3) -wire with a green equipment ground screw and an automatic grounding system attached to the strap. 2. All receptacles shall be ivory -colored. 3. Receptacle manufacturers shall be as follows: NEMA Configuration green ground screw Pass & Seymour Hubbell Arrowhart 5 - 15 R 5262-I 5262-I 5262-I 5 - 20 R 5362-1 5362-1 5362-1 2.02 Tumbler Switches A. Standard flush tumbler switches shall be listed per UL -20. 1. Switches shall include a green ground screw attached to the mounting strap. The device shall be rated for 20 amperes, 120/277 volt AC, and have side and back -wire Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 262726-1 WIRING DEVICES y terminations. Switches shall be single -pole, double -pole, and either three (3) -way or four (4) -way as indicated on the Contract Drawings, 2. All switches shall be ivory -colored. 3. Where more than one switch is shown at an outlet, switches shall be installed under a gang plate. 4. Switch manufacturers shall be as follows: Type B. Switches controlling or disconnecting fractional horsepower motor loads shall be Pass & Seymour Hubbell Arrowhart SPST 20AC I -I 1221-1 1221-1 Three (3) -Way 20AC3-1 1222-1 1222-1 Four (4) -Way 20AC4-1 1224-1 1224-1 rated and and approved for motor control service. Switches shall be Square D Type F or equal, complete with a properly -rated overload device and pilot lamp, if indicated. 2.03 Disconnect Switches, Heavy -Duty A. Switches shall be as manufactured by Square D Company, General Electric, Siemens ,Cutler Hammer or approved equal. B. Switch Interior 1. All switches shall have switch blades which are visible when the switch is off and the cover is open. 2. Lugs shall be front -removable and UL -listed for 75 degree Celsius copper conductors. If fused, 30- through 100 -ampere switches shall be equipped with factory -installed fuse pullers. 3. Switches shall have removable arc suppressors to facilitate easy access to line side lugs. 4. Switches in NEMA Type 4X stainless steel enclosures shall have all copper current - carrying parts, plated to resist corrosion. B. Switch Mechanism 1. Switch operating mechanism shall be quick-make/quick-break designed so that, during normal operation of the switch, the operation of the contacts is not restrained by the operating handle after the closing or opening action of the contacts has started. 2. The operating handle shall be an integral part of the box, not the cover. 3. The switch shall have provisions for padlocking in the off position with up to three (3) padlocks. 4. The handle position shall travel at least 90 degrees between "OFF' and "ON" positions to clearly distinguish and indicate handle position. 5. Switch operating handles shall be provided with a dual -colored, red/black position indication. 6. All switches shall have a dual cover interlock mechanism to prevent unintentional opening of the switch cover when the switch is on and to prevent turning the switch on when the cover is open. The cover interlock mechanism shall have an externally- operated override, but the override shall not permanently disable the interlock Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 262726-2 y WIRING DEVICES mechanism. The tool used to override the cover interlock mechanism shall not be required to enter the enclosure in order to override the interlock. C. Switch Enclosure 1. Switch enclosures shall be as called for on the Contract Drawings. In general and unless otherwise indicated, interior switch enclosures are to be NEMA Type 1, and exterior and process equipment switch enclosures are to be NEMA 4X stainless steel. 2. NEMA Type 1 enclosures shall be finished with gray baked enamel paint electrodeposited on cleaned, phosphate pre-treated steel. NEMA Type 4X enclosures shall have a brush finish on Type 304 stainless steel. 3. NEMA Type 1 enclosures shall have tangential knockouts to facilitate conduit entry. 4. NEMA Type 4X stainless steel enclosures shall contain no knockouts. Supply watertight hubs at conduit entry points. NEMA Type 4X cover sealing means for switches rated through 200 amperes shall be quick release trunk latches. 5. Switch covers shall be attached with welded pin -type hinges. 6. Switch enclosures shall have "ON" and "OFF" position markings stamped into the cover. D Switch Rating 1. Switches shall be horsepower rated and sized, with number of poles, as indicated on the Contract Drawings. 2. Fuses, where called for, shall be Class H or K. Fuses shall comply with "Section 16181 - Fuses" of these Contract Specifications. 2.03 Wiring Device Plates A. Plates for flush -mounted devices shall be standard size and manufactured of Type 302 stainless steel with a brushed finish. Device plates shall be of the one-piece type and of a suitable shape to cover the devices. The use of sectional device plates will not be permitted. Blank plates shall be installed on all unused outlets. 2.04 GFCI Receptacles A. GFCI receptacles shall be Class A UL -rated with a five (5)-milliamper ground fault trip level and a 20 -ampere feed -through rating. The device shall have side wire termination. 1. All GFCI receptacles shall be constructed of ahigh-impact resistant thermoplastic material. 2. All GFCI receptacles shall be installed with the ground pin in the up position. 3. GFCI receptacle manufacturers shall be as follows: NEMA Configuration Pass & Seymour Hubbell Arrowhart 5 - 15 R 1591 SI GF5252-1 GF5242-1 5 - 20 R 2091 SI GF5350-1 GF5342-1 PART3-EXECUTION 3.01 Wiring Devices Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-O5 January, 2018 262726-3 WIRING DEVICES A. Wiring devices shall be as noted by the symbol schedule on the Contract Drawings. Unless specifically noted otherwise, the mounting height from finished floor to the center of the device shall be as follows: 1. Tumbler Switches: 48 inches. 2. Convenience Receptacles: 16 inches in finished spaces and 48 inches in shops and other unfinished spaces. B. During construction, all wiring devices and plates shall be taped or covered to prevent paint from getting in devices. C. Wall -mounted devices shall be flush -mounted in finished walls and surface -mounted on unfinished interior walls or on existing masonry walls. D. Provide a suitable mounting support at the location of each heavy-duty disconnect switch. Exterior units are to be mounted on galvanized strut which is attached to the structure by appropriate bolts or clamps. E. Mount equipment disconnect switches as close as practical to the served equipment. END OF SECTION 26 27 26 Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2016 262726-4 SECTION 3100 00 - CLEARING, GRADING AND EXCAVATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. This item shall consist of the removal and satisfactory disposal of all materials excavated within the limits specified by the Engineer including the road right-of-way, unsuitable subgrade material, and the replacement with satisfactory materials and such excavation as is necessary for berm, inlet, outlet, and lateral drainage ditches and for the formation, compaction, and shaping of all embankments, fills, subgrade, shoulders, slopes, and roadways to conform to the lines and grades and typical cross-sections shown on the Plans. C. It shall also include the removal and proper disposal of all stripping, fence, trees, hedge rows, pipes, walls, steps and existing asphalt and concrete surfaces, existing sidewalk and curb and gutter, raising and/or adjusting the tops of all existing valve boxes and manhole tops, as required. 1.2 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Control of Erosion, Siltation, and Pollution: Section 31 25 00 B. Seeding and Mulching: Section 32 92 00 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Contractor shall consult with the Owner and the Engineer prior to beginning clearing. A full understanding shall be reached as to procedure. The Contractor shall then conduct clearing and/or grubbing operations in strict accordance with these agreements. B. Compaction shall be completed in accordance with the standards of ASTM D-698 as amended. C. The Owner shall retain the services of a testing laboratory to perf orm all tests required at the project site. In areas of fill and backfill, field density tests shall be performed in sufficient numbers to insure that the specified density is obtained. These tests shall be made at no cost to the Contractor, except as follows. 1. Areas in which testing reveals compaction below the specified Jf density shall be reworked, or removed and replaced by the Contractor until specified compaction is obtained. In the event Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212W05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 31 00 00-1 SECTION 3100 00 - CLEARING, GRADING AND EXCAVATION results fail after reworking material, the Contractor shall be liable for retesting. 2. The Contractor shall be responsible for the cost of testing of borrow material which shall include standard density tests (Proctor curves). 1.4 CLASSIFICATION OF EXCAVATION A. The following classcations of excavation will be made: B. Earth excavation includes excavation of obstructions visible on the surface; other items indicated to be demolished and removed; together with earth and other materials encountered that are not classified as solid rock, undercut excavation, or unauthorized excavation. C. Rock and Boulder Excavation: 1. The following material classifications, based on the type of excavation equipment required, shall be used to identify materials for payment: a) Soil, Partially Weathered Rock, or Rippable Rock — Soil, partially weathered rock (PWR), or Rippable Rock shall be defined as any material that can be removed by a Caterpillar 350 excavator or equivalent. b) Rock- Rock shall be defined as any material that cannot be removed by a Caterpillar 350 excavator or equivalent. The methodology for excavating such material shall be approved by the ENGINEER per North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources (NCDENR) approval. BLASTING WILL NOT BE ALLOWED, in portions of the project delineated on the plans. c) Intermittent drilling, blasting, or ripping perf ormed to increase production and not necessary to permit excavation of material encountered will be classified as earth excavation. d) no not perf orm rock excavation work until material to be excavated has been cross-sectioned and classified by the Contractor, and such information provided to the Engineer for approval. Such excavation will be paid on basis of Contract Conditions relative to changes in work. e) Rock payment lines are limited to the following: Town of Maysville DAA PN R142'12N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 31 00 00-2 SECTION 3100 00 - CLEARING, GRADING AND EXCAVATION (1) Two (2) feet outside of concrete work, for which forms are required, except foundations. (2) One (1) foot outside perimeter of foundations. (3) In pipe trenches, six (6) inches below invert elevation of pipe and two (2) feet wider than inside diameter of pipe, but not less than three (3) feet minimum trench width. (4) Outside dimensions of concrete work where no forms are required. (5) Under slabs on grade, six (6) inches below bottom of concrete slab. D. Where rock is encountered, it shall be uncovered but not excavated until measurements have been made in the presence of the ENGINEER. The means of excavation shall be subject to approval by the ENGINEER. There will not be additional payment for excavation of partially weathered rock or rippable rock. D. Undercut excavation shall consist of the excavation and disposal of unsuitable materials below the proposed subgrade, as directed by the Engineer, and the proper disposal of the material at designated areas on- site or off-site as provided by the Contractor. J E. Off-site select material shall consist of the excavation, hauling, placement, and compaction of select material, only for the replacement of undercut areas, as directed by the Engineer, from a location off the project site as arranged by the Contractor. F. On-site select material shall consist of the excavation, movement, placement, and compaction of the select material, only for the replacement of undercut areas, as directed by the Engineer. This work shall be included in the unit price for common excavation. 1.5 GEOTECHNICAL DATA A. A subsurface (geotechnical) investigation and soil analyses have been performed. The report and test boring records from the investigation are included in the Appendix with the boring logs keyed to the site plan. B. Subsurface test boring records, analyses, and formal reports are provided for information, and neither the Engineer nor the Owner guarantee subsurface conditions to actually be as shown, indicated, or implied. Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 31 00 00-3 SECTION 3100 00 - CLEARING, GRADING AND EXCAVATION PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 BORROW MATERIAL Borrow material shall consist of a sandy -clay or clayey -sand soil, which shall be free from trash, debris, stone, vegetable matter, or other indigenous material. It shall have an optimum, compacted dry unit weight of approximately 120 pcf or greater. The source of borrow materials shall be approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall submit Proctor density curves for each source of borrow material for approval. 2.2 CRUSHED STONE Crushed stone for foundation preparation or for use as backfill in event of over excavation, shall be uniform, clean and shall conform to ASTM C-33, size no. 57, or size no. 67 as directed by the Engineer. 2.3 CONCRETE Concrete for use as backfill in event of over excavation, as directed by the Engineer, shall have a compressive strength of 2,000 psi or greater. � 2.4 TOPSOIL Topsoil shall consist of natural loamy soil suitable as surfacing for lawns or roads, occurring usually in a surface layer of 6" to 18" thick. Topsoil shall be removed from the work sites and shall be stockpiled for subsequent use. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PRELIMINARY WORK Key sedimentation and soil erosion control measures shall be installed prior to beginning significant clearing operations. 3.2 CLEARING, GRUBBING, AND STRIPPING A. Where trees or brush exist at the site of the work, the construction areas shall be cleared and trees, stumps, and roots grubbed. All areas shall be stripped to such depth as to remove turf, roots, organic matter, and other objectionable materials. Only those trees that seriously interfere with construction shall be cut and care shall be exercised to protect remaining trees and adjacent property. All brush, stumps, laps, roots, and logs shall be removed from the entire construction area and disposed of offsite to the Engineer's satisfaction. Marketable wood mass shall be harvested P and sold with revenue belonging to the Contractor. No open burning shall �p Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 31 00 004 SECTION 3100 00 - CLEARING, GRADING AND EXCAVATION be allowed. Minor debris, pipes, and debris that may be on the site shall be removed and disposed of to the satisfaction of the Engineer. B. The operations of the Contractor shall be conducted with full consideration of all the proper and legal rights of the Owner, and of adjacent property owners and the public, and with the least possible amount of inconvenience to them. C. All pollutable waste material shall be properly disposed in the nearest landfill unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Other wastes shall be disposed at a convenient site located by the Contractor, subject to the approval of the Engineer. 3.3 GENERAL A. Excavation and grading shall include all site grading, roadway and driveway, trench and structure excavation, backfill, dike, and embankment construction. Excavation and grading shall also include borrow, disposal of excess material off-site as indicated, procuring and placing topsoil, cleanup, and dressing off. This item shall also include all necessary dewatering, soil aeration (drying), sheathing, bracing, cofferdam work, pumping, blasting, and protection. y B. All excavation and grading shall be confined to the construction area, as shown on the Plans, and shall be done in an approved manner, with proper equipment. C. Comply with local codes, ordinances, and requirements of agencies having jurisdiction. D. All construction operations shall be accomplished in accordance with applicable regulations of the North Carolina Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Division. Copies of these standards may be obtained from the North Carolina Department of Labor, 413 North Salisbury Street, Raleigh, North Carolina. E. Slope sides of excavations are to comply with codes, ordinances, and requirements of agencies having jurisdiction. Shore and brace where sloping is not possible because of space restrictions or stability of material excavated. Maintain side slopes of excavations in a safe condition until completion of backfilling. F. The Contractor shall be responsible for any dewatering required for site grading. The Contractor shall provide and maintain whatever means required for dewatering including ditching, drains, pumping, bailing, and well pointing. Town of Maysville DAA PN 1114212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 31 0000-5 SECTION 3100 00 - CLEARING, GRADING AND EXCAVATION G. Prevent surface water and subsurface or groundwater from flowing into excavations and from flooding project site and surrounding area. 1. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Remove water to prevent softening of foundation bottoms, undercutting footings, and soil changes detrimental to stability of subgrades and foundations. Provide and maintain pumps, well points, sumps, suction and discharge lines, and other dewatering system components necessary to convey water away from excavations. 2. Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and other diversions outside excavation limits to convey rain water and water removed from excavations to collecting or runoff areas. Do not use trench excavations as temporary drainage ditches. H. Site grading shall conform to the grades indicated by the finish contours, cross-sections, and/or spot elevations on the Plans. Accuracy of finished grades shall be ±0.1 ft. Where topsoil, stone base, or other items are shown or called for, the rough grade shall be finished to such depth below finish grade as is necessary to accommodate these items. Excavation shall be made to the elevations, slopes, and limits called for on the Plans. I. All exposed soils in areas of cuts shall be proof rolled with a 15 to 20 ton j; pneumatic roller to locate any unconsolidated material. Should soft or unsuitable material be encountered at subgrade elevation, such material shall be removed and replaced with acceptable compacted borrow material, as directed by the Engineer. J. Fills, berms, dikes, and embankments shall be constructed of material that is reasonably free from grass, roots, rock, or other objectionable material. Where natural slopes exceed 4:1, horizontal benches shall be cut to receive fill material. Slopes of less than 4:1 and other areas shall be scarified prior to placing fill material. Keyways under dikes shall be constructed where indicated. K. Fills shall be formed of acceptable material placed in successive layers of not over 8 inches loose thickness for the full width of section, where practical. Where rock is excavated along with other material, it may be incorporated in fill sections which are not to support pavement or structures, and which lie outside the core areas of dikes (defined as the area within a 1:2.5 slope from the top edges of dikes). Rock shall be evenly distributed. Rock fragments larger than 4 inches in greatest dimension will not be allowed in the top 12 inches of fills or slopes. Voids between rock material are to be well filled with good material, and all rock shall be covered with at least 24 inches of earth. Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 31 00 00-6 SECTION 3100 00 - CLEARING, GRADING AND EXCAVATION L. Materials for fills shall be spread evenly and the compaction equipment routed over the work to obtain uniform compaction. Fills under areas designated for structures and in dikes shall be compacted by approved equipment, to ninety-five percent (95%) of the Standard Proctor Maximum Dry Density as defined by ASTM D-698 as amended, except within two feet of subgrade where the fill shall be compacted to at least ninety-eight percent (98%) of Standard Proctor Maximum Dry Density. Fills under roadways and future paved surfaces shall be compacted to ninety-five percent (95%) of Standard Proctor Maximum Dry Density. Fills in other areas shall be compacted to at least ninety percent (90%) of Standard Proctor Maximum Dry Density, M. Compaction moisture control shall be maintained between -1 and +3 percent optimum moisture content as determined by ASTM D-698 or as directed by the Engineer. Material that is too dry for proper compaction shall be moistened by suitable watering devices, turned and harrowed to distribute the moisture, and then properly compacted. When material is too wet for proper compaction, fill soils shall be dried prior to compaction. The soils shall be dried by aeration disking, harrowing, or other methods until the materials can be compacted to the specified density. Select material, as needed, will be provided from the work site or other acceptable source. j N. All cuts, fills, and slopes shall be neatly dressed off to the required grade or subgrade, as indicated on the Plans. O. At locations designated on the Plans and/or as designated by the Engineer, the Contractor shall remove unsuitable material within the limits as directed and backfill with suitable material properly compacted to the finished subgrade. Undercut material may be used elsewhere on the project if the Engineer determines that it is suitable for the purpose. If it cannot be used, the Contractor shall dispose of it as directed herein before. P. Foundation excavations shall be made at the locations shown on the V lans and to the exact subgrade required. Bottoms of excavations are to be level and in firm, solid, material, with soft material or voids treated as specified below. Excavated area shall be kept free of water during the construction period. Space shall be provided outside of footings and walls for placing forms and pointing masonry. O. Where necessary , the sides of excavation shall be shored and sheathed, or cofferdams built, as required for protection of the work and employees. R. Should soft or unsuitable material be encountered at subgrade elevation, i h such material shall be removed and replaced with acceptable compacted - select material, obtained on-site or off-site at the direction of the Engineer. Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 31 00 004 SECTION 31 00 00 - CLEARING, GRADING AND EXCAVATION Any other excavation below grade shall be replaced with good material, without additional compensation therefor. S. Should the specified depth for foundations prove insufficient to reach firm ground, the Engineer shall be notified and shall furnish instructions for proceeding with the work. Wherever footing elevations change, step- downs shall be made at a 2:1 ratio, unless otherwise shown. Connections between step-downs shall be of poured concrete of the same cross- section as the footing connected. T. Where blasting is required, it shall be done by experienced personnel and every needed precaution taken to protect persons and property from injury. No blasting for rock excavation will be allowed whenever there are existing structures or pipelines except by permission of the Engineer, and only when the Contractor provides a suitable vibration -monitoring device and can demonstrate that vibrations to adjacent structures and piping will not cause damage. All responsibility for damages rest on the Contractor. U. Backfill around structures and other facilities shall be completed as soon as possible, in conformance with the following: Backfill not required for structural fill shall consist of clean acceptable earth, free from trash, brick bats, wood, large rocks, vegetable matter and other injurious material. It shall be placed in 8" layers and thoroughly compacted by mechanical tamps to 90% of the Standard Proctor Maximum Dry Density as defined by ASTM D-698 as amended, with any subsequent settlement being refilled. Care shall be taken to protect piping or other utilities during backfill operations. Excessively wet, soupy or mucky material shall be removed from the area around structures prior to backfill being placed and no such material shall be used for backfill purposes. Backfill around non-waterholding structures shall be completed upon completion of the structure above finish grade, and all piping has been properly installed and tested. Unless approved by the Engineer, structures that are to contain liquids shall not be backfilled until successfully tested for leakage. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to protect all structures from damage due to floatation prior to backfill being placed 3.4 FINE GRADING, PLACEMENT OF TOPSOIL, AND CLEANUP A. Upon completion of excavation, grading, and backfill, the entire work area shall be fine graded and dressed off to the indicated grades. At least 4" of topsoil shall be placed on all disturbed non -paved areas, except for the interior slopes and bottom of storage lagoon, with the final level of topsoil conforming to the design finished elevations. Topsoil shall be obtained Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 31 00 00-8 i SECTION 3100 00 - CLEARING, GRADING AND EXCAVATION from off-site sources if required. Topsoil shall be free of debris, sticks, excessive amounts of weeds, and other deleterious substances. B. upon completion of the fine grading and placement of topsoil, the entire site shall be cleaned up and dressed off and all excess material and debris disposed of to the Owner's and the Engineer's satisfaction. All areas to be seeded shall be "broom dragged" and/or hand raked. END OF SECTION 31 00 00 Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 31 00 00-9 SECTION 31 25 00 - CONTROL OF EROSION, SILTATION AND POLLUTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions and Special Project North Carolina Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This section covers the furnishing of materials, labor, and equipment necessary to minimize erosion, siltation, and pollution on the project or projects covered by these specifications. B. The Contractor shall take whatever measures are necessary to minimize soil erosion and siltation, water pollution, and air pollution. The Contractor shall also comply with the applicable regulations of all legally constituted authorities relating to pollution prevention and control. The Contractor shall keep himself fully informed of all such regulations which in any way affect the conduct of the work. In the event of conflict between such regulations and the requirements of these specifications, the more restrictive requirements shall apply. p C. Failure on the part of the Contractor to perform the necessary measures to control erosion, siltation, and pollution will result in the Engineer notifying the Contractor to take such measures. In the event that the Contractor fails to perform such measures within 24 hours after receipt of such notice, the Engineer may suspend the work with no extension of contract time, or may proceed to have such measures performed by others at the Contractor's expense, or both. D. Related Work in Other Sections: Clearing Grading and Excavation: Section 31 00 00 Seeding and Mulching Section 32 92 00 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE Quality Assurance: Erosion and sedimentation control shall conform to the requirements of the North Carolina Sedimentation Pollution Control Act of 1973. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 Seeding and seeding materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 32 92 00. I P Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 31 25 00-1 CONTROL OF EROSION, SILTATION AND POLLUTION 2.2 Silt fences shall conform to the details shown on plans. 2.3 Check dams and jute mat shall conform to the details shown on the plans. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 The Contractor shall exercise every reasonable precaution throughout the life of the project to prevent the eroding of soil and the siltation of rivers, streams, lakes, reservoirs, ditches, ground surfaces, or other property. Should any erosion or siltation occur, the Contractor shall take immediate action to correct the situation. The Contractor shall remove and properly dispose of any material washed into rivers, streams, lakes, reservoirs, ditches, storm sewers, or other property. The Contractor shall be liable for any damage to private or public property resulting from insufficient erosion and siltation control measures. 3.2 Construction operations in rivers, streams, ditches, and water impoundments shall be restricted to those areas which must be entered for the performance of work shown on the plans. Excavated materials shall not be deposited in rivers, streams, ditches, or impoundments except that temporary earth dikes may be used when approved by the Engineer, but such dikes shall be completely removed in such manner as to prevent siltation. Frequent fording of flowing streams with equipment will not be permitted. Temporary bridges or other structures shall be used wherever frequent stream crossings are necessary. 3.3 Temporary and permanent erosion control measures shall be provided as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. Temporary sediment control devices must be installed to the extent possible prior to initiation of grading and excavation. The devices must be maintained at a minimum of 50% of the original sediment storage capacity and may not be removed until the areas they serve have been stabilized. Temporary erosion control measures shall include, but not be limited to, the use of temporary berms, dikes, drainage ditches, silt basins, silt ditches, slope drains, structures, stone check dams, vegetation, mulches, mats, netting, gravel, or other necessary methods. Temporary erosion control may include work outside the construction limits. 3.4 The Engineer may limit the area over which excavation, embankment, and grading operations are performed whenever the Contractor's operations are not effectively minimizing erosion and/or siltation. 3.5 All disturbed, non -paved areas shall be seeded and fertilized, mulched, and tacked as soon as practical after cleanup in accordance with the detailed technical specifications therefore. In no case shall a total area of one acre or more be left ungrassed for a period of fifeteen (15) days when construction has been completed in the area. Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 31 25 00-2 CONTROL OF EROSION, SILTATION AND POLLUTION 3.6 The Contractor shall take every precaution throughout the life of the project to prevent the pollution of rivers, streams, and water impoundments. Pollutants such as chemicals, fuels, lubricants, bitumens, sewage, and other harmful waste shall not be discharged into or alongside rivers, streams, or impoundments, or into natural or manmade channels leading thereto. The Contractor shall also comply with all Federal, State, and local water and air pollution laws. 3.7 Contractor shall maintain all erosion control measures until such time as the appropriate State authority approves and releases the site at which time the Contractor shall remove all erosion control measures as directed by the Engineer. END OF SECTION 31 25 00 Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-OS January, 2018 31 25 00-3 SECTION 32 31 13 - CHAIN-LINK FENCES AND GATES PARTS -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Galvanized steel chain-link fabric and framework. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 31, Section "Earthwork" for filling and for grading work. 2. Division 03, Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete" for concrete post footings. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. CLFMI: Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Material descriptions, construction details, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for the following: 1. Fence and gate posts, rails, and fittings. 2. Chain-link fabric, reinforcements, and attachments. 3. Gates and hardware. 4. Privacy slats. B. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color chart s or 6 -inch lengths of actual units showing the full range of colors available for components with factory -applied color finishes. C. Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of chain-link fences and gates certifying that products furnished comply with requirements. D. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance of chain-link fence and gate grounding and bonding with performance requirements. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed chain-link fences and gates similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Source Limitations for Chain -Link Fences and Gates: Obtain each color, grade, finish, type, and variety of compo- nent for chain-link fences and gates from one source with resources to provide chain-link fences and gates of con- sistent quality in appearance and physical properties. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS 1. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others. B. Field Measurements: Verify layout information for chain-link fences and gates shown on Drawings in relation to propert PART2-PRODUCTS y survey and existing structures. Verify dimensions by field measurements. 2.1 CHAIN-LINK FENCE FABRIC A. Steel Chain -Link Fence Fabric: Height indicated on Drawings. Provide fabric fabricated in one-piece widths for fencing in height of 12 feet and less. Comply with CLFMI's "Product Manual" and with requirements indicated be- low: 1. Mesh and Wire Size: 2 -inch mesh, 0.192 -inch diameter. 2. Zinc -Coated Fabric: ASTM A 392, with zinc coating applied to steel wire before weaving according to ASTM A 817, Type II, zinc coated (galvanized) with the following minimum coating weight: a. Class 2: Not less than 2 oz./sq. ft. of uncoated wire surface. 3. Coat selvage ends of fabric that is metallic coated during the weaving process with manufacturer's standard clear protective coating. Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-OS January, 2018 323113-1 SECTION 32 3113 - CHAIN-LINK FENCES AND GATES 2.2 INDUSTRIAL FENCE FRAMING A. Round Steel Pipe: Standard weight, Schedule 40, galvanized steel pipe complying with ASTM F 1083. Comply with ASTM F 1043, Material Design Group IA, external and internal coating Type A, consisting of not less than 1.8- oz./sq. ft. zinc; and the following strength and stiffness requirements: 1. Line, End, Corner, and Pull Posts and Top Rail: Per requirements for Heavy Industrial Fence. 2. Coat with PVC per ASTM F 668, Class 2D. B. Top Rails: Fabricate top rail from lengths 21 feet or longer, with swedged-end or fabricated for expansion - type coupling, forming a continuous rail along top of chain-link fabric. 2.3 TENSION WIRE A. General: Provide horizontal tension wire at the following locations: 1. Location: Extended along bottom offence fabric. B. Metallio-Coated Steel Wire: 0.177 -inch- diameter, morcelled tension wire complying with ASTM A 824 and the fol- lowing: 1. Coating: Type II, zinc coated (galvanized) by the hot -dip process, with the following minimum coating weight: a. Matching chain-link fabric coating weight. 2.4 INDUSTRIAL SWING GATES A. General: Comply with ASTM F 900 for the following swing -gate types: 1. Single gate. 2. Double gate. B. Metal Pipe and Tubing: Galvanized steel. Comply with ASTM F 1063 and ASTM F 1043 for materials and protec- tive coatings. C. Frames and Bracing: Fabricate members from round galvanized steel tubing with outside dimension and weight according to ASTM F 900 for the following gate fabric height: 1. Gate Fabric Height: 6 feet or less, unless otherwise indicated. D. Frame Corner Construction: As follows: 1. Welded. E. Gate Posts: Fabricate members from round galvanized steel pipe with outside dimension and weight according to ASTM F 900 for the following gate fabric heights and leaf widths: 1. Gate Fabric Height by Leaf Width: 6 feet or less by 4 feet or less. F. Hardware: Latches permitting operation from both sides of gate, hinges, center gate stops where indicated and, for each gate leaf more than 5 feet wide, keepers. Fabricate latches with integral eye openings for padlocking; pad- lock accessible from both sides of gate. 2.5 FITTINGS A. General: Provide fittings for a complete fence installation, including special fittings for corners. Comply with ASTM F 626. B. Post and Line Caps: Hot -dip galvanized pressed steel or hot -dip galvanized cast iron. Provide weathertight closure can for each post. 1. Provide line post caps with loop to receive tension wire or top rail. C. Rail and Brace Ends: Hot -dip galvanized pressed steel or hot -dip galvanized cast iron. Provide rail ends or other means for attaching rails securely to each gate, corner, pull, and end post. D. Rail Fittings: Provide the following: 1. Top Rail Sleeves: Hot -dip galvanized pressed steel or round steel tubing. Not less than 6 inches long. 2. Rail Clamps: Hot -dip galvanized pressed steel. Provide line and corner boulevard clamps for connecting rails in the fence line to line posts. E. Tension and Brace Bands: Hot -dip galvanized pressed steel. F. Tension Bars: Hot -dip galvanized steel, length not less than 2 inches short er than full height of chain-link fabric. Provide one bar for each gate and end post, and two for each corner and pull post, unless fabric is integrally wo- ven into post. j� G. Truss Rod Assemblies: Hot -dip galvanized steel rod and turnbuckle or other means of adjustment. Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212W05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 323113-2 SECTION 32 3113 - CHAIN-LINK FENCES AND GATES H. Tie Wires, Clips, and Fasteners: Provide the following types according to ASTM F 626: 1. Standard Round Wire Ties: For attaching chain-link fabric to posts, rails, and frames, complying with the fol- lowing: a. Hot -Dip Galvanized Steel: 0.148 -inch- diameter wire; galvanized coating thickness matching coating thickness of chain-link fence fabric. 2. Power -driven fasteners. 3. Round Wire Hog Rings: Hot -dip galvanized steel or aluminum for attaching chain-link fabric to horizontal ten- sion wires. I. Pipe Sleeves: For posts set into concrete, provide preset hot -dip galvanized steel pipe sleeves complying with ASTM A 53, not less than 6 inches long with inside dimensions not less than 112 inch more than outside dimension of post, and flat steel plate forming bottom closure. 2.6 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE A. General: Comply with ACI 301 for cast -in-place concrete. B. Materials: Portland cement complying with ASTM C 150 Type I, aggregates complying with ASTM C 33, and pota- ble water for ready -mixed concrete complying with ASTM C 94. 1. Concrete Mixes: Normal -weight concrete with not less than 3000 -psi compressive strength (28 days), 3 -inch slump, and 1 -inch maximum size aggregate. C. Materials: Dry -packaged concrete mix complying with ASTM C 387 for normal -weight concrete mixed with potable water according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2.7 GROUT AND ANCHORING CEMENT A. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Premixed, factory -packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout comply- ing with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout, recommended in writing by manufacturer, for exterior applications. B. Erosion -Resistant Anchoring Cement: Factory -packaged, nonshrink, nonstaining, hydraulic -controlled expansion cement formulation for mixing with potable water at Project site to create pourable anchoring, patching, and grout- ing compound. Provide formulation that is resistant to erosion from water exposure without needing protection by a I; sealer or waterproof coating and that is recommended in writing by manufacturer for exterior applications. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements. Review survey of property lines and legal boundaries, site clearing, earthwork, pavement work, and other conditions affecting performance. 1. Do not begin installation before final grading is completed, unless otherwise permitted by Architect. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Stake locations of fence lines, gates, and terminal posts. Do not exceed intervals of 500 feet or line of sight be- tween stakes. Indicate locations of utilities, lawn sprinkler system, underground structures, benchmarks, and prop- erty monuments. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. General: Install chain-link fencing to comply with ASTM F 567 and more stringent requirements specified. 1. Install fencing on established boundary lines inside property line. B. Post Excavation: Drill or hand -excavate holes for posts to diameters and spacings indicated, in firm, undisturbed or compacted soil. At at minimum, holes shall be 4 times the post diameter by 18 -inches deep for line posts and 24 - inches deep for corner and gates posts. C. Post Setting: Hand -excavate holes for post foundations in firm, undisturbed or compacted soil. Set posts in con- crete footing. Protect portion of posts aboveground from concrete splatter. Place concrete around posts and vi- brate or tamp for consolidation. Using mechanical devices to set line posts per ASTM F 567 is not permitted. Verify that posts are set plumb, aligned, and at correct height and spacing, and hold in position during placement and fin- ishing operations until concrete is sufficiently cured. Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 323113-3 SECTION 32 3113 - CHAIN-LINK FENCES AND GATES 1. Dimensions and Profile: As indicated on Drawings or at a minimum post shall be set within 2 -inches of the specified depth of the post hole. 2. Concealed Concrete Footings: Stop footings 2 inches below grade to allow covering with surface material. 3. Posts Set into Concrete in Sleeves: Use steel pipe sleeves preset and anchored into concrete for installing posts. After posts have been inserted into sleeves, fill annular space between post and sleeve with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout, mixed and placed to comply with anchoring material manufacturer's written instructions, and finished sloped to drain water away from post. 3.4 CHAIN-LINK FENCE INSTALLATION A. Terminal Posts: Locate terminal end, corner, and gate posts per ASTM F 567 and terminal pull posts at changes in horizontal or vertical alignment of 15 degrees or more. B. Line Posts: Space line posts uniformly at 8 feet o.c. C. Post Bracing Assemblies: Install according to ASTM F 567, maintaining plumb position and alignment of fencing. Install braces at end and gate posts and at both sides of corner and pull posts. Locate horizontal braces at mid - height of fabric on fences with top rail and at two-thirds fabric height on fences without top rail. Install so posts are plumb when diagonal rod is under proper tension. D. Tension Wire: Install according to ASTM F 567, maintaining plumb position and alignment of fencing. Pull wire taut, without sags. Fasten fabric to tension wire with 0.120 -inch- diameter hog rings of same material and finish as fabric wire, spaced a maximum of 24 inches o.c. Install tension wire in locations indicated before stretching fabric. 1. Bottom Tension Wire: Install tension wire within 6 inches of bottom of fabric and tie to each post with not less than same gage and type of wire. E. Top Rail: Install according to ASTM F 567, maintaining plumb position and alignment of fencing. Run rail continu- ously through line post caps, bending to radius for curved runs and terminating into rail end attached to posts or post caps fabricated to receive rail at terminal posts. Provide expansion couplings as recommended by fencing manufacturer. F. Chain -Link Fabric: Apply fabric to outside of enclosing framework. Leave 2 inches between finish grade or surf ace and bottom selvage, unless otherwise indicated. Pull fabric taut and tie to posts, rails, and tension wires. Anchor to framework so fabric remains under tension after pulling force is released. ' G. Tension or Stretcher Bars: Thread through fabric and secure to end, corner, pull, and gate posts with tension bands spaced not more than 15 inches o.c. H. Tie Wires: Use wire of proper length to firmly secure fabric to line posts and rails. Attach wire at one end to chain- link fabric, wrap wire around post a minimum of 180 degrees, and attach other end to chain-link fabric per ASTM F 626. Bend ends of wire to minimize hazard to individuals and clothing. 1. Maximum Spacing: Tie fabric to line posts 12 inches o.c. and to braces 24 inches o.c. L Fasteners: Install nuts for tension bands and carriage bolts on the side of the fence opposite the fabric side. Peen ends of bolts or score threads to prevent removal of nuts. J. Privacy Slats: Install slats in direction indicated, securely locked in place. Privacy are required for all fence instal- lations. 1. Vertically, for privacy factor of 70 to 75. 3.5 GATE INSTALLATION A. General: Install gates according to manufacturer's written instructions, level, plumb, and secure for full opening without interf erence. Attach fabric as for fencing. Attach hardware using tamper-resistant or concealed means. In- stall ground -set items in concrete for anchorage. Adjust hardware for smooth operation and lubricate where nec- essary. 3.6 ADJUSTING A. Gate: Adjust gate to operate smoothly, easily, and quietly, free from binding, warp, excessive deflection, distortion, nonalignment, misplacement, disruption, or malfunction, throughout entire operational range. Confirm that latches and locks engage accurately and securely without forcing or binding. B. Lubricate hardware and other moving parts. END OF SECTION 32 31 13 Jr Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 323113-4 SECTION 32 92 00 - SEEDING AND MULCHING PART 1=GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Special Project Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY A. The work of seeding and mulching shall be performed immediately upon completion of grading. The Contractor shall adapt his operations to variations in weather or soil conditions as necessary for the establishment and growth of the grasses or legumes. In all operations, care shall be taken to preserve the required line, grade, and cross-section of the area. B. Related Work in Other Sections: C. Control of Erosion, Siltation, and Pollution Section 31 25 00 PART2-PRODUCTS SEED J A. Seed shall be certified by and comply with the rules and regulations of the NC Department of Agriculture. Only high quality seed shall be used. Wet, moldy, or otherwise damaged seed or seed containing an excess of noxious weeds will not be acceptable. Each variety of seed shall be furnished and delivered in separate bags. If seed is to be mixed before sowing, it shall be mixed by methods, which will mix the seed thoroughly and uniformly without causing damage to the seed. During handling and storage, seed shall be protected from damage from any cause. FERTILIZER A. Fertilizer shall comply with the rules and regulations of the NC Department of Agriculture. It shall be manufactured from cured stock and have an analysis of 5-10-10. During handling and storage, the fertilizer shall be protected against hardening, caking, or loss of plant food values. Any hardened or caked fertilizer shall be pulverized to its original condition before being used. LIME A. Lime shall comply with the rules and regulations of the NC Department of Agriculture. It shall be agricultural grade ground dolomitic limestone containing not less than 85% of combined calcium and magnesium carbonates. It shall be h so graded that 100% will pass a No. 10 sieve and 40% will pass a No. 100 sieve. Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-OS Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 32 92 00-1 SECTION 32 92 00 - SEEDING AND MULCHING During handling and storage, lime shall be protected against hardening and caking. Any hardened or caked lime shall be pulverized to its original condition before being used. MULCH Mulch shall consist of clean grain straw reasonably free from mature seed bearing stalks, roots, or bulblets of Johnson Grass, Nutgrass, Sanbur, Wild Garlic, Wild Onion, Bermuda Grass, Crotalaria, Witchweed, and restricted noxious weeds as defined by the NC Department of Agriculture at the time of use. Mulch that is matted or lumpy shall be loosened and separated before being used. PART 3- EXECUTION The Seedbed shall be properly prepared and true to line and grade with lime and fertilizer worked into the soil 4" to 6" deep. All weeds and other unacceptable growth shall be cut and disposed of properly. Uneven and rough areas shall be smoothed to provide a uniform surface. The soil shall be loosened to a minimum depth of 5" and all clods shall be broken up. The top 2" or 3" of soil shall be worked into an acceptable seedbed by the use of approved methods. On cut slopes greater the 2:1, the Engineer may permit the depth of preparation to be reduced, but in all cases the slope surface shall be scarified, grooved, trenched, or punctured so as to provide places in which the seeding materials can lodge. Lime and fertilizer shall be distributed uniformly over the prepared seedbed at the specified rates and then harrowed, raked, or otherwise thoroughly worked or mixed into seedbed. Seed shall be distributed uniformly over the prepared seedbed at the specified rate and immediately harrowed, dragged, raked, or otherwise worked so as to cover the seed with a layer of soil. Immediately after seed has been properly covered, the seedbed shall be compacted by means approved by the Engineer. Within 24 hours after the completion of seeding, all areas shall be mulched. Mulch shall be spread uniformly by hand or by approved mechanical spreaders which will provide an acceptable application. An acceptable application will be that which will allow some sunlight to penetrate and air to circulate but also partially shade the ground, reduce erosion, and conserve soil moisture. Mulch shall be held in place by applying a sufficient amount of asphalt emulsion or other approved binding material. The rate and method of application shall meet the approval of the Engineer. When the binding material is not applied directly with the mulch, it shall be applied immediately following the mulch application. During the application of the binding material, adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent damage to traffic, structures, traffic Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 32 92 00-2 SECTION 32 92 00 - SEEDING AND MULCHING control devices, and other appurtenances. When any damage does occur, p the Contractor shall repair it, including any necessary cleaning. The Contractor shall take precautions to prevent mulch from entering drainage structures and shall promptly remove any blockages which may occur. Unless specified otherwise, the type of seed and the rates for seed, fertilizer, lime and mulch shall be as listed below: I; Shoulders, Side Ditches, Slopes (Max. 3:1) DATE: TYPE: PLANTING RATES: Aug 15 -Nov 1 Tall Fescue 300 lbs./acre Nov 1 - Mar 1 Tall Fescue and 300 lbs./acre Abruzzi Rye 25 lbs./acre Mar 1 - Apr 15 Tall Fescue 300 lbs./acre Apr 15 - Jun 30 Hulled Common Bermudagrass 25 lbs./acre Jul 1 -Aug 15 Tall Fescue and 120 lbs./acre ***Browntop Millet 35 lbs./acre ***or Sorghum - Sudan Hybrids 30 lbs./acre Slopes (3:1 to 2:1) Mar 1 -Jun 1 Sericea Lespedeza (scarified) and 50 lbs./acre (Mar 1 -Apr 15) Add Tall Fescue 120 lbs./acre (Mar 1 -Jun 30) Or Add Weeping Lovegrass 10 lbs./acre (Mar 1 - Jun 30) Or Add Hulled Common Bermudagrass 25 lbs./acre Jun 1 - Sep 1 ***Tall Fescue and 120 lbs./acre ***Browntop Millet 35 lbs./acre ** or Sorghum - Sudan Hybrids 30 lbs./acre Sep 1 - Mar 1 Sericea Lespedza (unhulled - unscarified) 70 lbs./acre and Tall Fescue 120 lbs./acre (Nov 1 -Mar 1) Add Abruzzi Rye 25 lbs./acre OR NCDOT Segt. 1 -April 1 75# Ky 31 Fescue 50# Pensacola Bahiagrass 5001t 10-20-20 Fertilizer 4000# Limestone Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade April 1 -Sept. 1 75# Pensacola Bahiagrass 50# Ky 31 Fescue 500# 10-20-20 Fertilizer 4000# Limestone DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 32 92 00-3 SECTION 32 92 00 - SEEDING AND MULCHING 3.6 As directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall reseed with like grasses on adjacent property along the utility line route. 3.7 SEEDBED PREPARATION A. Chisel compacted areas and spread topsoil 3" deep over adverse soil conditions, if available. B. Rip the entire area to 6" depth. C. Remove all loose rock, roots, and other obstructions leaving surtace reasonably smooth and uniform. D. Apply agricultural lime, fertilizer, and superphosphate uniformly and mix with soil (see below*). E. Continue tillage unit awell-pulverized, firm, reasonably uniform seedbed is prepared 4" to 6" deep. F. Seed on a freshly prepared seedbed and cover seed lightly with seeding equipment or cultipack after seeding. G. Mulch immediately after seeding and anchor mulch. H. Inspect all seeded areas and make necessary repairs or reseeding within the planting season, if possible. If stand should be over 60% damaged reestablish following original lime, fertilizer and seeding rates. Consult the Conservation Inspector on maintenance treatment and fertilization after permanent cover is established. J. Apply: Agricultural Limestone - 2 tons/acre or 3 tons/acre in clay soils. K. Fertilizer - 1000 lbs/acre (10-10-10) L. Superphosphate - 500 lbs/acre (20%) M. Mulch - 2 tons/acre (small grain straw) N. Anchor -asphalt emulsion at 450 gal./ac O. Consult the Conservation Engineer or the Soil Conservation Service for additional information concerning other alternative for vegetation of denuded areas. The above vegetation rates are those which do well under local conditions, other seeding rate combinations are possible. P. ***Temporary - Reseed according to optimum season for desired permanent vegetation, Do not allow temporary cover to grow over 12" in height before l± mowing, otherwise fescue may be shaded out. Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 32 92 004 SECTION 32 92 00 - SEEDING AND MULCHING Q. The Contractor shall maintain seeded areas in a satisfactory condition until final acceptance of the project. Areas of damage or failure due to any cause shall be corrected by being repaired or by being completely redone as may be directed by the Engineer. Damage or failure resulting from poor seed, the Contractor's operation, or his failure to provide erosion control shall be repaired or replaced at the Contractor's expense. R. The Contractor shall maintain adequate drainage on the project at all times. In the event water pockets are formed, they shall be drained by the Contractor and all wet and unstable material shall be removed and disposed of and the area backfilled and compacted with suitable material. Such remedial work caused by the failure of the Contractor to keep the area adequately drained shall be performed at his expense. END OF SECTION 32 92 00 Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-OS January, 2018 32 92 00-5 SECTION 33 30 00 - SANITARY SEWERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK Work under this section consists of furnishing all plant, labor, materials, and equipment for the installation of sanitary services and appurtenances. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standards: 1. American Association of State Highway Transportation Officials a) AASHTO T99 2. American National Standards Institute a) ANSI A21.50 Ductile cast iron pipe b) ANSI A21.51 Ductile cast iron pipe 3. American Society for Testing and Materials a) ASTM A74 cast iron soil pipe b) ASTM A252 encasement pipe c) ASTM C12 clay pipe d) ASTM C14 concrete sewer pipe (18 in. and smaller) e) ASTM C32 manhole brick f) ASTM C33 crushed stone g) ASTM C76 concrete sewer pipe (larger than 18 in.) h) ASTM C91 masonry cement i) ASTM C139 concrete manhole block j) ASTM C230 grout and mortar k) ASTM C301 clay pipe 1) ASTM C425 pipe joints m) ASTM C443 pipe joint material and fittings n) ASTM C478 precast concrete manholes o) ASTM C594 flexible couplings and fittings p) ASTM C700 clay pipe q) ASTM D1869 pipe fittings r) ASTM D2152 pipe testing s) ASTM D2321 pipe installation t) ASTM D2412 pipe testing u) ASTM D2444 pipe testing v) ASTM D2680 ABS composite pipe w) ASTM D2751 ABS sewer service line x) ASTM D3034 PVC gravity sewer �i pipe Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 30 00-1 SANITARY SEWERS 4. Federal Specifications a) WW -P-421 ductile cast iron pipe B. Soil Testing 1. The Contractor shall retain the services of a testing laboratory to perform all tests required at the project site. In areas of fill and backfill, field density tests shall be performed in sufficient numbers to insure that the specified density is obtained. These tests shall be performed at no cost to the Owner. 2. The Contractor shall be responsible for the cost of testing borrow material which shall include standard density tests (Proctor curves). 3. All defective work or material shall be repaired and/or replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. Areas in which testing indicates compaction below the specified density shall be reworked, or removed and replaced by the Contractor, at no expense to the Owner, until specified compaction is obtained. C. Soil Erosion Control Siltation, sedimentation, and erosion shall be kept to a minimum at all times during construction. Sedimentation and erosion control methods shall be employed by the Contractor during construction in order to comply with the requirements of the N.C. Sedimentation Pollution Control Act of 1973, and to plan requirements. D. Material Testing 1. Vitrified Clay Pipe a) Clay pipe shall be tested at the pipe factory with their own in- house quality control methods in accordance with ASTM Specifications C301 and a test certificate shall be furnished to the Engineer by the factory for each 5,000' of pipe shipped to the site, showing that each joint of pipe conforms to these specifications. Each joint of pipe shall be stenciled with the manufacturer's initials and any pipe arriving at the job site unstenciled will be rejected. The Owner reserves the right to have the same test run by an independent laboratory and the results of the test furnished to the Engineer. The Owner will pay all cost of testing by an Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 30 00-2 SANITARY SEWERS independent laboratory not normally conducted by the pipe manufacturer. 2. PVC, PVC Truss Pipe, and ABS Truss Pipe PVC, PVC truss pipe, and ABS truss pipe shall be tested at the pipe factory with their own in-house quality control methods in accordance with ASTM Specifications D2412, D2152, and D2444 for PVC pipe and appropriate sections of ASTM D2680 for ABS truss pipe. A test certificate shall be furnished to the Engineer by the factory for each 5,000' of pipe shipped to the site, showing that each joint of pipe conforms to these specifications. Each joint of pipe shall be stenciled with the manufacturer's initials and any pipe arriving at the job site unstenciled will be rejected. The Owner reserves the right to have the same test run by an independent laboratory and the results of the test furnished to the Engineer. The Owner will pay all cost of testing by an independent laboratory not normally conducted by the pipe manufacturer. 3. Other Materials Other material shall be subject to such testing as the Engineer may require should its acceptability be questioned. 4. Cost for Testing Method All costs for testing of materials by an independent laboratory not normally conducted by the factory shall be paid for by the Owner. E. Inspection, Testing, and Acceptance -New Pipelines 1. Inspection a) Upon completion of each section of sewer or at such time as the Engineer may direct, a block or section of sewer shall be cleaned and inspected. All repairs shown necessary by the inspection shall be made. Broken or cracked pipe shall be replaced; defective joints, if any, replaced; all deposits removed; and the sewer left true to line and grade, entirely clean, free from lumps or protruding jointing material, etc., and ready for use. Each section of sewer between manholes shall show, upon examination from either end, a reasonably full circle of light. b) Manholes shall be true circles of acceptable brick or block i �r work, or for precast manhole, shall have no major defects. Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 30 00-3 SANITARY SEWERS Tops shall be properly placed, and castings securely in place. Manholes shall show absolutely no evidence of leakage through the walls or bottom. 2. Testing a) Infiltration and exfiltration shall be kept to the minimum (1) Plug lower end of section to be tested. Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 30 004 amount possible. The allowable limit of groundwater infiltration/exfiltration for any or more selections of sewer with any type joint, including service lines, allowable under these specifications (all sizes), shall not exceed 100 gallons per 24 hours per mile of sewer line per inch of diameter. b) Any line that does not meet this specification will be rejected and must be repaired at the Contractor's expense. c) No infiltration tests will be made until normal infiltration conditions are established. Tests shall be made before existing sewers or connections are made to new service lines and shall be measured by means of a V -notch weir inserted into the line at a manhole or built in a manhole. These tests will be conducted over a period of time sufficient to determine the correct rates of groundwater infiltration. Weir measurements shall be made at points designated by the Engineer along the completed pipelines, and at least one measurement shall be made for each pipe segment between manholes if requested by the Engineer. All expense of the above test or tests shall be borne by the Contractor and be included in the unit price bid per foot of sewer under each respective size of sewer. When infiltration occurs in excess of the specified amounts as hereinabove given, defective pipe or joints shall be located and repaired at the expense of the Contractor. If the defective portions cannot be so located, the Contractor shall, at his own expense, remove and reconstruct as much of the original work as necessary to obtain a sewer within the allowable infiltration limits upon retesting. d) Where lines are above the ground water table, exfiltration testing will be required. Also for lines that may be seasonally under the ground water table or flood levels but, due to dry conditions, upon completion of construction normal infiltration conditions are not present (or the normal wet weather ground water level is not present), the Contractor has the option of conducting exfiltration tests in lieu of infiltration tests. Test procedure shall be as follows: (1) Plug lower end of section to be tested. Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 30 004 SANITARY SEWERS (2) Fill line and manholes with water so that the level in the manhole furthest upstream is at least 3' above the top of the pipe, or a level as determined by the Engineer that models the height of the wet weather groundwater table or the local surface level during flood conditions. (3) Let water stand overnight or at least 4 hours to allow all air to escape and sewer line to reach its maximum absorption. (4) After pipe has reached its maximum absorption, refill upstream manhole to original depth. After test period specified by the Engineer, record difference in elevation of water level and compute exfiltration rate. Minimum test period shall be six (6) hours. (5) When the leakage exceeds the specified amount, satisfactory correction shall be made. Both the measurement and the correction shall be made at no additional cost to the Owner. (6) Deflection Tests: All PVC, ABS composite, and PVC composite pipe shall be tested 30 days after installation and backfill to insure that deflection of the pipe does not exceed 5%. All pipe segments with deflections in excess of 5% shall be promptly relayed with proper bedding and retested for 5% deflection at the Contractor's expense. The deflection test shall require passing a mandrel with a calibrated diameter through each pipe segment. Deflection tests shall be conducted and paid for by the Contractor. F. Inspection, Testing, and Acceptance -Rehabilitated Lines and Manholes 1. Inspection a) All repaired lines will be inspected for proper materials, and installation practices at the time each line repair is made. New pipeline sections shall be completely free of debris and shall be clean. Pipe shall be properly bedded and aligned. Upon completion of manhole rehabilitation work, the manhole shall be completely free of inflow and leaks. 2. Testing Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-OS January, 2018 33 30 00-5 SANITARY SEWERS a) Existing manholes and sewer lines that have been rehabilitated shall be smoke tested by the contractor after completion of all work. The engineer will check to see that smoke does not escape through holes in the newly rehabilitated manhole and that smoke can travel from one manhole to the next manhole in the sewer line section that has been repaired indicating that the blockage and problems have been corrected. b) All cost for testing work shall be borne by the contractor and included in the cost of all other work. No extra compensation will be forthcoming. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer in accordance with the General Conditions for the following items: 1. Precast manholes 2. Metal castings 3. Transition couplings B. Product data shall be submitted to the Engineer for the following: 1. Tapping sleeves 2. Valves C. Manufacturer's certifications shall be submitted to the Engineer certifying that the following materials meet all requirements of the specifications: 1. Sewer Main Pipe 2. Sewer Service Pipe 3. Sewer Pipe Fittings 4. Manhole Brick or Block D. Mix designs for concrete and asphalt shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval, if requested by the Engineer. E. Three (3) copies of all submittals are required. None of the above listed equipment or materials shall be used on the project unless the necessary approval for that particular item has been given by the Engineer. 1.4 SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATIONS A. Subsurf ace investigations have been performed. It shall be the i p Contractor's responsibility to review this information, as included in Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 30 00-6 SANITARY SEWERS the Contract Documents as Appendix A and perform any additional investigations deemed necessary before submitting a bid. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Preparation for Transport: Prepare valves, including fire hydrants, according to the following: 1. Protect valves against damage to threaded ends and flange faces. 2. Set valves in best position for handling. Set valves closed to prevent rattling. B. During Storage: Use precautions for valves, including fire hydrants, according to the following. 1. Do not remove end protectors, unless necessary for inspection; then reinstall for storage. 2. Protect from weather. Store indoors and maintain temperature higher than ambient dew -point temperature. 3. Support off the ground or pavement in watertight enclosures when outdoor storage is necessary. C. Handling: Use sling to handle valves and fire hydrants whose size requires handling by crane or lift. Rig valves to avoid damage to exposed valve parts. Do not use handwheels or stems as lifting or rigging points. D. Deliver piping with factory -applied end -caps. Maintain end -caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe -end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture. E. Protect flanges, fittings, and specialties from moisture and dirt. PART2-PRODUC742 2.1 GENERAL A. All materials and appurtenances shall meet the following minimum standard requirements therefor. It shall be each manufacturer's responsibility to check the proposed installation and to furnish material that will be fully capable of performing its intended function. B. Pipe shall be of the type, size, class, and diameter as hereinafter specified and called for by the Plans and/or Bid. Pipe shall be ductile cast iron, ABS composite type, PVC composite type, and/or polyvinyl chloride. Town of Maysville DAA PN R74212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 30 004 SANITARY SEWERS C. Trench width for buried pipe design shall be considered as the outside j diameter of the pipe plus 2', at the bottom and up to 1' above the top of the pipe. D. Buried pipe shall be designed for laying condition A, B and C (see standard sewer detail) to withstand all internal pressures and external loads with a minimum depth to cover of 3', and greater depths of cover where required by the Plans, plus an H-20 live load in accordance with A.A.S.T.H.O. Specifications. 2.2 CONCRETE SEWER PIPE A. Concrete sewer pipe 18" in diameter and smaller shall conform to ASTM Specification C-14 and shall be Class 3 or stronger. Concrete sewer pipe larger than 18" in diameter shall be reinforced type in accordance with ASTM Specification C-76-72 with minimum Class III pipe used with trench depth up to 12' and Class IV pipe used with trench depths equal to or greater than 12'. B. Joints for all concrete sewer pipe shall be rubber gasketed, O-ring type accordance with ASTM Specification C443-72. C. Interior lining for concrete sewer pipe shall consist of a heavy bitumastic coating applied to a dry film thickness of at least 14 mils. Bitumastic coating shall be applied in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, particularly in regard to surface moisture and ambient temperature. The coating shall be Koppers Super Service Black, Pittsburgh's Bitumastic or equal. The lining in the pipe shall be guaranteed for adherence and erosion resistance for a period of two (2) years. 2.3 Vitrified Clay Pipe: Vitrified clay pipe for sewer lines shall be extra strength clay pipe conforming to ASTM Specification C700. Nominal laying lengths shall be 4' or 5' with minimum 4' lengths. Joints shall be bell and spigot resilient type conforming to ASTM Specification C425. Dimensions shall conform to ASTM C700 and all pipe shall be smooth, free from cracks, blisters, or other imperfections and shall be true theoretical shape throughout its length. Each joint shall be clearly and legibly marked with the manufacturer's name or identifying symbol, and the letters ES shall be indented on the exterior of the pipe near the socket. 2.4 Ductile Iron Pipe: A. Ductile iron pipe shall be centrifugally cast of ductile iron having a minimum tensile strength of 60,000 psi, a minimum yield strength of Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-O5 January, 2018 33 30 00-8 SANITARY SEWERS 42,000 psi, and a minimum elongation of 10 percent (Grade 60-42-10). It shall be designed, manufactured, and shall conform to the requirements of ANSI A21.51 (AWWA C1 51) Standards. B. Nominal laying lengths shall be 18 or 20 feet nominal maximum of 20 percent of each size for each order being as much as 24 inches shorter than the nominal laying length and additional 10 percent as much as 6 inches shorter than nominal laying length. C. Dimensions shall conform to the requirements of ANSI A21.6, ANSI A21.8, ANSI A21.11, and WW -P-421 C, as applicable. Dimensions shall be gauged at sufficiently frequent intervals to assure dimensional control. Insides of sockets and outside of spigot ends shall be tested with circular gages. D. Wall thickness shall be determined for the design depth of cover shown in accordance with ANSI A21.50 - 1976. Minimum allowable wall thickness shall be Class 50. E. All pipes shall be tested at the factory in accordance with ANSI requirements for each type. F. Each pipe shall be coated on the outside with standard bituminous coating >; of either coal -tar or asphalt base approximately one mil thick. The coating shall be continuous, smooth, and strongly adherent to the pipe and shall not become brittle from cold or sticky from heat. Pipe shall be coated on the interior with Sewper Coat as manufactured by Lafarge Calcium Aluminate or Protecto 401 ceramic lining as manufactured by U.S. Pipe, or equal. G. Each pipe shall be weighed prior to placing of the inside lining. Weight, nominal thickness, sampling period, and class of pipe shall be shown on each pipe. The manufacturer's year of production and the letters DI or DUCTILE shall be clear and legible and on, or near, the bell end. 2.5 ABS Composite Pipe: ABS composite pipe and fittings shall conform to ASTM D2680, Type SC (solvent cemented joints). Standard lengths shall be 12.5' maximum. 2.6 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sewer Pipe: PVC gravity sewer pipe shall be type PSM conforming to ASTM D3034, SDR -35, with bell and spigot rubber O- ring gasketed joints. The standard length of pipe shall be 12.5' "1". All fittings and accessories shall have bell and spigot configurations identical to pipe. 2.7 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Large Diameter Gravity Sewer Pipe: PVC large i 1, diameter gravity sewer pipe and fittings shall be type PSM conforming to ASTM Town of Maysville DAA PN 1114212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 30 00-9 SANITARY SEWERS F679 (latest edition), SDR -35, with bell and spigot rubber O-ring gasketed joints. The standard laying lengths shall be 12.5' for 18" diameter and 12' for 12", 24", and 27" diameter pipe. All fittings and accessories shall have bell and spigot configurations identical to the pipe. 2.8 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Large Diameter Closed Profile Gravity Sewer Pipe: PVC closed profile gravity sewer pipe and fittings based on controlled inside diameter shall conform to ASTM F794 (latest edition) with bell and spigot elastomeric seals. The standard laying lengths shall be 13'. All fittings and accessories shall have bell and spigot configurations identical to the pipe. 2.9 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Composite (Truss) Pipe: PVC composite pipe and fittings shall be type PSM and shall conform to ASTM D2680, Type SC (solvent cemented joints). Standard lengths shall be 12.5' maximum. The manufacturer shall submit written certification from an independent testing laboratory that the PVC composite pipe meets all requirements of ASTM D2680, except for material composition. 2.10 Steel Encasement Pipe: Steel encasement pipe shall be bituminous coated inside and outside. Bituminous coating shall be 6 mil. minimum thickness. Encasement pipe for installation under highways and railroads shall be spiral welded steel pipe conforming to ASTM Specification A252-61, Grade 2. Encasement pipe shall conform to DOT specifications for pipe laying for highway crossings and to AREA specifications for railroad crossings. 2.11 Service Lines: Temporary and permanent service lines shall be cast iron soil pipe, vitrified clay, polyvinyl chloride (PVC), or ABS pipe as specified or noted. Cast iron soil pipe shall be stamped SV or XH and shall be rubber gasketed, push -on type. VC service pipe shall be extra strength, conforming to ASTM C700 and C425. PVC service pipe shall have a minimum wall thickness of 0.125" and shall conform to ASTM specification D3034-78. ABS service pipe shall be the solvent cemented joint type conforming to ASTM Specification D2751., SDR 23.5, 2.12 Tees, Wyes, and Miscellaneous Fittings: Fittings for service connections on new main lines shall be the same material as the main and shall conform to the above applicable specifications. A tapping saddle shall be used for service taps on existing mains. All fittings for cleanout assemblies shall be the same material as the service line pipe including combination wye and bend, vertical riser, and cleanout plug and cap. All service connections shall conform to the details as shown on the Plans. 2.13 VALVES A. Nonrising-Stem, Metal -Seated Gate Valves, 3 -Inch NPs and Larger: i I� AWWA C500, gray- or ductile -iron body and bonnet; with cast-iron or Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212W05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 30 00-10 SANITARY SEWERS bronze, double -disc gate, bronze gate rings, bronze stem, and stem nut. j Include Zoo-psig minimum working -pressure design; interior coating according to AWWA C550; and mechanical -joint ends, unless otherwise indicated. B. Nonrising-Stem, Resilient -Seated Gate valves, 3 -Inch NPs and Larger: AWWA C509, gray- or ductile -iron body and bonnet; with bronze or gray - or ductile -iron gate, resilient seats, bronze stem, and stem nut. Include 200-psig minimum working -pressure design, interior coating according to AWWA C550, and push -on- or mechanical -joint ends. C. Valve Boxes: Cast-iron box with top section and cover with lettering "SEWER," bottom section with base of size to fit over valve and barrel approximately 5 inches in diameter, and adjustable cast-iron extension of length required for depth of bury of valve. D. Tapping Sleeve and Tapping Valve: Complete assembly, including tapping sleeve, tapping valve, and bolts and nuts. Use sleeve and valve compatible with tapping machine. 1. Tapping Sleeve: Cast- or ductile -iron, 2 -piece bolted sleeve with flanged outlet for new branch connection. Sleeve may have mechanical -joint ends with rubber gaskets or sealing rings in sleeve body. Include sleeve matching size and type of pipe material being tapped and of outlet flange required for branch connection. 2.14 MANHOLE MATERIAL A. Manhole material shall consist of brick, concrete block, or precast concrete in accordance with the following requirements. All material shall be approved by the Engineer prior to use. B. Brick shall be no. 2 Common, or equal, hard clay, or shale, free from cracks and defects that would impair their strength of usefulness. Brick shall conform to ASTM C32, Grade MM. C. Concrete manhole blocks shall be units meeting the requirements of ASTM Specification C139. Masonry units shall consist of barrel and cone block 6" thick, 72" high and not over 152" long. Barrel block shall be cast to a radius which will result in approximately 12 units to the course for a 4' diameter manhole, and proportionally thereto for manholes of greater diameter than 4'. Cone block shall be cast to produce a reduction of 6" in diameter per course. All units shall have a vertical groove at the ends. D. Precast concrete manholes shall consist of precast reinforced concrete T sections, a conical or flat top section as required, and a base section Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 30 00-11 SANITARY SEWERS conforming in general to the details shown on the Plans. Precast manhole sections shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM Specification C478. The minimum compressive strength of the concrete for all sections shall be 4,000 psi. The maximum allowable absorption of the concrete shall not exceed 8% of the dry weight. E. The manhole shall have flexible coupling cast into the manhole making it an integral part of the manhole at each inlet and outlet hole. This coupling shall be rigid, secure, and provide water tightness, yet provide flexibility at the pipeline to manhole connection. 2.15 Masonry Cement: Masonry cement shall be of best grade, conforming to ASTM Specification C91, Type II, of a brand approved by the Engineer. It shall be newly manufactured, well housed, and kept dry and protected at all times. 2.16 CASTINGS AND STEPS A. Castings and steps shall be provided for each manhole. Frames, covers, and steps shall be of cast iron of superior quality, tough and even texture, and of not less than 40% pig. They shall be clear of blow holes, and holes, cracks, or other defects, properly finished and bituminous coated while hot. � B. Manhole covers, frames, and steps shall conform to the details for each type manhole on the Plans, or to similar plans differing in detail but of equally good design, provided such castings are approved by the Engineer prior to use. Covers and frames shall be machined to provide plane, smooth surfaces for uniform seating and interchangeability of covers. Rings and covers that provide imperfect seating will be rejected. All covers and frames shall be suitable for traffic service. Minimum opening shall be 22" in diameter, minimum weight of cover shall be 120 pounds and minimum weight of frame shall be 190 pounds. C. Special frames and covers shall be provided for sealing manholes water tight at locations shown on the Plans. These frames and covers shall conform to the above specifications and shall be provided with a one piece rubber gasket seated into the manhole frame. Covers shall be secured with 4 minimum 2" lug bolts. Such frames and covers shall be manufactured by Neenah Foundry, Dewey Brothers, Inc., or equal. 2.17 Concrete: Refer to Section 03300 for concrete. 2.18 GROUT AND MORTARS A. Non -shrink, high strength grout shall be anon -shrink catalyzed metallic j,� mortar that provides high strength, and does not need rigid confinement. Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 30 00-12 SANITARY SEWERS It shall be premixed and used in proportion with water as recommended y by the manufacturer. It shall be compatible with other grouts and mortars used. It shall be manufactured by Master Builders, Five Star, W.R. Grace Company, or equal. B. Hydraulic cement grout shall be a cement base, quick set compound which effectively and permanently stops hydrostatic water infiltration through concrete or masonry. It shall be used as recommended by the manufacturer. It shall be "waterplug" as manufactured by Thoro System Products, "Preco Plug" as manufactured by Fosroc Preco, or equal. C. Hydraulic waterproof sealant shall be cementituous base grouting compound designed specifically for providing a hydraulic waterproof coating for concrete or masonry walls, which when applied, becomes an integral part of the concrete or masonry surface. It shall be "Thoro-seal' as manufactured by Thoro System Products, 'Brush -Bond" as manufactured by Fosroc Preco, or equal. 2.19 Crushed Stone: Crushed stone for pipe bedding shall conform to ASTM C33, size no. 57. 2.20 Pipe Adapters: Connections between dissimilar pipe materials or pipe with different diameters shall be made using flexible couplings with stainless steel bands conforming to ASTM Specification C594-70, or using PVC adapter "donut" fittings conforming to applicable portions of ASTM Specifications C443, C4251 C594, and D1869. A Smith -Blair Type 242 or 243 with 6" band width, CLOW CORP., Type 1202 or 1212, or equal, all purpose repair clamp will be acceptable. Concrete collars will not be allowed unless specifically called for or directed by the Engineer in the field. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 LOCATIONS Pipework shall be installed at the locations shown on the Plans and to the position, alignment, and grade shown thereon. Prior to beginning work at any location, the Contractor shall consult with the Engineer and Owner to determine that all rights-of-way, permits, or other legalities are in order. He shall familiarize himself with all conditions and/or limitations of such rights-of-way or permits and shall fully comply with all such requirements. 3.2 RELATION OF SEWERS TO WATER MAINS A. Crossing a sewer under a water main: Whenever it is necessary for a sewer to cross under a water main, the sewer shall be laid at such 1 elevation that the top of the sewer is at least 18" below the bottom of the Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 30 0043 SANITARY SEWERS water main, unless local conditions or barriers prevent an 18" vertical separation -- in which case both the water main and sewer shall be constructed of ferrous materials and with joints that are equivalent to water main standards for a distance of 10' on each side of the point of crossing. B. Crossing a sewer over a water main: Whenever it is necessary for a sewer to cross over a water main, both the water main and the sewer shall be constructed of ferrous materials and with joints equivalent to water main standards for a distance of 10' on each side of the point of crossing. A section of water main pipe shall be centered at the point of crossing. 3.3 CLEARING AND GRUBBING A. Clearing and grubbing, where required, shall be done prior to beginning of pipe installation. It shall be done in accordance with applicable portions of items of General Conditions and the following: 1. The Contractor shall consult with the Owner and Engineer prior to starting clearing and a full understanding is to be reached as to procedure. The Contractor shall then conduct clearing and grubbing operations in strict accordance with these agreements, i' 2. Clearing of trees and brush along the pipeline shall be carefully done so that no damage will occur outside of the limits of the right- of-way. Trees and brush must be cut by hand and trees felled within the right-of-way limits. Only trees that would seriously interfere with construction shall be cut down and all others shall be saved and protected. Trees 6" or more in diameter shall be trimmed, cut into usable lengths of 3', or as DIRECTED BY THE OWNER and the logs neatly stacked on the edge of the right-of- way or disposed in a manner approved by the Engineer, Burning of trees, brush, and debris will not be permitted. 3. Grubbing of stumps that are in the way of construction shall be done in any convenient manner which will not cause damage to remaining trees or adjacent property. Stumps shall be disposed as for brush or laps above. 4. Limits of the pipe -laying operation shall be confined to the right-of- way and easements. The width of clearing shall be held to a minimum and in no case more than the easement, without the written consent of the Engineer, 5. Clearing and grubbing shall be performed in accordance with � p Section 31 00 00. Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 30 00-14 SANITARY SEWERS 3.4 WORK ON HIGHWAY RIGHT-OF-WAY A. The contractor shall not begin work on any property of the Department of Transportation until necessary permits are in hand. He shall conform to all requirements of the Department of Transportation or its authorized representatives in the prosecution of this portion of the work. It shall be the responsibility of each Bidder to contact the local highway representative and to determine the exact requirements for work to be done. Requirements shall include, but are not limited to the following: B. Where a pipeline crosses under a highway, it shall be installed either by open cut, in tunnel or in encasement under the highway. Materials and method of crossing shall be as indicated on the plans for each crossing. Where pipe is installed by open cut, at least one full lane for traffic shall be kept open and clear at all times. C. The Contractor shall provide full-time flagmen, with appropriate red flags, at all times when work is in progress. D. Necessary warning and descriptive signs shall be provided and placed at each end of the working area while work is in progress along highways. These signs shall be well tended and shall be placed at sufficient distances from the site of the work so that ample warning is given to approaching traffic. Signs shall be adequately lighted at night. E. The Contractor shall keep all streets open to traffic at all times unless permitted otherwise by the Engineer or Department of Transportation as applicable. The Contractor shall provide, place and maintain temporary traffic control devices as directed by the Engineer or Department of Transportation. The latest edition of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways as prepared by the National Joint Committee on Uniform Traffic Control Devices shall be used as a guide in the placement of devices and all devices shall meet the requirements of said manual. F. Where pipe is installed in open cut across a highway, the cut shall be immediately backfilled and all work of repairing the pavement completed immediately. Any subsequent settlement shall be immediately corrected and repaired. G. Where pavement is cut and replaced, the Contractor shall cut the edges to a straight and even line before repairing the pavement. No ragged edges will be allowed or accepted. Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 33 30 00-15 SANITARY SEWERS - H. Where asphalt pavement or bituminous surfacing is cut, the entire area to be repaired shall be primed with an asphalt prime coat, acceptable to the Department of Transportation before the pavement is replaced. When required, the Contractor shall furnish to the Department of Transportation a 100% Performance Bond for the amount of paving to be cut and replaced along highways. Bond is required in North Carolina. J. Unless otherwise indicated, no excavated material shall be placed on the pavement side of the ditch, along State Highways. The least possible amount of trench will be left open when work is not in progress and equipment shall be removed from the pavement and shoulders during shutdown periods. K. Shoulders of roadways shall be left in good, acceptable condition and all topsoil and grass that is disturbed shall be replaced. Grassing shall include seeding fertilizing, and mulching to conform with the Department of Transportation requirements. L. The Contractor shall pay the cost of all Department of Transportation inspectors time, if required on the job. 3.5 WORK ON RAILROAD RIGHT-OF-WAY A. The Contractor shall not begin work on any property of the railroad until he has secured necessary permits. He shall conform to all requirements of the railroad, or its authorized representatives, in the prosecution of this portion of the work, including but not limited to the following: B. Where a pipeline crosses under a railroad, the work shall be done in accordance with requirements of the Railway Company. Pipe according shall be installed by boring and jacking (or open cut as designated). Excavation shall be done ahead of the pipe. The encasement must be kept on accurate line and slightly below grade. A tolerance of 2% will be allowed on short lines in good soil and not over I% in any case. C. The Contractor shall furnish the Railway Company the following: 1. Certificate of Worker's Compensation or Employer's Liability Insurance according to the laws of the State. 2. Certificate of the Contractor's Public Liability Insurance to protect the Contractor and Subcontractor for loss of life or injury to persons in an amount not less than $1,000,000 for any one person, not less than $1,000,000 for any one accident; and for property loss or damage in an amount not less than $1,000,000 for any one Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 30 00-16 SANITARY SEWERS accident and not less than $1,000,000 aggregate or as required by j the Railroad Company. 3. The original policy of Railroad Protective Liability Insurance naming the Railway Company as the insured for loss of life or injury to persons in an amount not less than $1,000,000 for one person, and not less than $1,000,000 for any accident and for property loss or damage in an amount not less than $1,000,000 aggregate. The Railroad Protective Liability Policy should show the location and description of work and name of Owner for whom the work is done. D. The Contractor shall also pay the cost of flagmen or other expenses of the railroad in protecting traffic. He shall notify the railroad of the time that the work will be done and shall not begin work until authorized by railroad officials. 3.6 BORED ENCASEMENT INSTALLATION A. Encasement pipe which is dry bored under highways and railroads for installation of sewer lines shall be installed at the locations, to the gradients, and within the tolerances (if any), as shown on the plans. In event the encasement is installed off grade or seriously out of line, then another encasement pipe will be dry bored as close as practical to the j original pipe with no additional compensation allowed therefor. The original encasement must be sealed with a watertight concrete plug (min. 3' deep) at each end. B. Any additional pipe or other work required for realignment of the water line with an alternate encasement location which was required due to improper gradient or misalignment in the original installation, shall be completed at the Contractor's expense. C. In event an obstruction is encountered during encasement boring operations which cannot be overcome, a second encasement shall be bored at a location designated by the Engineer. No additional compensation will be allowed for the second encasement installation. In event an obstruction is encountered in the second installation, at the direction of the Engineer, a third attempt shall be made to complete the encasement installation. Consideration will be given for additional compensation in event a third installation attempt is required. All abandoned encasement pipes shall be sealed as specified in paragraph 3.3.A above. D. Pipelines installed through steel encasement shall meet specifications herein described and all Department of Transportation or Railroad l specifications and guidelines for installing pipelines through steel Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 30 00-17 SANITARY SEWERS encasement pipe. Upon insertion of the pipeline through the encasement j; pipe, the ends of the encasement pipe shall be sealed with brick and mortar. Brick and mortar shall be as herein specified, and the seal shall be such to withstand hydrostatic pressure from ground water and all backfill loads. Contractor shall provide means to prevent water line from floating within the encasement pipe. Grouting procedure will not be allowed. E. Casing pipe and joints shall be of leakproof construction, capable of withstanding railway or traffic loading. The diameter of the casing pipe shall be at least 2" greater than the largest outside diameter of the carrier pipe, joints, or couplings for carrier pipe less than 6" in diameter and at least 4" greater for carrier pipe, 6" in diameter and greater, unless indicated differently on drawings. Further, the casing pipe shall be of great enough diameter to allow carrier pipe to be removed subsequently without disturbing the case pipe and immediate areas. F. Steel encasement pipe shall be as specified in item 2.10 of this section. 3.7 TRENCH EXCAVATION A. Trench excavation shall be made along the lines designated by the Engineer and to the depth necessary for laying the sewer to the required grade. B. Sides of trenches shall be kept as nearly vert ical as is allowable by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration. They shall be at least 12" and not more than 24" wider at the top of the pipe than the outside diameter of the pipe plus sheathing where it is necessary. Where pavement is to be cut. It shall be cut in advance of trenching 1' wider than the required width of the trench. C. Where soil conditions prohibit vertical walls, the trench width at the bottom and to 1' above the top of the pipe shall be as specified above with the remainder being held to the least possible width greater than that specified. Where soil conditions prevent ditch excavation without excessive widths, or where directed by the Engineer, wood or steel sheeting, as hereinafter specified, shall be driven to support the trench walls, or a suitably reinforced steel trench box shall be employed. D. Trench bottoms shall be hand graded to provide uniform and continuous bearing for the pipe along its entire length, with bell holes being dug for pipe bells. No ridges, sags, or undercutting will be allowed. Excess excavating below grade shall be backfilled at the Contractor's expense with suitable material which shall be thoroughly stamped. Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 30 0048 SANITARY SEWERS E. If approved by the Engineer and subject to suitable soil conditions, the trench may be excavated a few inches below the established subgrade and backfilled with selected material (from the excavation, if available) well compacted and so shaped as to give the pipes uniform bearing throughout their lengths at the established grade. Bell holes shall be dug to relieve the bells of load and to provide for completing the joints. F. Where the material at grade is unstable, soft, and incapable of supporting the pipe, the trench shall be excavated below grade, as directed by the Engineer, and refilled to grade with crushed stone or gravel to form a foundation for the pipe. G. When authorized by the Engineer, the Contractor shall dispose of material excavated from the trench that is unsuitable for backfill material. The Contractor shall provide the place select borrow material to replace unsuitable material for backfilling the trench as directed. H. Stone shall be compacted and graded to provide stable foundation and a uniform bearing for the pipe. Bell holes shall be provided as in other types of foundations. I. Should ground water be encountered in the bottom of the trench, causing the trench bottom to be unstable, the material, as directed by the Engineer, shall be excavated below grade sufficiently to allow a bed of crushed rock or gravel to be place in which to bed the pipe. The work shall be done as for unstable foundations. The depth of cut below grade shall be only the minimum amount to accomplish the purpose, and shall be as directed by the Engineer. J. The Contractor shall furnish all machinery for pumping, bailing, and/or well pointing and shall pump, bail, or otherwise remove any water which may be found or shall accumulate in the trenches, and shall perform all work necessary to keep them clear of water while the pipe is being laid. The disposal of water after removal shall be satisfactory to the Engineer. K. Whenever necessary, the side of the trench shall be braced and rendered secure and either open or close sheathing used to the satisfaction of the Engineer; such sheathing and bracing to be left in place until the trench is refilled to a safe limit, not less than 2' above the top of the pipe. The top portion may be then cut off, but the lower portion shall remain undisturbed. In lieu of sheeting, suitable trench boxes may be employed. All sheeting, bracing, trench boxes, and trench construction methods shall conform to the latest Department of Labor Safety and Health Regulations for construction promulgated under the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970. No extra payment will be made for sheeting and } bracing. Such cost shall be included in the cost of installing the pipe. Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 30 00-19 SANITARY SEWERS L. All existing water, sewer, and gas lines, buried electrical and telephone cable, and other known utilities intersecting the lines of construction, if requested by the Engineer, shall be uncovered by the Contractor at his expense and exposed to the Engineer at least 100' ahead of pipe laying operations of insure the correctness of grades. Existing utilities shown on the Plans are as accurately located as existing records and field surveys allow; however, the Contractor shall verify with the various utility companies before excavating and shall save harmless the Owner from any claims for damages as a result of this work. M. The Contractor shall at all times take necessary precautions in preventing gutters, catch basins, ditches and other drainage facilities from being clogged that might cause flooding conditions and damage to public or private properties. N. Rock Removal, Blasting 1. In rock or other unyielding material, the excavation shall be made at least 6" below subgrade elevation. The trench shall be refilled with select material compacted in place as specified for ordinary excavation. Suitable material from excavation may be used, if available. If not, it shall be hauled in. Select material used in trench after rock excavation shall be included in the cost of rock f excavation. 2. If rock is encountered, it shall be paid for at the unit price set forth in the Bid. Only solid rock requiring blasting or drilling for its removal will be classified as rock excavation. Allowance will be made for a width of the trench not in excess of 16" greater than the outside diameter of the bell of the pipe and a depth from the surface of the rock to be established subgrade of the pipeline. Rock excavated in excess of these limits will not be paid for. The Engineer shall measure the amount of rock excavation to be classified as such before the trench is backfilled. No payment will be made for rock excavation which is backfilled before measurement by the Engineer. 3. All blasting, where required, shall be done under the personal supervision of a man thoroughly skilled in this class of work. All necessary measures to protect life and property shall be taken. When in close proximity to buildings, transmission lines, telephone lines or other facilities, timber mats or other means of preventing damage from flying debris shall be used. Ample and suitable signals shall be given in proximity to the work before each blast, 4 and flagmen shall be placed on all roads, beyond the danger zone, J Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212W05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 30 00-20 SANITARY SEWERS in every direction to warn traffic. All responsibility for damage rests on the Contractor. O. Upon completion of the backfilling and repair operation, all excess earth, broken pavement, rock, shoring and all left over materials and debris resulting from the Contractor's operations shall be removed from the work areas and disposed of by the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide his own disposal site. He shall comply with all State of North Carolina, County and Local regulations, rules and ordinances regarding the disposal of such material. All costs arising from the disposal of the material shall be borne by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. The work areas and adjoining areas used by the Contractor shall be left clean and free of evidence resulting from the Contractor's presence. 3.8 PIPE INSTALLATION A. Concrete Pipe 1. Concrete pipe shall be protected during handling against impact shocks and free fall. On the subgrade prepared as specified in Section 3.7, the pipe shall be laid so as to produce a straight line of pipe on a uniform grade, each pipe laid to form a close joint with the preceding pipe and so as to form a smooth inside flow line. Pipe jointly shall be in strict accordance with the manufacturer's written recommendations. 2. Concrete pipe shall be laid with preformed plastic gasket joints or as specified by the manufacturer. B. Clay Pipe 1. Clay pipe shall be protected during handling against impact shocks and free fall, and shall be kept clean at all times. 2. On the subgrade prepared as specified in Section C.7., the sewer pipe shall be laid so as to produce a straight line of pipe on a uniform grade, each pipe laid to form a close joint with the preceding pipe so as to form a smooth inside flow line. Bell shall be up grade. 3. Resilient type factory joints shall be assembled in accordance with manufacturer's directions. 4. During the process of laying the pipe, care shall be taken to protect both pipe and joint from disturbance. The open end of the pipe shall be protected or blocked to keep out debris. Clay pipe shall be installed in accordance with ASTM C12. Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R74212N-05 January, 2018 33 30 00-21 SANITARY SEWERS C. Iron Pipe 1. Iron pipe in trench shall be laid as required for clay pipe. Joints in iron sewers in trench shall be completed with rubber gaskets in accordance with Federal Specification WW -P-421 b. D. ABS Composite Pipe 1. ABS Composite pipe shall employ solvent cemented joints which shall be made strictly in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Pipe shall be uniformly supported for its entire length on lower quadrant, and installed in accordance with ASTM D2680, E. PVC Gravity Sewer Pipe PVC gravity sewer shall be installed as ABS Truss pipe and in accordance with ASTM D2321-74. F. PVC Composite Pipe PVC Composite pipe shall be installed as ABS Truss pipe. G. All sewer pipe shall be bedded as shown on standard sewer details and/or installed as called for above. H. All sanitary sewer pipe (except ABS Truss and PVC Truss, see manufacturer's instructions) for pipe sizes up to 24" in diameter shall be assembled by using a bar and wood block to push the pipe into the "home" position. The wood block shall be placed across the end of the pipe to act as a fulcrum point and protect the joint end during assembly. When absolutely necessary, the sanitary sewer pipe may be assembled by using the excavating equipment to apply pressure when pushing the pipe into the "home" position. When this method is used, a wood block shall be provided at the end of the pipe for protection of the end joint, and the pipe shall be held in a horizontal position with a "sling" and perfectly aligned with the preceding joints before assembly. The Contractor shall have the approval of the Engineer before assembling sanitary sewer pipe using the excavating equipment as a means of pushing the pipe into the "home" position. Notwithstanding the Engineer's approval, the Contractor shall be liable for any damage to the pipe as a result of using the excavation equipment. Pipe which is not true to alignment, or which shows settlement after laying, shall be taken up and relayed without extra compensation. Pipe on Piers Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 30 00-22 SANITARY SEWERS 1. Pipe on piers shall be ductile iron and shall be installed as shown j; on the plans. Each length of ductile iron shall be supported behind the bell end at spacings not to exceed the nominal length of the pipe joint (18' to 20'). 2. The concrete pier shall be located a distance not greater than 18" from the face of each bell. Concrete piers shall be constructed as shown on the Plans. 3. Connecting to Existing Sewers: Where shown on plans or directed by the Engineer, new sewers shall be connected to existing sewers by constructing a manhole or by cutting through the wall of an existing manhole. After construction of the new manhole, the old sewer shall be broken out and the inverts properly formed. For an existing manhole an opening shall be completely filled around the pipe with cement mortar and brick so as to be watertight. A channel shall then be formed over the manhole floor, or the floor cut through and the channel formed in it, as may be required by the grade. No additional payment will be made for this work. Temporary pipe work that may be required to handle sewage before turning it into the new line and/or bypass pumping shall be included in the cost of all other work. 3.9 VALVE INSTALLATION A. General Application: Use mechanical -joint -end valves for s -inch NPs and larger underground installation. B. AWWA-Type Gate Valves: Comply with AWWA C600. Install underground valves with stem pointing up and with cast-iron valve box. 3.10 MANHOLES A. Manholes shall be constructed in accordance with details on the Plans and shall be of true dimension and form. They shall be so constructed as to exclude all ground water. On all lines having an inside diameter greater than 21 ", 5' diameter manholes shall be constructed. B. Brick Manholes 1. Brick manholes shall be constructed as follows: Manhole bottom shall be constructed of 3000 psi concrete and shall conform to the shape and form detailed on the Plans. Inverts shall be carefully and properly installed to suit the needs of each p location. Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212W05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 30 00-23 l 4. Manhole steps shall be placed inside of the manhole when it is more than 3' in depth. Steps shall also be provided on the outside of all manholes rising more than 4' above the finished ground level. Manhole steps shall be 15" apart beginning 2' from the bottom and endinIf SANITARY SEWERS 2. Mortar shall consist of one part Portland Cement, one part hydrated lime, and six parts sand; or two parts Masonry cement and six parts sand. All mortar shall be mixed with the least amount of water required for workability and shall be used before initial set has occurred. Retempering of mortar will not be permitted. 3. Brick manholes shall be constructed by experienced manhole masons. Brick shall be laid in level courses in mortar, as specified below, with mortar joints approximately 2" thick. The joints shall be completely filled with mortar and inside joints struck flush. Each fifth course shall be a stretcher course, the intervening courses being headers. Outside walls shall be completely plastered with a 2" thickness of mortar as specified in C.9.b. (2) of this section, and the inside walls plastered up to the top of the cylindrical section. They shall be properly aligned and set level. Cast iron frames and covers shall be properly set in a bed of mortar and aligned to fit the brickwork. g 2'-6" from the top of the manhole casting. The steps shall be set in the masonry as the work is built up, thoroughly banded, and accurately spaced and aligned. 5. Castings shall be set in full mortar beds and shall conform to the line and grade. The manhole shall be cleared of scaffolds, surplus mortar, and all other foreign matter before the casting is set or the backfill placed. C. Concrete Block Manholes 1. Concrete block manholes shall be constructed as follows: Bottoms shall be poured as previously specified for brick manholes. Masonry units shall be laid using a full 2" bed joint. Absolutely no trenching of mortar will be allowed. Masonry units shall be laid while dry and head joints shall be thoroughly filled with mortar and rodded upon completion of each course. 2. Cast iron steps shall be placed in each manhole at each second course. They shall be properly aligned and set level. Steps shall otherwise conform to the above requirements. Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 33 30 00-24 SANITARY SEWERS 3. Castings shall be set as specified above. )11 D. Precast Manholes 1. Precast manholes shall be constructed as follows: Precast base sections shall be installed on stabilized foundation so prepared to prevent settlement and misalignment. Pipe openings shall be exactly aligned to that of the pipe entering and leaving the manhole. 2. Rubber ring joints or semi-rigid composition joints shall be carefully made in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and generally in the following manner. Bells shall be wiped clean, be free of all dirt or other matter, and liberally lubricated for receiving the spigot ends. The gasket groove and gasket shall be well cleaned and lubricated prior to placing. 3. Cement mortar joints shall be carefully made to the manufacturer's requirements. Grout shall be as stiff as possible to be consistent with good practice and all joints shall be well filled. 4. Sewer pipe shall be placed in the openings provided in the base section and properly aligned and set to grade. They shall be firmly held in place by the flexible coupling and the base opening shall be filled with an expanding type grout well rammed into place. 5. Steps shall be properly placed at 15" intervals and to the other requirements specified for brick manholes. 6. Cast iron frames and covers shall be properly set in a bed of mortar and aligned to fit the top section of the manhole. Concrete brick set in mortar shall be used to adjust the top to finished grade, however, no more than four courses of brick will be used for adjustment. 7. When using 5' diameter manholes, the Contractor may use 5' diameter sections for the full depth or he may use a reducing section to reduce the inside diameter to 4' at a minimum height of 42" from the floor of the manhole. E. Manhole Drops: Manhole drops shall be supported and encased in brick work, and the backfill very thoroughly compacted. Should the trench for the upper sewer be excavated below grade beyond the brick work, enough cast iron pipe shall be used to provide a bearing of 2' on original p ground. �r Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 30 00-25 SANITARY SEWERS jj F. Manhole Tops: Manhole tops shall be set to the proper elevation as dictated by the location, or as directed by the Engineer. Care shall be exercised to set the tops at the proper elevation. Where manholes are located in streets or roads, the tops shall be set to conform to the finished grade of the roadway. Tops of manholes located in yards, roadway shoulders or populated areas shall be set flush with the ground elevation, unless directed otherwise by the Engineer. In cultivated fields, wooded areas and along outfall sewers the manhole tops shall be set approximately 1' above the elevation of the ground unless the line is subject to flooding or other hazards. In such instances manhole tops shall be set to the elevations given by the Engineer. 3.11 BACKFILLING A. All trash, forms, debris, and other foreign material shall be cleared from around all pipes and structures before backfilling. B. Backfilling around the pipe and to a depth of at least 1' above the top of pipe shall be placed by hand in layers of not over 6". Only select material containing no rocks or other objectionable material shall be used for this portion of the backfill. As fast as the material is placed, it shall be cut under the haunches of the pipe with a shovel and thoroughly compacted �) with mechanical tamps for the full width of the trench to provide support for the bottom and sides of the pipe. Filling shall be carried up evenly on both sides. C. The balance of the backfill shall be placed and tamped to prevent excessive settlement in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. If the trench backfill is located under miscellaneous paved areas, areas to be paved, or unpaved streets, the trench shall be backfilled with suitable material free from large stones or clods in 8" layers (loose measurement) and thoroughly tamped and compacted to 95% of maximum as established by AASHTO specification T99, method A, with mechanical tampers, so as to avoid future settlement. Where applicable, the compaction shall be acceptable to the Department of Transportation or Owner. For trenches located in streets and highways trench backfilling shall be in accordance with the requirements of item 3.12 of this section, Cutting and Replacing Pavement. D. For pipe outside street limits, compaction shall be at least 90% of maximum as established by AASHTO Specification T99, Method A. E. Excess material shall be promptly removed from the site, and the pavement or road surface cleaned of objectionable material. The pavement and/or road surface shall be cleaned daily with a mechanical Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 30 00-26 SANITARY SEWERS broom and/or washed if requested by the Engineer. The Contractor shall j correct any future settlement within the guarantee period. F. In unpaved streets and shoulders the top 6" of trench shall be filled with well compacted crusher -run stone. In paved areas the top of the trench shall be filled with the specified base for pavement, well mixed and compacted. Any settlement of backfill below finish grade shall be promptly corrected. G. On outfall lines and at other points where damage to the system or property will not occur, the backfill material more than 1' above the top of the pipe may be placed in 12" layers and compacted with mechanical tamps. The upper portion of the backfill, more than 5' above the pipe may be compacted by rolling with wheeled equipment. Excess material may be mounded on the trench. The Contractor will be responsible for all final subsidence of all trenches and shall leave the same flush with the original ground after all settlement has taken place. Trenches must be protected against scour due to surface drainage. H. Backfilling around manholes shall, in general, conform to requirements for backfilling trenches, except that no backfill shall be placed around manholes until all mortar has properly set, and backfilling shall be carried up symmetrically around structures. �r 3.12 DUST CONTROL A. The Contractor shall control dust throughout the life of the project within the project area and at all other areas affected by the construction of the project. Dust control shall not be considered effective where the amount of dust creates a potential or actual unsafe condition, public nuisance, or condition endangering the value, utility, or appearance of any property. The Contractor will not be directly compensated for any dust control measures necessary, as this work will be considered incidental to the work covered by the various contract items. The Contractor will provide dust control measures as directed by the Engineer. 3.13 CUTTING AND REPLACING PAVEMENT A. Where pavement is to be cut for installation of pipe or other utilities, the Contractor shall cut it nearly in advance of trenching and shall replace the pavement with base and new pavement. B. In areas where roadway is to be patched pavement shall be neatly cut to a straight edge in advance of trenching with the method of cutting being subject to approval of the Engineer. Pavement shall be cut 12" wider than the excavated area on each side. Ragged and irregular edges will not be Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 30 00-27 SANITARY SEWERS allowed and work completed with ragged edges shall be redone. j Concrete pavement shall be sawed with suitable concrete saw cutting equipment. C. Trench backfilling shall be done in layers not over 6" thick and thoroughly compacted. Compaction shall be such as to prevent future settlement and shall be done by acceptable means, approved by the Engineer. Rolling with rubber -tired vehicles or track -type equipment will not be allowed. Compaction shall be at least 95% of maximum as established by AASHTO Specification T99, Method A. D. Base for pavement shall be crusher run stone for all non-NCDOT maintained streets, HB binder for all secondary highways, and reinforced concrete for all primary highways. All base shall be placed in accordance with plan and/or encroachment permit details. Base width shall be as shown on the Plans and/or encroachment permits for various types of pavement cuts. 1. Crusher run stone shall conform to the requirements of Section 32 12 16. It shall be well mixed and compacted by tamping and rolling. Compaction shall be to such degree as to preclude settlement. Crusher run base material shall be placed at the same time that the trench is backfilled. Backfilling to top of ditch, to be cut out and replaced with base material at a later date, will not be allowed. 2. Crusher run base for highway pavement and adjacent drives shall be 8" of stone, stabilized with 5°/o Portland Cement. It shall be thoroughly mixed prior to compacting. 3. Crusher run base for non -highway pavement and drives shall be 8" of stone without the addition of cement. 4. Binder base for secondary roads shall be a minimum of 6" HB binder conforming to specifications of the Department of Transportation. 5. Concrete base shall consist of 8" of concrete, reinforced with #4 reinforcing steel bars placed at 8" on center in the transverse direction #4 tie bars in the longitudinal direction. Concrete shall be designed to produce a compressive strength of 3000 psi at 28 days. The design of the mix and source of supply shall be subject to approval of the Engineer. E. Pavement shall be replaced with the same type of pavement that exists i I, prior to cutting and shall consist of either bituminous surtace course Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212W05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 30 00-28 SANITARY SEWERS (double treatment), 2" of hot plant mix asphaltic concrete, or 8" of Portland j Cement concrete; all conforming to specifications of the Department of Transportation for each type. 1. Pavement shall be replaced with the same type of pavement that exists prior to cutting and shall consist of either bituminous surface course (double treatment), 2" of hot plant mix asphaltic concrete, or 8" of Portland Cement concrete; all conforming to specifications of the Department of Transportation for each type. 2. For asphalt pavement or bituminous surtacing, the entire area to be resurfaced (including edges of existing pavement) shall be primed with an acceptable asphalt prime coat just prior to placing new pavement. 3.14 REMOVING AND REPLACING SIDEWALK, OTHER ITEMS A. Where pipe is to be placed under existing concrete sidewalk, the concrete shall be removed in construction units unless their length is more than 10', in which case the concrete shall be cut as specified in paragraph 3.11.2. of this section. The backfill shall be thoroughly compacted for the entire depth of the trench. j B. The sidewalk shall be replaced with 3000 psi concrete, 4" thick, except for driveways where it shall be 6" thick. The concrete shall be placed monolithic and dressed off with a wooden float, brush and edging tool. Where pipe is to be placed under concrete walk, the Contractor may, with the permission of the Engineer, install the pipe by tunneling instead of removing and replacing the walk. If pipe is to be placed under curb and gutter, it shall be done by tunneling. No additional payment will be made therefor. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing and replacing items such as mail boxes, fences, shrubbery, walls, steps, and any other private ornamental items that are in direct conflict with the water line work. No additional payment will be made therefor. 3.15 PIERS AND PROTECTION WORK A. Concrete piers: Foundation for piers shall be adequate to support the intended load and will be subject to the Engineer's approval prior to pouring concrete. Concrete piers shall have a rubbed finish. B. Protection concrete shall be poured in such locations as shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer. It shall consist of one part Portland Cement, two parts sand and four parts crushed stone. Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 30 00-29 SANITARY SEWERS 3.16 MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS The Contractor shall be responsible for removing and replacing miscellaneous items in conflict with the sewer line work such as mail boxes., signs, fences, walls, shrubbery, private ornamental items, etc. Shrubbery and plantings shall be preserved by proper root protection and watering until replanted. Tree limbs shall be protected where possible. Damaged trees shall be repaired with an approved tree dressing. No additional payment will be made for removing and replacing miscellaneous items. 3.17 REPAIRS TO DAMAGED SERVICES AND UTILITIES Repairs to damaged services and utilities shall be promptly made at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall use every effort to avoid damaging or breaking water, sewer, gas, power, telephone or other utility services. Utility lines shall be properly supported across the pipe trench until backfilling is completed. Should damage occur, immediate action shall be initiated to effect satisfactory repairs. All repair work shall be satisfactory to the Engineer and owner of the damaged utility. 3.18 CLEANUP j A. All pipeline rights-of-way and pipework areas shall be cleaned up and left in satisfactory condition. B. Cleanup of work along highways or roads shall be made immediately upon completion of the backfill operation. Ditching and pipe laying shall be stopped at any time that cleanup work lags and shall not be resumed until cleanup progress is satisfactory to the Engineer. Final cleanup and condition of the work area shall be subject to the approval of the State Highway Representative, the Owner, and the Engineer. C. Cleanup of work for cross-country locations shall follow immediately upon the completion of any major part of the work or upon instructions by the Engineer. Topsoil shall be replaced on all areas disturbed by the pipeline work throughout the length of the sewer main, and to the full satisfaction of the property owner. Topsoil may be removed from the line of work and stockpiled for future use. It shall be carefully removed, stockpiled, protected, respread, dressed off, and the entire right- of -way left in condition acceptable to the Engineer and property owner. If topsoil is not stockpiled and protected, suitable, approved material from other sources shall be provided. Where the line is located on pasture land, grassed areas, or roadway shoulders, grass shall be replaced. Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-OS Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 30 00-30 SANITARY SEWERS D. All disturbed pipeline area shall be seeded in accordance with Section 32 9200. 3.19 REHABILITATION OF EXISTING SEWER SYSTEM A. Excavating and Trenching: Contractor shall perform all excavation required to uncover existing sewer line segments designated for repair or removal and replacement. All excavation and trenching shall conform to C.7. of this section. 1. The Contractor shall provide pipe plugs, pumping equipment and conduits as required to bypass the sewage between manholes while a section of pipe line is being repaired. The bypass shall be maintained in continuous operating condition, without undue disturbance to the inhabitants of the adjacent property, until the line under repair may be returned to service. 2. Excavation work shall be executed in such manner and with such equipment as to prevent damage to the existing sewer pipe. B. Removal of Damaged Pipe: The Contractor shall remove the damaged pipe and such sections as may be necessary to permit insertion of the new pipe. 1 C. Backfilling: Backfilling shall be accomplished using methods described under item CA 0. of this section. D. Street Repair: Street repair shall be accomplished using methods described under item C.12. of this section. E. Safety Precautions: Excavations and backfilling operations shall be performed under rules and regulations of North Carolina Occupational Safety and Health Standards for the Construction Industry, promulgated by the Occupational Safety and health Administration of the North Carolina Department of Labor. F. Pumping: 1. Excavations shall be kept free from water while construction therein is in progress. The downstream sewer shall be plugged to prevent entrance of mud and debris. 2. Well Pointing: Should ordinary pumping operations not properly control entrance of water or flowing earth to the excavations, a well point system shall be installed to depress and maintain the water p table approximately 2' below the lowest excavation level. Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 30 00-31 SANITARY SEWERS Dewatering shall be maintained until backfilling has proceeded above the natural ground water table and the pipe line is stable. The Contractor shall employ a person experienced in well point work to install a well point system that shall be adequate in every respect. G. Sewer He Cleaning: 1. General Requirements: This work consists of providing all labor, materials, apparatus, services and equipment required to completely clean designated sewer lines, and manhole walls, of dirt, grease, sand, sludge, roots, and all other solid or semi-solids materials in order to facilitate location of repairs and making said repairs. The Contractor shall employ one or more, or all three of the methods specified herein. The equipment employed shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. 2. Hydraulic Cleaning Method: This method shall employ the use of a movable type dam constructed in such way that the dam may be collapsed at any time during the cleaning operation to protect against flooding of the sewer. Sewer cleaning balls or other such equipment which cannot be collapsed instantly will not be considered as acceptable cleaning equipment. Other equipment, equally effective that will permit passage of sewage when in use, may be approved. The movable dam shall be of equal diameter to the pipe being cleaned and shall provide a flexible scraper around the periphery to insure total removal of grease. 3. High Velocity Jet Cleaning Method: This method shall employ high pressure water streams containing cleaning and sanitizing chemicals ejected through hose nozzles and pressure gun. The truck mounted mobile equipment shall carry a 1000 gallon water tank capable of holding corrosive or caustic cleaning or sanitizing chemicals, auxiliary engines, pumps, and a hydraulically driven hose reel. Refiller pipe to the tank shall have a minimum 4" air gap to prevent backflow and contamination of the town water system. a) There shall be included a minimum of 500' of 1" I.D. high pressure hose with a selection of two or more high velocity nozzles. The nozzles shall have a minimum capacity of 60 gpm at the nozzle head and a working pressure of 950 to 1250 psi. The nozzles shall be capable of producing a scouring action from 15E to 45E in all size lines designated to be cleaned. Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 30 00-32 SANITARY SEWERS b) There shall be included a high velocity gun for washing and scouring manhole walls and floor. The gun shall be capable of producing flows from a fine spray to a long distance solid stream and shall be operated from the high pressure hose. 4. Mechanical Cleaning Equipment: a) Bucket machines shall be in pairs with each machine powered with a minimum of a 25 HP engine to insure sufficient pulling power. Each machine shall be equipped with a two speed transmission and shall be capable of pulling at rates of 150' per minute in high speed and 100' per minute in low speed. b) Power rodding machines shall be capable of holding a minimum of 800' of rod. The rod shall be of specially treated steel. The machine shall have a positive rod drive and produce a 1000 pound rod pull. To insure safe operation, the machine shall have a fully enclosed body and an automatic safety throw out clutch. 5. Cleaning Operations: Satisfactory precautions shall be taken to protect the sewer lines from damage that might be inflicted by the j improper use of cleaning equipment. a) When hydraulic propelled cleaning tools, which depend upon water pressure to provide cleaning force, or any tools which retard the flow of water in the sewer line are used, precautions shall be taken to insure that the water pressure created causes no damage or flooding to public or private property being served by the manhole section involved. b) The flow of sewage in the sewer lines shall be utilized to provide necessary pressures for hydraulic cleaning devices whenever possible. Additional quantities of water from fire hydrants may be used to avoid delay in normal working procedures. c) When fire hydrants are used, permission shall first be granted by the local Fire Department and hydrants in use shall be fully opened at all times. Hydrants shall be immediately released to fire fighters in an emergency. d) Collection of Refuse: All sludge, dirt , roots, sand, rocks, grease, and other solid or semi-solid material resulting from I} the cleaning from the cleaning operations shall be removed J Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January , 2018 33 30 00-33 SANITARY SEWERS at the downstream manhole of the section being cleaned. Passing material from manhole section to manhole section will not be permitted. e) Hydraulic Cleaning: A suitable temporary weir or dam shall be constructed in the downstream manhole so that both liquid and solids are trapped. The trapped material, both solid and liquid, shall be pumped from the manhole into an above ground, mobile, retention chamber. The chamber shall be completely enclosed and shall contain not less than two baffles to insure complete separation and settlement of the solids. The chamber may be equipped with a piping system which will permit the relatively clean liquid to return to the sewer. f) Cleaning by Bucket Machine: A suitable container shall be provided to receive the materials dumped from the buckets and return liquids to the sewer without spillage of any kind. Under no circumstances shall liquid sewage or solids removed from the sewer be dumped onto the streets, into ditches, into catch basins or storm drains. g) Cleaning of Manholes: All manholes within the system that need cleaning to facilitate repair work shall have the walls and floor thoroughly cleaned to the bare masonry and concrete by means of the specified high velocity jet gun, or other means approved by the engineer. h) Disposal of Refuse: All debris collected from cleaning lines and manholes shall be disposed of at the local approved county landfill or other sites approved by the Owner. Absolutely no dumping of refuse into storm drains or street gutters will be tolerated. H. Replacing Sewer Pipe: 1. Pipe to replace damaged pipe in existing sewers shall generally be of the same type as the existing or one of the six types specified in this section. Types of sewer pipe used for replacement shall conform to item B.1. of this section. 2. Where mortar type joints are encountered, the new connections to the existing sewer shall be made with flexible couplings as described in item 2.17. of this section. Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 30 00-34 SANITARY SEWERS 3. Where replacement of pipe or service connection is designated, the Contractor shall excavate and discover the damaged section or joint. He shall remove only such number of joints which will enable him to install the new joints. New joints shall be made with mechanical compression type seals and/or flexible couplings. Excavation, bedding, backfilling, and other repairs shall be made as specified in item C. of this section. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility not to destroy any excess existing pipe. Sewer line repairs at the designated locations will involve blockages caused by roots, sand, mud, collapsed pipe sections, and storm drain pipe conflicts. The Contractor is charged with the responsibility to locate the sewer line obstruction or problem in certain line sections designated on the drawings and in the bid form. This may be accomplished by inserting power rodding equipment, and/or closed circuit television cameras into the sewer lines. The Contractor will made the appropriate pipeline repair as described above after location of the problem. Other sewer line sections shown on the drawings and scheduled for repairs show the exact location of the problem and repairs to be made. The Contractor will not be required to internally inspect these sewer line sections. For the sewer line sections that call for internal inspection by T.V. camera prior to repairs being made, it is intended that those lines be completely cleaned of roots, grease, sand, and other debris. The lcost for cleaning and inspection of the designated sewer line shall be included in the cost of sewer line repair. Some pipeline repairs will involve storm drain conflicts and separations to be made between the storm drain and the sewer line. The Contractor will be required to assure complete separation of the storm drain and sewer line and a firm foundation under each line. The Contractor is directed to the detail for storm drain and sewer line separations on the drawings. Repairs to a storm drain and sewer line conflict may involve replacement of both or separate lines. The Contractor will be compensated as indicated in the bid form. I. Replacing Existing Service Taps: Replacement of existing service taps shall be in accordance with the detail shown on the plans. Should structural conditions allow, the Contractor, after approval by the Engineer or his representative, may exercise the option of using a "service saddle" instead of a wye to replace the existing damaged tap. The service saddle shall be of a type specifically designed for this type of use and be bound to the sewer main with an appropriate sealant and at least two tightening bands. Both the saddle and all hardware associated with the tightening bands shall be of a non -corrosive material. During replacement of a service tap, should it appear that the structural condition of the service line is unsound, the Contractor, after approval of the Engineer or his i representative, shall excavate further and replace the service line as Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212W05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 30 00-35 SANITARY SEWERS needed. New service line pipe shall be 4" and as specified in Section 13-9 and called for in the bid form. J. Manhole Repair and Rehabilitation: The Contractor will be responsible for repair and rehabilitation of existing manholes within the sanitary sewer system. The manhole locations and numbers are shown on the location drawing, construction drawings, and described in the Appendix. Work will include cleaning the manhole prior to repair work if necessary. Repair work will consist of, but will not be limited to: invert and shelf work, pointing holes in walls, grouting existing rings in place, and replacing broken rings and covers. K. By -Pass Pumping: 1. The Contractor shall provide pipe plugs, manhole dams, pumping equipment, and conduits as required to bypass sewage between manholes while a section of pipe is being repairs. The bypass shall be maintained in continuous operation without undue disturbance to the inhabitants of the adjacent property until the line under repair may be returned to service. 2. The Contractor shall provide barricades and warning signs and lights, and provide walkways and traffic ways at intersections over and/or around his conduits, and power to his pumps, as may be required, to provide for the movement of traffic and pedestrians in and around the area of the work. No street or intersection shall be blocked without notification to and permission of the Owner. L. Disposal of Surplus Material: Upon completion of the backfilling and repair operations, all excess earth, broken pavement, rock, shoring, and all left over materials and debris resulting from the Contractor's operations shall be removed from the work areas and disposed of by the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide his own disposal site. He shall comply with all State of North Carolina, County, and local regulations, rules and ordinances regarding the disposal of such material. All costs arising from the disposal of the material shall be borne by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. The work areas and adjoining areas used by the Contractor shall be left clean and free of evidence resulting from the Contractors' presence. M. As -built Survey Requirements: Refer to Section 01 71 10. END OF SECTION 33 30 00 Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 30 00-36 SECTION 33 32 00 - WASTEWATER PUMP STATIONS PART 1— GENERAL 1.1 Description of Work 1.1.1 Work under this section consists of furnishing, installing, and rehabilitation of submersible pump stations as detailed on the plans and specified herein. It shall include all labor, materials, site grading, structures, excavation, sheeting, backfill, reinforced concrete, masonry, carpentry, yard piping, equipment piping, miscellaneous piping, equipment, electrical work, controls, incidental painting, and all other items or material and work required to construct structures and furnish and install equipment for a complete installation as hereinafter specified. 1.2 Work and Materials Specified Under Other Sections 1.2.1 Various items or work and materials to be provided under this section are covered under other sections of these specifications. 1.3 Submittals 1.3.1 Shop drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer for the following items: Pumps Drives Controls Trash Rack 1.3.2 Manufacturer's data shall be submitted to the Engineer for the following: Pumps Drives Controls Trash Rack 1.3.3 Certificates of Compliance shall be submitted to the Engineer for the following: Pumps Drives Controls 1.4 Equipment manufacturers shall furnish six (6) copies of an operating and service manual covering their equipment. The manual shall contain complete descripfions of each item of equipment and a complete parts list showing factory parts numbers. It shall also contain complete operating and service instructions and shall be tabbed and indexed for easy use. Manuals shall be submitted within 60 days after final approval of shop drawings. �l Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 32 00-1 WASTEWATER PUMP STATIONS PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1. General: 2.1.1. The contractor shall fimiish and install the following equipment where shown on the Plans, complete with all incidental and appurtenances required for a complete, finished installation. All equipment components shall be adequately sized to carry all loads and stresses occurring during fabrication and erection and resulting from normal and emergency operation in the installation shown on the Plans and under the conditions specified and/or implied. 2.2. Submersible Pumas: 2.2.1. PUTripS 2.2.1.1. Pumps shall be submersible, centrifugal non -clog capable ofpassing solids as specified with hydraulic sealing diaphragms, pump mounting plates and base elbows with bottom rail supports, stainless steel upper rail supports, stainless steel lifting cable, schedule 40-A stainless steel guide rails, and stainless steel cable supports. Pump housing shall be of heavy cast iron construction. All fasteners shall be 303 stainless steel or approved equal. Each pump shall be j capable of being hoisted vertically out of the wetwell, and returned to operation without requiring the operator to enter the wetwell. It is the intent of these specifications that the pumps, base plates, guide rails, hoisting cable and connections to the control system (including panel, starters and circuit breakers), be provided by the pump manufacturer as an integral system. The impeller shall be of bronze, ductile iron, or other durable, corrosion -resistant approved material. The pump impeller shall be of semi -open non -clog design and shall have back vane(s) to prevent build up of solids behind the impeller. The impeller shall be rigidly fixed to the motor shaft with a key(s) or other approved fastener (so designed to prevent separation under rotational loading). The motor shaft shall be stainless steel, supported by upper and lower bearings. The upper bearing shall be a self-lubricating ball bearing. The lower bearing shall be a sleeve bearing or doublerow ball bearing lubricated from an oil chamber. Shaft and bearing shall have sufficient section to withstand all rotational and axial loadingto be reasonably expected under normal wastewater pumping situations. 2.2.1.2. The shaft shall be sealed from the volute with an oil -lubricated mechanical seal system. The oil chamber shall be equipped with a seal sensor system to detect any leakage around the seal system. Pumps shall be tungsten carbide, double bTe. One replacement seal for each pump must be used. Carbon ceramic will be acceptable for the upper seal. I Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 32 00-2 WASTEWATER PUMP STATIONS 2.2.1.3. The motor chamber shall be suitably sealed from the other chambers of the pump and from the exterior so as to be entirely suitable for submerged operation. The motor chamber may either be of oil -filled or air-filled design. 2.2.1.4. Pumps shall be as manufactured by Meyers, ABS, Chicago, or approved equal. 2.2.1.5. Pump shall be sized for a Total Dynamic Head of 20 FT and capable of pumping 150 GPM, 2.2.2. Motors 2.2.2.1. Pump motors shall be of the sealed submersible type meeting UL Class I, Group D, Division I - Explosion proof requirements. The maximum rpm of the motor shall be 1200, unless approved by the Utilities Department. Motors shall meet NEMA thermal rating MGI - 12.42. All leads are to be epoxy sealed. 2.2.2.2. Moisture sensing probes and thermal protectors shall be furnished. Motor frame and end shield shall be corrosion resistant cast iron. Insulation shall be compatible Class B rated system with Class F material rated for continuous duty in 40 -degree C liquids. Motor shaft shall be type 416 stainless steel. All hardware shall be stainless steel. Motors shall be Reliance or equal. Motors shall not be overloaded at any point within the operating range. 2.2.2.3. Motors shall be furnished with a minimum of 30 feet of submersible, waterproof, and multi -conductor power and control cable for direct feed to control panel without splicing. Cable size shall be sufficient to meet motor requirements. 2.2.3. External Chamber Seals and Connections: 2.2.3.1. The pumping chamber shall be sealed tightly together utilizing "O" -rings or resilient gasketing material. The power cable connection shall provide for a positive clamping action to seal the electrical connection and relieve strain on the cable strands. 2.3. Pump Controls: 2.3.1. The pump manufacturer shall provide the pump control panel and accessory equipment. The contractor shall install the controls as shown on the drawings and manufacturer's instructions. The control system shall include all motor starters, { alternator, relay, level control switches, control panel, circuit breakers, alarm Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January , 2018 33 32 00-3 WASTEWATER PUMP STATIONS apparatus, and internal wiring. 2.3.2. For smaller stations (generally 350 gpm or smaller), discrete cable supported displacement switches shall be employed for level control. For larger stations, the level control system shall consist of an approved bubble arrangement with duplex air compressors and manually adjustable set points. 2.4. Control Sequence: 2.4.1. On rising liquid level in the wetwell, a mercury -type float switch shall start the lead pump. As the liquid level continues to rise, the second mercury float switch shall start the lag pump. The pump(s) will continue to operate until the liquid level recedes to the level of the third mercury float switch that shall stop the pumps. The fourth mercury float switch shall energize the alarm circuit, should the liquid level rise above the lag pump cut -on -level. 2.4.2. The pumps shall automatically alternate between the "lead" and "lag" positions by means of an electric alternator in the panel. 2.4.3. Provided with the pump and control equipment shall be electrical contacts, an alarm light and alarm horn which shall be mounted on the exterior ofthe station. The alarm equipment shall be interlocked with wetwell controls to be actuated upon high wet well levels or loss of power. The alarm circuits shall be low voltage. 2.5. Control Panel: 2.5.1. Control panel for the pump station shall be shipped to the site, completely prewired, pre -assembled and ready for service. The control panel shall be NEMA -4 with hinged door and lockable handle. Panel shall have a back mounting panel and a front inside hinged panel to make the control panel "dead -front" when outside door is open. The control panel shall have a rainhood sized to shelter all cabinets including ATS, telemetry, control panel, etc., and be mounted on a concrete pad of minimum 4" thickness as shown on plans. For pump stations with above 75 horsepower pumps, a prefabricated, ventilated, walk-in enclosure shall be provided. The enclosure shall be approved by the Town prior to installation. The control panel shall contain the following accessories housed in a NEMA 4 enclosure: 2.5.1.1. Hand/Off/Auto switch with speed indicator and speed adjusting potentiometer for each pump and labeled. 2.5.1.2. Highwater alarm relay wired to alarm circuit. 2.5.1.3. Motor moisture an Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade d thermal sensing relays wired to alarm circuit. DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 33 32 00-4 WASTEWATER PUMP STATIONS 2.5.1.4. Multi -colored (or equivalent markings) circuitry to facilitate troubleshooting. 2.5.1.5. Waterproof button lights labeled "Pump Run" mounted on door for each pump. 2.5.1.6. Elapsed time meter to indicate running time for each pump. 2.5.1.7. All necessary internal wiring, relays, etc., to provide operation as previously described. and stop the operation 2.5.1.8. Phase monitoring capability which shall override and stop the normal operation of the pumps. 2.5.1.9. Waterproof button type alarm lights labeled "Motor temperature" and Motor Moisture" for each pump, "High Water", "Power Failure", and "Loss of Phase". 2.5.1.10. Provide 120 -volt alarm light with red globe and guard and horn with the silencer buttons mounted on the control panel for the alarm conditions. Provide the alarm lights and horns loose for external mounting. 2.5.1.11. Provide a voltage free dry contact as a composite for all alarm conditions and j provide a voltage free dry contact for each alarm status. 2.5.1.12. Branch circuit breakers as required. 2.5.1.13. Automatic electric alternator. 2.5.1.14. Time delay for the low level circuit to delay restarting of the pumps. 2.5.1.15. All necessary internal relays etc. to provide intrinsically safe operation as previously described. 2.5.1.16. Contacts 2.5.1.17. Magnetic starter for each motor with under -voltage release an and wiring as required for a remote on/off station for each pump to override and stop the operation of each pump. d quick -trip ambient -compensated overload protection for each leg. Starting shall be "across the line" except where motor horsepower is greater than 25, in which case, reduced voltage soft starters shall be required. 2.5.1.18. 120 -volt auxiliary duplex weatherproofing GFI power receptacle mounted on the bottom on the enclosure. Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 32 00-5 WASTEWATER PUMP STATIONS 2.5.1.19. Mercury Displacement Switches for Level Controls I' 2.5.1.19.1. Float switches shall be of the mercury -tube type, encapsulated in polyurethane or vinyl floats. The units shall be waterproof, shockproof, explosion proof, and equipped with sufficient submersible cable to extend to the control panel from the wetwell without splicing. Any required weights shall be provided. Switches shall be suspended in the wetwell on a suitable stainless steel rack. 2.6. Teleme 2.61 Alarm Auto Dialer The control panel shall include a fully programmable multi -input, multi -number telephone auto dialer and digital voice announcer designed for emergency message notification. The auto dialer shall include the following features: 1. eight dry contact inputs each of which can dial up to eight 32 digit telephone numbers and play a voice recorded message up to one minute in length 2. voice messages can be recorded locally or remotely via a touch tone phone or a personal computer with a serial port connection and software that is available through the manufacturer 3. non volatile memory (no batt eries required) 4. programmable message repeat counter 5. programmable lap counter 6, all inputs programmable as normally open or normally closed and enabled or disabled 7. programmable ring delay for remote programming and alarm polling S. programmable qualifier timer for each input (time for an event to be qualified as an alarm) 9. programmable resume timer for each input (time following reset for input to become active again) 10. call progress detection 11. programmable ring back limit for call progress 12. remote security and access codes 13. RS 232 port for programming via personal computer 14. compatible with RC -2A and RC -3 remote DTMF controllers 15. The auto dialer shall be mounted and wired inside the pump control panel at factory. 16. As a minimum, the following alarms shall be monitored: power loss, high wet well alarm, low wet well alarm, pump one over temperature, pump two over temperature, pump one seal failure, pump two seal failure, floats out of sequence I 1 Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 32 00-6 WASTEWATER PUMP STATIONS 2.7. Wetwell Rehabilitation and Appurtenances: 2.7.1. The wetwell shall be gutted, prepped, and coated per Section 09 96 00. 2.7.2. The wetwell shall have, mounted at 18" above wetwell top, a stainless steel junction box to enable quick disconnect of power leads to pump motors when pulling pumps out for maintenance. 2.7.3. The wetwell shall be equipped with vent pipe with insect screen. Vent pipe maybe PVC or Ductile Iron. 2.7.4. The wetwell shall be equipped with an aluminum access hatch as shown on the plans that shall be of adequate dimensions to pull out pumps with no obstruction. 2.7.5. A hoist, Crane Wench Model #M4312PB-K and Stand Model #5124 shall be provided for pump removal. 2.7.6. All bolts, brackets, hardware, etc. for fastening items or bolting piping located in the wetwell shall be STAINLESS STEEL. 2.7.7. A sloped invert of non -shrink grout shall be constructed at the base of the wetwell. The invert shall have sufficient slope to prevent build-up of solids in the wetwell bottom. 2.7.8. Aluminum access hatches shall be exterior sidewalk, single or double leaf type as required or shown suitable for 300 psi live load. Doors shall be equipped with slam lock, and automatic hold -open arm with release handle, safety chain, and compression spring operator. The frame shall be provided with drainage channel. Hatches shall be Type "J" or "JD" as manufactured by the Bilco Company, Darp Associates, Haliday, or equal. For 6' to 8' diameter structures, Halliday type RIR hatches are preferred. 2.8. Valves 2.8.1 A tap for pressure gages shall be supplied on both sides of the check valve for each pump. One (1)oil-filled pressure gage shall be installed on the discharge side of the check valve for each pump. 2.9. Sump Pump:- Not Required Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 33 32 004 WASTEWATER PUMP STATIONS 2.10 Trash Basket 2.10.1 Trash Basket shall be Halliday Series 131B or approved equal. A Mode1524 hoist base shall be provided for basket removal. 2.11 Pump Station Site 2.11.1 Wetwell shall be accessible on at least on side by service truck with crane mounted on rear passenger side. 2.11.2 Positive drainage away fiom all structures shall be provided. 2.11.3 Conhol panel shall be within site distance and panel shall be facing wetwell. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1. The Contractor shall install all pumps, motors, variable speed drives, and controls specified herein in accordance with the plans and as recommended by the manufacturer. Pump manufacturer shall provide pumps, motors, variable speed drives, controls and all other necessary items to make a complete installation. 3.2. The manufacturer's field engineer or representative shall inspect and check the installation after erection and prior to start-up and shall certify that the completed installation is ready for start-up. The manufacturer's field representative shall check the proper rotation, operating speed, and starting and running electrical characteristics of the operational pumping equipment and certify that they are correct. The field representative shall also make himself available to the Owner's operating staff in addressing operational and trouble- shooting concerns that they might have. The Contractor shall provide labor, testing water and shall assist the Engineer in performing field testing to check operating conditions of all pumps. The testing procedures shall be performed by the Contractor. 3.3. As needed, Soil shall be backfilled around wetwell in 1' lifts or shallower and shall be compacted to 95%Standard Proctor maximum dry density at optimum moisture content. 3.4. Painting &Touch -Up 3.4.1. All metal components with the exception of the stainless steel guide rails shall be painted in accordance with Manufacturers recommendations. 3.4.2. After all equipment and appurtenances have been installed, the Contractor shall touch-up any abrasions, scratches, or patches in the surface protection of any Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 32 00-8 1 f WASTEWATER PUMP STATIONS furnished item of work. Any mud, grease, or other extraneous material shall be removed from the completed work using suitable solvents or detergent solutions. 3.5. Repairs to Wetwell 3.3.1. All openings made m the wetwell for anchorages, conduit runs, pipe runs, etc., shall be sealed using a cement grout. The grout shall be neatly applied to the vacancy and shall be trowelled in, and excess grout shall be immediately removed from the wetwell. Grout shall be high strength, non -shrink type. END OF SECTION 33 32 00 Town of Maysville DAA PN R74212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 32 00-9 SECTION 33 34 00 - FORCE MAINS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE Work covered under this section of these specifications consists of the construction of force main lInes and miscellaneous pipework, including all valves, fittings, and appurtenances. The scope of work shall be as detailed on the plans and itemized in the bid and shall include all material, equipment, labor and other items required for proper acceptable completion. 1.2 WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Sanitary Sewers: Section 33 30 00 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standards: 1. American Society for Testing and Materials a) ASTM D2241 b) ASTM D1784 c) ASTM D1598 d) ASTM D1599 e) ASTM D2152 B. Commercial Standard 1. CS C5 256 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer for the following items: 1. Gate Valves 2. Precast Manholes 3. Air Release Valves 4. Vacuum Valves 5. Plug Valves B. Manufacturer's certifications shall be submitted to the Engineer cert ifying that the following materials meet all requirements of the specifications: 1. Force Main Pipe 2. Force Main Pipe Fittings C. Mix designs for concrete and asphalt shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval, if requested by the Engineer. 1.5 SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATIONS A. Subsurf ace investigations have only been performed for the package plant site. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to review this information, as included in the Contract Documents as Appendix A and perform any additional investigations deemed necessary before submitting a bid. Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 33 34 00-1 jf SECTION 33 34 00 - FORCE MAINS Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-OS January, 2018 33 34 00-2 SECTION 33 34 00 - FORCE MAINS PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. All material and appurtenances shall meet the following minimum standard requirements therefore. It shall be each manufacturer's responsibility to check the installation and to furnish material that will be full capable of performing its intended function. B. Pipe shall be of the type, size, class and diameter as hereinafter specified and called for by the Plans and/or Bid. C. Trench width for buried pipe design shall be considered as the outside diameter of the pipe plus 2', at the bottom and up to 1' above the top of the pipe. D. Buried pipe shall be designed for laying condition shown on construction drawing to withstand all internal pressures and external loads with a minimum depth to cover of 3', for pipelines 8" and smaller in diameter, and T-6" for lines 10" and larger in diameter, and greater depths of cover where required by the Plans, plus an H-20 live load in accordance with A.A.S.H.T.O. Specifications. E. Design pressure shall consist of 100 psi working pressure plus 100 psi surge allowance for force mains designated for Class 160 pipe and 150 psi working pressure plus 100 psi surge allowance for force mains designated for 150 psi working pressure. F. Pipe diameters shown or called for shall be the minimum net inside diameter of the pipe after any required lining is placed, with a maximum tolerance of 1/4" on the minus side, for sizes through 36" diameter. i/ G. Pipe fittings shall be of the size, configuration and type called for by the plans. All fittings shall be of at least the same class as the pipe with which they are used. Ductile or gray cast iron fittings shall be used with all ductile iron, gray cast iron, and PVC pipe (4" or larger in diameter). Valves shall be of the type, size, and class required by the plans and all valves shall have standard mechanical joint ends, except where flanged or other type ends are specifically required. Valves, where required, shall be furnished with operating nuts, or handwheels as necessary, except in instances where other operating devices are specified or shown. All valves shall be of at least the same class of pipe with which they are used. A valve box shall be provided for each underground valve, except where shown differently on the plans. Concrete pipe vaults; or brick or precast manholes with crete pipe vaults; or brick or precast manholes with cast iron covers shall be provided for all air valves. 2.2 DUCTILE CAST IRON PIPE A. Ductile cast iron pipe shall be centrifugally cast of ductile cast iron having a minimum tensile strength of 60,000 psi, a minimum yield strength of 42,000 psi, and a minimum elongation of 10% (Grade 60-42-10). It shall be designed, manufacture, and shall conform to the requirements of ANSI A21.51 (AWWA C151) Standards, for a minimum 150 psi operating pressure plus a minimum allowance of 100 psi for surge. B. Nominal laying lengths shall be 18' or 20' nominal maximum of 20% of each size for each order being as much as 24" shorter than the nominal laying length and an additional 10% as much as 6" shorter than nominal laying length. Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 33 34 00-3 SECTION 33 34 00 - FORCE MAINS C. Exterior pipe joints shall be mechanical or push joint type with retainer glands and flanged ends are required for interior piping. D. Dimensions shall conform to the requirements of ANSI A21.6, ANSI A21.8, ANSI A21.11, and WW -P-421 C, as applicable. Dimensions shall be gaged at sufficiently frequent intervals to assure dimensional control. Insides of sockets and outside of spigot ends shall be tested with circular gages. E. Wall thickness shall be determined for the design working pressing and depth of cover shown in accordance with ANSI requirements for each type. Each pipe shall be coated on the inside and outside with standard bituminous coating of either coal -tar of asphalt base approximately one mil thick. The coating shall be continuous, smooth, strongly adherent to the pipe and shall not become brittle from cold or sticky from heat. As indicated, the interior coating shall be Protecto 401 ceramic lining as manufactured by U.S. Pipe, Sewper Coat as manufactured by Lafarge Calcium Aluminum, or equal. All linings and coatings shall be per manufacturer's specifications and conform to ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51. G. Each pipe shall be weighed prior to placing of the inside lining. Weight nominal thickness, sampling period, and class of pipe shall be shown on each pipe. H. The manufacturer's year of production and the letters DI or DUCTILE shall be clear and legible and on, or near, the bell end. 2.3 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE � PVC pipe shall be rigid polyvinyl chloride with integrally formed, factory fabricated rubber ring type joints. It shall be suitable for all conditions imposed by plan locations and fora minimum working pressure of 165 or 200 psi (as called for in the Bid) at 73°F. Pipe shall be Type 1, made from clear virgin material and shall conform to the requirements of cell class 12454-B as defined by ASTM D1784, and shall conform to all requirements of AWWA C-905 with standard dimension ratio of DR 25, Class 165, or DR 21, Class 200 pipe. All pipe shall bear the National Sanitation Foundation Seal of Approval, the manufacturer's name, and the class of pipe. Provisions must be made for expansion and contraction at each joint, through the rubber gasket and pipe bell with laying lengths of 20' +141 . 2.4 DUCTILE CAST IRON FITTINGS Ductile cast iron fittings shall conform to the requirements of ANSI Specification A21.10, with mechanical joint ends conforming to ANSI Specification A339, Grade 80-60-3. All fittings shall have exterior and interior coatings as required for pipe. Where flanged ends may be required, flanges shall conform to applicable requirements of ANSI B16.1 and ANSI B16b. 2.5 GRAY CAST IRON FITTINGS Gray cast iron fittings shall conform to the requirements of ANSI Specification A21.10, with mechanical joint ends conforming to ANSI Specification A21.11. They shall be of 18/40 gray iron. All fittings shall be bituminous coated as required for pipe. Where flanged ends may be required, flanges shall conform to applicable requirements of ANSI B16.1 and ANSI B16b. 2.6 PVC FITTINGS PVC fittings and adapters shall conform to the same requirements as for pipe and shall be the same class as the pipe. Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 33 34 004 SECTION 33 34 00 - FORCE MAINS 2.7 JOINT MATERIAL )� A. Gaskets for pipe and fittings shall be continuous ring of rubber material compounded to resist deterioration and of a texture to assure a permanent and watertight seal. They shall have smooth surfaces, free from pitting, blisters, porosity or any other defects. Gaskets shall conform to the requirements of AWWA Specification C301 and Federal Specification WW -P-421 b. B. Gasket lubricant shall be a potable hydrogenated vegetable oil, insoluble in cold water, non-toxic and shall not support the growth of bacteria. It shall contain no deleterious ingredients and shall have no deteriorating effects on the gaskets. The lubricant shall be semi -paste, easily applicable, readily adherent to the inside of the bell and shall remain in a usable state throughout the range of temperature in which pipe is normally installed. Lubricant shall be delivered to the job site in unopened containers bearing the manufacturer's name and trade name or trademark. 2.8 RESTRAINED JOINT PIPE AND FITTINGS Restrained joint pipe and fittings shall be ductile iron manufactured in accordance with AWWA C151 and C153. The restraining method shall be by a snap in place flexing restraining ring at the joint. The pipe and fittings shall be American Flex -Ring, Griffin Snap -Lok, US, T.R. Flex, or equal. 2.9 BALL AND SOCKET JOINT PIPE Ball and socket joint pipe shall be ductile iron manufactured in accordance with AWWA C151 and C110. The ball and socket shall be boltless, flexible joint with a locking retainer gland. � 2.10 GATE VALVES I! A. Gate valves, larger than 2" shall be iron body, resilient seat non -rising stem and provided with suitable stem seals. They shall comply with AWWA C-509, designed for a minimum operating pressure of 150 psi. B. Gate valves 2" and smaller shall be standard all brass valves with inside screw, rising stem and handwheel operator, suitable for 125 psi. 2.11 PLUG VALVES A. Plug valves shall be of the non -lubricated, eccentric type with resilient faced plugs, with flanged ends for installation within structures and mechanical joint ends for buried service. Port areas shall be at least 80% of full pipe area for pipes 6" to 16" in diameter and 70% of full pipe area for valves larger than 16" diameter. Valves smaller than 6" in diameter shall have 100% full pipe area. Bodies shall be semi -steel, gray cast iron, or ductile iron. Seats in 3" and larger valves shall have a welded in overlay of not less than 90% pure nickel on all surfaces containing the plug face. Valves shall have stainless steel permanently lubricated upper and lower plug stem bushings. All 4" and larger valves shall be of the bolted bonnet design. All nuts, bolts, springs, and washers shall be cadmium plated. B. Plug valves 4" and smaller for non -buried service shall be equipped with (true) manual gear type operators with position indicators. Plug valves 6" and larger for non -buried service and all sizes for buried services shall be equipped with manual gear actuators. All gearing shall be enclosed, submersible with seals provided on all shafts to prevent entry of water into actuator. All shaft bearing shall be furnished with permanently lubricated bronze bearing bushings. Actuators of nonburied service shall clearly indicate valve position and an adjustable stop shall be provided to set closing torque. Valve packing Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212W05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 34 00-5 SECTION 33 34 00 - FORCE MAINS adjustment shall be accessible without disassembly of the actuator. Valves for non - buried services shall be furnished with a handwheel, except valves mounted inaccessibly high shall be provided with chain operators. Plug valves for buried service shall have gear operators and shall be provided with nut operator and extension stem of suitable length. C. Valves and actuators shall be as manufactured by Dezurik, Keystone, Kennedy, or equal. 2.12 CHECK VALVES Standard check valves shall be iron body, bronze, mounted, full opening external lever weight loaded, 125 Ib. ANSI Standard flanged, and suitable for at least 150 psi pressure. Check valves shall have two ^W threaded taps on the side upstream and downstream from the clapper. A'/" galvanized nipple and''/" bronze gate valve shall be installed in each tap. 2.13 CUSHION CHECK VALVE Cushion check valves shall be controlled closing swing check valves. Valve body, cover, and lever shall be heavy duty cast iron, ASTM A126-13. Disc arm shall be cast steel keyed to the hinge shaft. Hinge shaft shall be 18-8 stainless steel, sized to withstand a complete hydraulic unbalanced pressure of 125 psi on the valve disc. A single oil -filled cushioning device shall be allowed for field adjustment of the valve closing speed at the final portion of the disc travel. Valve shall have ANSI 125 pound flanged connections. Valves shall be rated for 150 psi working pressure and 100 psi surge pressure. 2.14 BALL CHECK VALVES 1 Ball check valves shall be high density PVC with threaded connections or ductile iron body with flanged connection rated 125 psi and 1507 as required. Ball shall be hollow steel and coated to prevent wear and deterioration. Valve shall be suitable for mounting in either horizontal or vertical direction. 2.15 VALVE BOXES Valve boxes shall be of cast iron, three-piece, screw type with covers and bases. They shall be of suitable size for the valve with which they are used and fully adjustable for depth of setting, extension pieces being furnished where necessary. Drop type covers shall be provided for each box with the proper work designating the valve service cast into its top surface. Oval type bases shall be provided and shall be so designed to fully support the box without weight of the box and/or superimposed load being transmitted to any part of the valve or adjacent pipe on either side. 2.16 CONCRETE Concrete for protection and a thrust blocks shall be composed of Portland Cement, sand, coarse aggregate, water and such admixtures as may be allowed, in such proportions as to provide in minimum compressive strength of 3,000 psi. The source of concrete and mix design shall be approved by the Engineer to use. 2.17 CRUSHED STONE Crushed stone for pipe bedding shall conform to ASTM C33, size no. 67 with a range of %<" to 1 i j 2.18 DETECTABLE TAPE Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 34 00-6 SECTION 33 34 00 - FORCE MAINS A. A detectable tape for protection of force mains shall be used when PVC or other non- metallic pipe is used as a material for the pipeline. The tape shall be an inert, bonded layer plastic with a metalized foil core and shall be highly resistant to alkalis, acid, or other destructive chemical components likely to be encountered in soils. The tape shall be brightly colored to contrast with soil and shall bear an imprint identifying the type of line buried below. The tape shall be a minimum of 2" wide. B. The tape shall be buried a maximum of 12" below the ground surface directly above the pipeline with printed side up. The Contractor shall take necessary precaution to insure that the tape is not pulled, distorted or otherwise misplaced in completed the trench backfill. 2.19 MANHOLE MATERIAL A. Manhole material shall consist of brick, concrete block, precast concrete in accordance with the following requirements. All material shall be approved by the Engineer prior to use. B. Brick shall be No. 2 Common, or equal; hard clay or shale; free from cracks and defects that would impair strength or usefulness. Brick shall conform to ASTM C32, Grade MM. C. Concrete manhole blocks shall be units meeting the requirements of ASTM Specification C139. Masonry units shall consist of barrel and cone block 6" thick, 7Y" high and not over 15%" long. Barrel block shall be cast to a radius which will result in approximately 12 units to the course for a 4' diameter manhole, and proportionally thereto for manholes of greater diameter than 4'. Cone block shall be cast to produce a reduction of 6" in diameter per course. All units shall have a vertical groove at the ends. �, D. Precast concrete manholes shall consist of precast reinforced concrete sections, a i conical or flat top section as required, and a base section conforming in general to the details shown on the Plans. Precast manhole sections shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM Specification C478. The minimum compressive strength of the concrete for all sections shall be 4,000 psi. The maximum allowable absorption of the concrete shall not exceed 8% of the dry weight. E. The interior surfaces of manholes shall be factory coated as indicated in the plans. 2.20 MASONRY CEMENT Masonry cement shall be of best grade, conforming to ASTM Specification C91, Type II, of a brand approved by the Engineer. It shall be newly manufactured, well housed, and kept dry and protected at all times. 2.21 CASTINGS AND STEPS A. Castings and steps shall be provided for each manhole. Frames, covers, and stops shall be of cast iron of superior quality, tough and even texture, and of not less than 40% pig. They shall be clear of blow holes, holes and cracks, or other defects; properly finished and bituminous coated while hot. B. Manhole covers, frames, and steps shall conform to the details for each type manhole on the Plans, or to similar plans differing in details, but of equally good design; provided such castings are approved by the Engineer prior to use. Covers and frames shall be machined to provide plane, smooth surfaces for uniform seating and interchangeability of 1 covers. Rings and covers that provide imperfect seating will be rejected. All covers and frames shall be suitable for traffic service. Minimum opening shall be 22" in diameter; Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 34 00-7 SECTION 33 34 00 - FORCE MAINS minimum weight of cover shall be 120 lbs.; and minimum weight of frame shall be 230 lbs. C. Special frames and covers shall be provided for sealing manholes water tight at location shown on the Plans. These frames and covers shall conform to the above specifications and shall be provided with a one piece rubber gasket seated into the manhole frame. Covers shall be secured with 4 minimum %' lug bolts. Such frames and covers shall be manufactured by Neenah Foundry, Dewey Brothers, Inc., or equal. 2.22 AIR RELEASE VALVES A. Air release valves shall be the long stem and body type designed to keep the valve operating mechanism as free from contract with the sewage as possible. Valves shall have 2" threaded inlet, with 1" blow off connection with 1" blow off valve (gate valve), '/" back flushing attachments with '/" outlet. Outlet and back flushing connections shall be quick couplings. Valve shall have a minimum of diameter orifice. B. Valve body shall be cast iron; mechanism and seat, bronze, lever pins, stainless steel; and float, stainless steel. Valves shall be suitable for 150 psi working pressure. Valves shall be as manufactured by the Multiplex Manufacturing Company, the Valve and Primer Company, Val -Matic Manufacturing Corporation, or equal. 2.23 AIR AND VACUUM SEWER VALVES A. Air and vacuum sewer valves shall be the long stem and body type designed to keep the valve operating mechanism as free from contact with the sewage as possible. Valves shall have 2" threaded inlet; 1" blow off connection with 1" blow off valve (gate valve); and D" back flushing attachments with D" outlet. Outlet and back flushing connections shall be quick couplings. Valve shall have a minimum of 1" diameter orifice. B. Valve body shall be cast iron. Valve and float shall be stainless steel. Valves shall be suitable for 150 psi working pressure. Valves shall be as manufactured by the Multiplex Manufacturing Company, the Valve and Primer Company, Val -Matic Manufacturing Corporation, or equal. 2.24 STEEL ENCASEMENT PIPE Steel encasement pipe shall bituminous coated inside and outside. Bituminous coating shall be 6 mil, minimum thickness. Steel encasement pipe shall have a minimum thickness as indicated in the plans for bores under highways and shall meet ASTM Specifications A252 with a minimum yield strength of 35,000 psi. PART 3 - MATERIAL TESTING Material shall be tested in accordance with the General Conditions of these Specifications and the following: 3.1 PIPE A. Each joint of pipe shall be subjected to and successfully meet hydrostatic proof test in accordance with ANSI requirements for each type. Cast iron pipe shall be tested prior to lining. Certified test results shall be furnished to the Engineer, for each shipment of pipe. B. PVC pipe shall be given the Quick Burst Test in accordance with ASTM D1599; Sustained j Pressure Test in accordance with ASTM D1598; Acetone Immersion Test in accordance `l with ASTM D2152; Vise Flattening Test (compress 2" long ring in less than one minute to Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 34 00-8 SECTION 33 34 00 - FORCE MAINS 100% flattening without evident of splitting or shattering); and Drop Impact Test C. (single impact load from free falling missile having a 'W diameter rounded, 1" long nose compacted on a 6" long horizontal specimen. No shattering or splitting shall occur at the following energies 11/2" nominal size - 24 ft -Ib, 2" - 57 ft -Ib, 4" - 86 ft -Ib, and 6" 100 ft -Ib). 3.2 PIPE FITTINGS Pipe fittings shall be subject to inspection and testing in accordance with standard manufacturing practice. 3.3 GASKETS Gaskets shall be tested, if required, in accordance with Section 3-4 of ANSI A21.11. 3.4 VALVES Valves shall be tested to double the design working pressure and test result submitted to the Engineer upon request. 3.5 OTHER MATERIAL Other material shall be subject to such testing as the Engineer may require should its acceptability be questioned. PART 4 -CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES All items of material and appurtenances shall be installed in accordance with best practice, manufacturer's instructions and to the following specifications or the Engineer's direction: 4.1 LOCATION Pipework shall be installed at the locations shown on the plans and to the position, alignment and grade shown thereon. Prior to beginning work at any location, the Contractor shall consult with the Engineer and Owner to determine that all rights-of-way, permits, or other legalities are in order. He shall familiarize himself with all conditions and/or limitations of such rights-of-way or permits and shall fully comply with all such requirements. All work shall be confined to rights-of- way or permit limits and any encroachment beyond such limits shall be the Contractor's liability. 4.2 CLEARING AND GRUBBING A. Clearing and grubbing, where required, shall be done prior to beginning of pipe installation. It shall be done in accordance with applicable portions of items of General Conditions and the following: B. The Contractor shall consult with the Owner and Engineer prior to starting clearing and a full understanding is to be reached as to procedure. The Contractor shall then conduct clearing and grubbing operations in strict accordance with these agreements. C. Clearing of trees and brush along the pipeline shall be carefully done so that no damage will occur outside of the limits of the right-of-way. Trees and brush must be cut by hand and trees felled within the right-of-way limits. Only trees that would seriously interfere with construction shall be cut down and all others shall be saved and protected. Trees 6" or more in diameter shall be trimmed, cut into usable lengths of 3', or as DIRECTED BY THE OWNER and the logs neatly stacked on the edge of the right-of-way or disposed of in a manner approved by the Engineer. Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-03 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 34 00-9 SECTION 33 34 00 - FORCE MAINS D. Brush, laps, roots, etc., shall be disposed off-site in a manner approved by the Engineer. the Burning of trees, brush and debris will not be permitted. E. Grubbing of stumps that are in the way of construction shall be done in any convenient will manner which will not cause damage to remaining trees or adjacent property. Stumps allowed or shall be disposed as for brush or laps above. F. Limits of the pipe -laying operation shall be confined to the right-of-way and easements. The width of clearing shall be held to a minimum and in no case wider than the right-of- way or easement. 4.3 WORK ON HIGHWAY RIGHT-OF-WAY A. The Contractor shall not begin work on any property of the Department of Transportation until he has secured necessary permits and obtained a copy of the R.O.W. encroachment contract from the Owner. He shall conform to all requirements of the Department of Transportation; or its authorized representative in the prosecution of this portion of the work. It shall be the responsibility of each Bidder to contact the local DOT representative and to determine the exact requirements for work to be done. Requirements shall include, but are not limited to the following: B. Where a pipeline crosses under a highway, it shall be installed either by open cut in tunnel or in encasement under the highway. Materials and method of crossing shall be as indicated on the plans for each crossing. Where pipe is installed by open cut at least one full lane for traffic shall be kept open and clear at all times. C. The Contractor shall provide full-time flagmen, with appropriate red flags, at all times when work is in progress along highways. D. Necessary warning and descriptive signs shall be provided and placed at each end of the working area while work is in progress along highways. These signs shall be well tended and shall be placed at sufficient distances from the site of the work so that ample warning is given to approaching traffic. Signs shall be adequately lighted at night and meet Department of Transportation requirements. E. The Contractor shall keep all streets open to traffic at all times unless permitted otherwise by the Engineer or Department of Transportation as applicable. The Contractor shall provide, place, and maintain temporary traffic control devices as directed by the Engineer or Department of Transportation. The latest edition of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways as prepared by the National Joint Committee on Uniform Traffic Control Devices shall be used as a guide in the placement of devices and all devices shall meet the requirements of said manual. The removal of road signs shall be done in accordance with and subject to the approval of the North Carolina Department of Transportation. Temporary signs shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor as necessary and as required. All Regulatory Signs shall be replaced immediately following backfilling or at the end of each day, whichever occurs first. Where pipe is installed in open cut across a highway, the cut shall be immediately backfilled and all work of repairing the pavement completed immediately. Any subsequent settlement shall be immediately corrected and repaired. G. Where pavement is cut and replaced, the Contractor shall cut the edges to a straight and even line before repairing the pavement. No ragged edges will be allowed or accepted. Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 33 34 00-10 SECTION 33 34 00 - FORCE MAINS H. Where asphalt pavement is cut, the entire area to be repaired shall be primed with an asphalt prime coat, acceptable to the Department of Transportation, before the pavement is replaced. I. When required, the Contractor shall furnish to the Department of Transportation a 100% Performance Bond for the amount of paving to be cut and replaced along highways. Bond is required in North Carolina, J. Unless otherwise indicated, no excavated material shall be placed on the pavement side of the ditch, along State highways. The least possible amount of ditch will be left open when work is not in progress and equipment shall be removed from the pavement and shoulders during shut -down periods. K. Shoulders of roadways shall be left in good, acceptable condition and all topsoil and grass that is disturbed shall be replaced. Grassing shall include seeding, fertilizing, and mulching to conform with Department of Transportation requirements. L. The Contractor shall pay the cost of all Department of Transportation inspector's time, if required on the job. M. WORK ON RAILROAD RIGHT-OF-WAY: A. The Contractor shall not begin work on any property of the railroad until he has secured necessary permits. He shall conform to all requirements of the railroad, or its authorized representatives, in the prosecution of this portion of the work, including but not limited to the following: 1. Where a pipeline crosses under a railroad, the work shall be done in accordance with requirements of the Railway Company. Pipe shall be installed by boring and jacking (or open cut as designated). Excavation shall be done ahead of the pipe. The encasement must be kept on accurate line and slightly below grade. A tolerance of 0.5% will be allowed on short lines in good soil and not over 1% in any case. B. The Contractor shall furnish the Railway Company the following: 1. Certificate of Workers' Compensation or Employer's Liability Insurance according to the laws of the State. 2. Certificate of the Contractor's Public Liability Insurance, to protect the contractor and subcontractor for loss of life or injury to persons in an amount not less than $1,000,000 for any one person and not less than $1,000,000 for any accident, and for property loss or damage in an amount not less than $1,000,000 for any one accident and not less than $1,000,000 aggregate or as required by the Railroad Company. 3. The original policy of Railroad Protective Liability Insurance naming the Railway Company as the insured for loss of life or injury to persons in an amount not less than $2,000,000 for one person, and not less than $2,000,000 for any accident and for property loss or damage in an amount not less than $2,000,000 for any one accident and not less than $2,000,000 aggregate or as required by the Railroad Company. The Railroad Protective Liability Policy should show the location and description of work and name of Owner for whom the work is done. Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 33 34 00-11 SECTION 33 34 00 = FORCE MAINS 4. The Contractor shall also pay the cost of flagmen or other expenses of the railroad in protecting traffic. He shall notify the railroad of the time that the work will be done and shall not begin work until authorized by railroad officials. 4.2 BORED ENCASEMENT INSTALLATION A. Encasement pipe which is dry bored under highways and railroads for installation of force mains shall be installed at the locations, to the gradients, and within the tolerances (if any), as shown on the plans. In event the encasement is installed off grade or seriously out of line, then another encasement pipe will be dry bored as close as practical to the original pipe with no additional compensation allowed therefor. The original encasement must be sealed with a watertight concrete plug (min. 3' deep) at each end. B. Any additional pipe or other work required for realignment of the force main with an alternate encasement location which was required due to improper gradient or misalignment in the original installation, shall be completed at the Contractor's expense. C. In event an obstruction is encountered during encasement boring operations which cannot be overcome, a second encasement shall be bored at a location designated by the Engineer. No additional compensation will be allowed for the second encasement installation. In event an obstruction is encountered in the second installation, at the direction of the Engineer, a third attempt shall be made to complete the encasement installation. Consideration will be given for additional compensation in event a third installation attempt is required. All abandoned encasement pipes shall be sealed as specified in paragraph 4.5.1 above. D. Pipelines installed through steel encasement shall meet specifications herein described and all Department of Transportation or Railroad specifications and guidelines for installing P Pelines through steel encasement pipe, Upon insertion of the pipeline through the encasement pipe, the ends of the encasement pipe shall be sealed with brick and mortar. Brick and mortar shall be as herein specified, and the seal shall be such to withstand hydrostatic pressure from ground water and all backfill loads. Contractor shall provide means to prevent water line from floating within the encasement pipe. Grouting procedure will not be allowed. E. Casing pipe and joints shall be of leakproof construction, capable of withstanding railway or traffic loading. The diameter of the casing pipe shall be at least 2" greater than the largest outside diameter of the carrier pipe, joints, or couplings for carrier pipe less than 6" in diameter and at least 4" greater for carrier pipe, 6" in diameter and greater, unless indicated differently on drawings. Further, the casing pipe shall be of great enough diameter to allow carrier pipe to be removed subsequently without disturbing the case pipe and immediate areas. F. Steel encasement pipe shall be as specified in item 2.23 of this section. 4.3 TRENCH EXCAVATION A. Trenches for pipe shall be dug true to line and grade and to the following requirements. Depth of cover shall not be less than T-6" for pipe 10" and larger in diameter, measured to the top of pipe, unless shown differently on the profile or authorized by the Engineer. B. Sides of trenches shall be kept as nearly vertical as possible. They shall be at least 12", and not more than 24" wider at the top of the pipe than wide diameter of the pipe, plus sheathing where it is necessary. Where paving is to be cut, it shall be cut in advance of trenching 1' wider than the specified width of the trench. l Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212W05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 34 00A2 SECTION 33 34 00 - FORCE MAINS -- C. Where soil conditions prohibit vertical walls, the trench width at the bottom and to 1' above the top of the pipe shall be as specified above with the remainder being held to the least possible width greater than that specified. Where soil conditions prevent ditch excavation without excessive widths, or where directed by the Engineer, wood or steel sheeting, as hereinafter specified, shall be driven to support the trench walls, or a suitably reinforced steel trench box shall be employed. D. Trench bottoms shall be hand graded to provide uniform and continuous bearing for the pipe along its entire length, with bell holes being dug for pipe bells. No ridges, sags or undercutting will be allowed. E. If approved by the Engineer and subject to suitable solid conditions, the trench may be excavated a few inches below the established subgrade and backfilled with selected materials (from the excavation, if available) well compacted and so shaped as to give the pipes uniform bearing throughout their lengths at the established grade. Bell holes shall be dug to relieve the bells of load and to provide for completing the joints. F. Where the material at grade is unstable, soft, and incapable of supporting the pipe, the trench shall be excavated below grade, as directed by the Engineer, and refilled to grade with crusher -run stone or gravel so as to form a firm foundation for the pipe. None shall be compacted and graded so as to provide stable foundation and a uniform bearing for the pipe. Bell holes shall be provided as in other types of foundations. G. Where the material excavated from the trench is unsuitable for backfill material, it shall be hauled off and disposed of and selected material hauled in for backfilling the trench. H. Should ground water be encountered in the bottom of the trench, causing the trench l bottom to be unstable the material, as directed by the Engineer shall be excavated below grade sufficiently to allow a bed of crushed rock or gravel to be placed in which to bed the pipe. The work shall be done as for unstable foundations. The depth of cut below grade shall be only the minimum amount to accomplish the purpose, and shall be as directed by the Engineer. I. The Contractor shall furnish all machinery for pumping, bailing, and/or pointing and shall pump, bail, or otherwise remove any water which may be found or shall accumulate in the trenches, and shall perform all work necessary to keep them clear of water while the pipe is being laid. The disposal of water after removal shall be satisfactory to the Engineer. J. Whenever necessary, the side of the trench shall be braced and rendered secure and either open or close sheeting used to the satisfaction of the Engineer; such sheeting and bracing to be left in place until the trench is refilled to a safe limit, not less than 2' above the top of the pipe. The top portion may then be cut off, but the lower portion shall remain undisturbed. In lieu of sheeting, suitable trench boxes may be employed. All sheeting, bracing, trench boxes, and trench construction methods shall conform to the latest Department of Labor Safety and Health Regulations for construction promulgated under the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970. No extra payment will be made for sheeting and bracing. Such cost shall be included in the cost of installing the pipe. K. In rock or other unyielding material, the excavation shall be made at least 6" below subgrade elevation. The trench shall be refilled with select material compacted in place as specified for ordinary excavation. Suitable material from excavation may be used, if available. If not, it shall be hauled in. L. If rock is encountered, it shall be paid for at the unit price set forth in the Bid. Only solid rock requiring blasting or drilling for its removal will be classified as rock excavation. Allowance will be made for a width of the trench not in excess of 16" greater than the Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 34 00-13 SECTION 33 34 00 - FORCE MAINS outside diameter of the bell of the pipe and a depth from the surface of the rock to the I' established subgrade of the pipeline. Rock excavated in excess of these limits will be paid for. The Engineer shall measure the amount of rock excavation to be classified as such before the trench is backfilled before measurement by the Engineer. M. All blasting, where required, shall be done under the personal supervision of a man thoroughly skilled in this class of work. All necessary measures to protect life and property shall be taken. Where in close proximity to building, transmission lines, telephone lines, or other facilities, timber mats or other means of preventing damage from flying debris shall be used. Ample and suitable signals shall be given in proximity to work before each blast, and flagmen shall be placed on all roads, beyond the danger zone, in every direction to warn traffic. All responsibility for damage rests on the Contractor. N. All existing water, sewer, and gas lines, buried electrical and telephone cable, and other known utilities intersecting the lines of construction, if requested by the Engineer, shall be uncovered by the Contractor at his expense and exposed to the Engineer at least 100' ahead of pipe laying operations to insure the correctness of grades. Existing utilities shown on the plans area as accurately located as existing records and field surveys allow; however, the Contractor shall verify with the various companies before excavating and shall save harmless the Owner from any claims for damages as a result of his work. O. The Contractor shall at all time take necessary precautions in preventing gutters, catch basins, ditches and other drainage facilities from being clogged that might cause flooding conditions and damage to public or private properties. P. During the course of pipeline construction, benching, early seeding or grass cover, and whatever means necessary shall be carried out to prevent siltation and bank erosion. 4.4 INSTALLATION OF FORCE MAINS AND APPURTENANCES A. The Contractor shall haul the pipe and appurt enances to the site of work and distribute them neatly along the trench prior to laying. The pipe shall be carefully handled to prevent damage, mechanical hoists or other approved methods being used in the handling. Depth of cover shall not be less than T-0" for pipe up to 8" in diameter or T-6" for pipes 10" and larger in diameter, measured to the top of pipe, except where shown differently on a profile or specifically authorized by the Engineer. B. Pipe and appurtenances shall be kept clean and open ends securely plugged when pipe laying is not in progress. The inside of pipe and bell and spigots shall be thoroughly inspected and cleaned prior to lowering into the ditch and care shall be exercised after the pipe is in place to prevent dirt or other extraneous material from getting into the pipe or bells and into the spigot. C. Spigots shall be fully seated in the bells and the pipe shall be uniformly bedded on the bottom of the trench for its entire length with bells lying in previously dug bell holes sufficiently large to allow proper bedding and jointing. Fittings, valves and other appurtenances shall be located where shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, with the pipe being cut where necessary. After jointing, a reasonable amount of deflection may be made in the joint. Such deflection shall not exceed the allowable amount specified by the manufacturer for each size of pipe. D. Pipe shall be laid in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, applicable portions of AWWA Specification C600, and the following: E. For mechanical joint pipe, Type II, the rubber rings shall be properly lubricated and the spigots and bells cleaned before assembling the joint. Nuts of bolted joints shall be _!P Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212W05. Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 34 00-14 SECTION 33 34 00 = FORCE MAINS tightened with special torque limiting wrenches set to provide the proper strain on the bolt, and all nuts tightened to that limit. Rubber ring joints, Type III, shall be assembled in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The bell and spigot shall be absolutely clean prior to seating of the gasket. The gasket shall be wiped clean, flexed and properly inserted into the socket and seated evenly and properly. Care shall be taken to eliminate any bulges which might interfere with the proper entry of the spigot. A thin film of lubricants, shall be applied to the inside surface of the gasket. The spigot shall then be completed by forcing the spigot into the bell until it makes contact with the bottom of the socket. This shall be done by use of pipe jack and assembly, or other methods as approved by the Engineer. G. Fittings shall be installed where shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer. They shall be handled and installed in the same manner as the pipe and all shall be well blocked as hereinafter specified. H. Concrete for blocking and protection shall be poured in accordance with the following requirements. All fittings, bends, dead ends, etc., shall be acceptably blocked with concrete having bearing on undisturbed earth in the side and/or bottom of the trench. Bearing area shall be equal to that shown on the plans and greater if deemed necessary by the Engineer. No concrete shall be poured or splattered on fittings bells, glands, or bolts. I. Where shown on the plans, or directed by the Engineer, concrete supports, walls, or other protective work shall be constructed. J. Contractor shall take elevation shots every 100 feet on the installed force main pipe along the entire route to ensure positive and uniform grades to each air release valve. The elevations shall be recorded by the Contractor with a record provided to the Engineer. 4.5 BACKFILLING OF TRENCHES A. Backfilling of trenches shall be completed after the installation of each section of pipe laying to the satisfaction of the Engineer. B. Backfilling around the pipe and to a depth of at least 1' above the top of pipe shall be placed by hand in layers of not over 6". Only select material containing no rock or other objectionable material shall be used for this portion of the backfill. As fast as the material is place, it shall be cut under the haunches of the pipe with a shovel and thoroughly compacted with mechanical tamps for the full width of the trench to provide support for the bottom and sides of the pipe. Filling shall be carried up evenly on both sides. C. The balance of the backfill shall be placed and tamped to prevent excessive settlement in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. If the trench backfill is located under miscellaneous paved areas, areas to be paved, or unpaved streets, the trench shall be backfilled with suitable material free from large stones or clods in 8" layers (loose measurement) and thoroughly tamped and compacted to 95% of maximum as established by AASHTO Specification T99, Method A, with mechanical tampers, so as to avoid future settlement. Where applicable, the compaction shall be acceptable to the Department of Transportation or Owner. D. For pipe outside street limits, compaction shall be at least 90% maximum as established by AASHTO Specification T99, Method A. ' ) E. Excess material shall be promptly removed from the site, and the pavement or roads surface cleaned of objectionable material. The pavement and/or road surface shall be Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 34 00-15 SECTION 33 34 00 - FORCE MAINS cleaned daily with a mechanical broom and/or washed if requested by the Engineer. The Contractor shall correct any future settlement within the guarantee period. F. In unpaved streets, the top 6" of the trench shall be filled with well compacted crusher -run stone. In paved areas, the top of the trench shall be filled with the specified base for pavement, well mixed and compacted. Any settlement of backfill below finish grade shall be promptly corrected. G. On cross country lines and at other paints where damage to the system or property will not occur, the backfill material more than 1' above the top of the pipe may be placed in 12" layers and compacted with mechanical tamps. The upper portion of the backfill, more than 5' above the pipe, may be compacted by following with wheeled equipment. Excess material may be mounded on the trench. The Contractor will be responsible for all final subsidence of all trenches and shall leave the same flush with the original ground after all settlement has taken place. Trenches must be protected against scour due to surface drainage. H. Backfilling around manholes shall, in general, conform to requirements for backfilling trenches, except that no backfill shall be placed around manholes until all mortar has properly set and backfilling shall be carried up symmetrically around structures. 4.6 CUTTING AND REPLACING PAVEMENT A. Where pavement is to be cut for installation of pipe or other utilities, the Contractor shall cut it neatly in advance of trenching and shall replace the pavement with base and new pavement. B. All pavement shall be neatly cut to a straight edge in advance of trenching with the method of cutting being subject to approval of the Engineer. Pavement shall be cut 12" wider than the excavated area on each side. Ragged or irregular edges will not be allowed and work completed with barred edges shall be redone. Concrete pavement shall be sawed with suitable concrete saw cutting equipment. C. Trench backfilling shall be done in layers not over 6" thick and thoroughly compacted. Compacted shall be such as to prevent future settlement and shall be done by acceptable means, approved by the Engineer. Rolling with rubber -tired vehicles or track -type equipment will not be allowed. Compaction shall be at least 95% of maximum as established by AASHTO Specification T99, Method A. D. Base for pavement shall be crusher run stone for all non-NCDOT maintained streets, HB binder for all secondary highways, and reinforced concrete for all primary highways. All base shall be placed in accordance with plan and/or encroachment permit details. Base width shall be shown on the plans and/or encroachment permits for various types of pavement cuts. 1. Crusher run stone shall conform to the requirements of Section 02231. It shall be well mixed and compacted by tamping and rolling. Compaction shall be to such degree as to preclude settlement. Crusher run base material shall be placed at the same time that the trench is backfilled. Backfilling to top of ditch, to be cut out and replaced with base material at a later date, will not be allowed. 2. Crusher run base for highway pavement and adjacent drives shall be 8" of stone, stabilized with 5% Portland Cement. It shall be thoroughly mixed prior to compacting. r /1 Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 34 0046 SECTION 33 34 00 - FORCE MAINS 3. Crusher run base for non -highway pavement and drives shall be 8" of stone without the addition of cement. 4. Binder base for secondary roads shall be a minimum of 6" HB binder conforming to specifications of the Department of Transportation. 5. Concrete base shall consist of 8" of concrete, reinforced with #4 reinforcing steel bars placed at 8" on center in the transverse direction and #4 tie bars in the longitudinal direction. Concrete shall be designed to produce a compressive strength of 3000 psi at 28 days. The design of the mix and source of supply shall be subject to approval of the Engineer. E. Pavement shall be replaced with the same type of pavement that exists prior to cutting and shall consist of either bituminous surface course (double treatment), 2" of hot plant mix asphaltic concrete, or 8" of Portland Cement concrete; all conforming to specifications of the Department of Transportation for each type. 1. All pavement shall be repaired within the same week that it is cut. Should inclement weather delay pavement replacement, the Contractor shall not cut additional pavement until he has notified the Engineer and received specific permission and instructions. 2. For asphalt pavement or bituminous surfacing, the entire area to be resurfaced (including edges of existing pavement) shall be primed with an acceptable asphalt prime coat just prior to placing new pavement. 4.7 REPAIRS TO DAMAGED SERVICES AND UTILITIES yRepairs to damaged services and utilities shall be promptly made at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall use every effort to avoid damaging or breaking water, sewer, gas, power, telephone or other utility services. Utility lines shall be properly supported across the pipe trench until backfilling is completed. Should damage occur, immediate action shall be initiated to effect satisfactory repairs. All repair work shall be satisfactory to the Engineer and the Owner of the damaged utility. 4.8 DUST CONTROL The Contractor shall control dust throughout the life of the project within the project area and at all other areas affected by the construction of the project. Dust control shall not be considered effective where the amount of dust creates a potential or actual unsafe condition, public nuisance, or condition endangering the value, utility, or appearance of any property. The Contractor will not be directly compensated for any dust control measures necessary, as this work will be considered incidental to the work covered by the various contract items. The Contractor will provide dust control measures as directed by the Engineer. 4.9 MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS The Contractor shall be responsible for removing and replacing miscellaneous items in conflict with the pipe work such as mail boxes, signs, fences, walls, shrubbery, private ornamental items, etc. Shrubbery and plantings shall be preserved by proper root protection and watering until replanted; however, the Contractor will not be required to guarantee replanted items. No additional payment will be made for removing and replacing miscellaneous items. Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 33 34 00-17 SECTION 33 34 00 - FORCE MAINS PART 5 - TESTING AND CLEAN-UP All pipelines shall be tested in accordance with the following requirements: 5.1 PRESSURE TESTING A. Prior to pressure testing, the Contractor shall pig the line with a properly sized pig. The Contractor shall provide the necessary water for flushing the pig through the entire pipe length in order to remove debris and trash from the line. B. Each section of the pipeline shall be subjected to and successfully meet a pressure test of 150 psi. The line shall be slowly filled with water and all air expelled through the air valves or other means. A suitable test pump, furnished by the Contractor, shall be connected to the line by means of a tap in the line, or other suitable methods, and the proper test pressure slowly applied to the line. The pressure test shall be maintained for at least one hour, at full test pressure. Leaks, if found, shall be immediately repaired. C. After the pressure test is complete, a leakage test shall be conducted. Leakage test shall be conducted by measuring, by suitable and accurate methods (measuring devices to be furnished by the Contractor), the amount of water which enters the test section under maximum operating pressures for a period of at least two hours. D. No pressure pipe installation will be accepted until leakage is less than the number of gallons per hour for each section tested, as determined by the following formula: j L 3700 L - Allowable leakage, in gals. per hour N - Number of joints in the length of line under test D - Nominal diameter of the pipe, in inches P - Average test pressure, in psi Should any test disclose leakage greater than that allowed above, the Contractor shall, at his own expense, locate and repair the defect until the leakage is within the specified allowance. E. Water for testing one times the volume of the new lines total will be furnished by the Owner at no cost to the Contractor after which normal water usage charges will be made. Contractor shall furnish all necessary pipe or hose extensions or transportation to the point of use and shall exercise care in the use of water. 5.2 CLEAN-UP A. All pipeline rights-of-way and pipework areas shall be cleaned up and left in satisfactory condition. B. Clean-up of work along highways or roads shall be performed immediately upon completion of the backfill operation. Pipe laying shall be stopped at any time that clean- up work lags and shall not be resumed until clean-up progress is satisfactory to the 1 Engineer. Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 33 34 00-18 SECTION 33 34 00 - FORCE MAINS C. Clean-up of work for cross country locations shall follow immediately upon completion of any major part of the work or upon instruction by the Engineer. Topsoil shall be replaced on all areas of disturbed by the pipeline work throughout the length of the water mains, and to the full satisfaction of the property owner. Topsoil may be removed from the line of work and stockpiled for future use. It shall be carefully removed, stockpiled, protected, respread, dressed off, and the entire right-of-way left in condition acceptable to the Engineer and property owner. If topsoil is not stockpiled and protected, suitable, approved material from other sources shall be provided. Where the line is located on pasture land, grassed areas, or roadway shoulders, grass shall be replaced. PART 6 -GRASSING 6.1 The disturbed pipeline area shall be seeded in accordance with Section 32 92 00, Seeding and Mulching. PART 7 - INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE 7.1 All work shall be subject to inspection and approval prior to final acceptance and payment. Final acceptance shall be contingent upon the following: 7.2 All pressure and leakage tests shall yield satisfactory results. 7.3 Final clean-up will meet the approval of the Engineer, the Owner, and property owners where applicable, with all defects in ditch settlement, pavement patches or other deficiencies being promptly corrected. Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade END OF SECTION 33 34 00 DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 33 34 00-19 SECTION 46 00 00 — ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION EQUIPMENT PART1-GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and appurtenances required to provide an open channel gravity flow ultraviolet (UV) disinfection system. To be complete and operational with all control equipment and accessories as shown and specified. B. Related Work in other sections: 1. Section 03 33 00 Cast -in -Place Concrete. 2. Section 26 05 01 General Requirements - Electrical 3. Section 26 05 34 Boxes and Cabinets 4. Section 26 27 26 Wiring Devices 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. Equipment shall be produced by a Trojan, Infilco Degremont, Inc., or approved equal manufacturer that is regularly engaged in the manufacture of UV disinfection systems with a record of at least two hundred (200) installations in North America and ten (10) installations in North Carolina. Factory trained service technicians for the manufacturer's equipment shall be available, located within 2 hours of project site. 1.3 SUBMITTALS I A. Complete and detailed description of proposed equipment by the manufacturer, including the number of lamps proposed and a detailed description of any exceptions to the specifications. B. Bioassay evaluation for the proposed reactor. Bioassay shall be validated by an independent third party and have followed protocols described in the US EPA Design Manual — Municipal Wastewater Disinfection (EPA/625/1-86/021), without exception. The manufacturer's bioassay report must demonstrate that the proposed UV system design and number of lamps will deliver the specified dose. C. Documentation of manufacturer's previous experience with municipal UV disinfection systems in wastewater applications with electronic ballasts. D. Documentation of UV manufacturer's service capabilities including location and experience. E. Sample disinfection performance guarantee including scope and duration of guarantee. F. Independent certification of lamp aging factor. G. Shop Drawings: Submit for review shop drawings showing the following: 1. Complete description in sufficient detail to permit an item comparison with the specifications. 2. Dimensions and installation requirements. 3. Descriptive information including catalog cuts and manufacturers specifications for all components. 4. Electrical schematics and layouts. 1.4 GUARANTEE AND WARRANTY A. Equipment: Provide manufacturer's guarantee that equipment furnished under this section will be free of defects in material and workmanship, including damages that may be incurred during shipping for a period of 12 months from date of start-up. Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 460000-1 ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION EQUIPMENT Lamps: Provide warranty on UV lamps for 12,000 hours (non -prorated) or thirty-six (36) calendar months from shipment, whichever comes first. Pro -rated lamp warranties will not be accepted. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Provide a UV disinfection system complete with UV lamp modules, effluent channel, level control, and UV monitoring system as shown on the Contract Drawings and as herein specified. B. UV system shall be designed for complete outdoor installation, without shelter or supplemental cooling or heating required. 2.2 DESIGN. CONSTRUCTION AND MATERIALS A. Design Criteria: 1. Provide equipment which will disinfect an effluent with the following characteristics: a. Peak Flow: 500,000 US GPD b. Total Suspended Solids: 30 mg/I c. Ultraviolet Transmittance @ 253.7 nm: 55% d. Annual Effluent Temperature Range: 33 tog0 °UF e. Effluent standard to be guaranteed: 200 / 100 ml fecal coliform, based on a 30 day Geometric Mean of daily samples 2. The UV equipment shall be installed in a stainless steel channel furnished as part of this system, and having dimensions as shown on the drawings. 3. Number of UV Banks: 6 4. The lamp array configuration shall be evenly spaced in both horizontal and vertical rows with all lamps parallel to each other and to the effluent flow. 5. Equipment shall be design to operate with a maximum effluent level variance from zero to peak flow of 1.5 inches. 6. Required performance guarantee as submittal, prior to approval of equipment manufacturer/supplier. B. Performance Requirements: 1. The UV system shall be designed to deliver a minimum UV dose of 31,023 µWs/cm2, in effluent with a UV Transmission of 55% after reductions for quartz sleeve absorption, sleeve fouling, and lamp aging. The basis for evaluating the UV dose delivered by the UV system shall be the manufacturer's bioassay as carried out by an independent third party. Bioassay validation methodology to follow protocols described in US EPA Design Manual - Municipal Wastewater Disinfection (EPA/625/1-86/021), without exception. 2. The UV system shall produce an effluent conforming to the following discharge permit: 200 fecal coliform/100 ml, based on a 30 day Geometric Mean of grab samples taken in accordance with the Microbiology Sampling Techniques found in Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 1911, Ed. C. Materials: 1. All material in contact with effluent shall be stainless steel or quartz. 2. All material exposed to UV light shall be stainless steel, Type 214 quartz, or I eflonT"" I ) D. UV Module (UVM): Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-O5 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 460000-2 ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION EQUIPMENT 1. Provide the required number of UV lamp modules, each consisting of 4 lamps and their corresponding electronic ballast, with each lamp enclosed in its individual quartz sleeve, of which one end is closed and the other end sealed by a lamp end seal and holder. 2. Each UV lamp module shall be completely field serviceable and shall be fitted with a waterproof UL recognized multi -pin wiring connector. The connector shall allow each module to be disconnected from the ballast enclosures and removed from the channel without disturbing other UV lamp modules or UV System operation. 3. The electrical wires connecting the lamps to the electronic ballasts shall be enclosed in the stainless steel frame. Systems where lamp wiring is submerged in the effluent. All wiring exposed to UV light shall be protected with non -degradable covering. 4. Each UV module shall be provided with a standard 120 Volt plug and 4 foot long weatherproof cable for connection to a receptacle and a watertight LED indicator light display indicating lamp status. 5. Each UV lamp module shall be protected by a ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI). 6. Lamp modules shall be designed to be easily removed for maintenance by plant operators. UV lamp module assemblies shall not exceed 40 pounds. E. UV Lamps: 1. UV lamps shall be low pressure ultraviolet lamps, which do not produce ozone. 2. 90% of UV output shall be at 253.7 nm wavelength. 3. The UV system manufacturer shall warrant that the UV lamp output shall be no less than 80% of a new lamp after 8760 hours of operation (following a 100 -hour burn in). 4. Germicidal dosage calculations must be based upon the above output percentage and the EPA design manual. F. Ballast Enclosures 1. Each UL labeled, NEMA 4X ballast enclosure provides power to each UV lamp module. The ballast enclosures shall be stainless steel construction rated for outdoor use. 2. The ballast enclosures are installed on a mounting platform and shall be fitted with a waterproof UL recognized 3 pole wiring connector. 3. The connector shall allow the ballast enclosure to connect to a receptacle on the Power Distribution Center (PDC). Ten (10) feet of cable between the ballast enclosure and the PDC shall be included. 4. The power supply to each ballast enclosure shall be 120 VAC, 1 phase, 60Hz (from PDC). The ballast enclosure shall utilize UL labeled energy efficient electronic ballasts. Each ballast shall fire two UV lamps. An appropriate sized, replaceable fuse shall protect each ballast enclosure. 5. Each ballast enclosure shall be provided with individual red LED lamp to provide an eye level visual indication of the operating status of each lamp. 6. The components shall be arranged in the ballast enclosure such that failure of any component only requires the removal of the failed component. G. Lamp End Seal and Lamp Holder: 1. The open end of the lamp sleeve shall be sealed by means of a sleeve nut which threads onto a sleeve cup and compresses the sleeve'O' ring. 2. The sleeve nut shall have a knurled surface to allow a positive handgrip for tightening and shall not require any tools for removal. H. UV Lamp Sleeves: 1. Each UV lamp shall be protected from contact with wastewater by a 99.9% pure silicon dioxide, Type 214 clear fused quartz circular tubing protective jacket and double lip seal Town of Maysville DAA PN R142121N -OS Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 460000-3 ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION EQUIPMENT assembly, as manufactured by General Electric or equal. The UV lamps shall not be in direct contact with water being treated. 2. Quartz shall be rated for UV transmission of 90% and not subject to solarization. 3. The nominal wall thickness shall be 1.0 to 2.0 mm to maximize UV transmission. I. Effluent Channel: 1. Provide 1 UV units, each including one Type 304 stainless steel, 14 gauge effluent channel complete with drain, UV module support rack and downstream level control weir. J. Level Control Weir: 1. Weir shall be located downstream of the UV modules to maintain an average water depth of 12 inches and ensure lamp submergence at all times. 2. Weir shall be welded water tight and include a drain. K. Electrical: 1. Power Distribution Receptacles: a. Provide duplex 120 Volt ground fault interrupter receptacles rated for continuous outdoor use. 2. Power Consumption: a. Maximum power draw to UV System shall be 4 200 watts, 38.04 amp L. Power Distribution Center: 1. Each bank shall be provided with a UL labeled Power Distribution Center (PDC). Each PDC shall be NEMA 4X. The power supply to each PDC shall be 208 VAC, 3 phase, 4 wire, 60Hz, 30 amps (by others). The recommended mounting location of each PDC is by the control panel. Each PDC can also be mounted near the channel if required. M. Control Panel: 1. All electrical control components shall be housed in a UL labeled, remote enclosure. The enclosure shall be NEMA 4X. The power supply to the control panel shall be 120 V AC, 1 phase, 60 Hz, 15 amps (by others). 2. The control panel shall have a non-resettable elapsed time indicator to help track lamp life in hours. The UV unit monitor shall be completely visible to the operator through a weatherproof, Lexan window and located in the control panel. All electrical components in the control panel shall be located directly behind a built-in, locking, swing -out panel. An appropriate sized, replaceable fuse shall protect the controls. The control panel shall be equipped with an on-off switch for activation of the intensity monitor system and elapsed time indicator. N. Monitoring System: 1. Provide a monitoring system, enclosed in a fiberglass Type 4X wall mounted panel, and having the following features: a. one submersible UV sensors for each bank of UV lamp modules that continuously monitor the UV intensity. Sensors shall measure only the germicidal portion of the light emitted by the UV lamps. Sensors shall be designed to not utilize a filter and shall not degrade after prolonged exposer to UV light. The UV manufacturer shall provide the intensity sensor wil 12' of cable and a UL listed connector that shall plug directly into the control panel. b. Three dry contacts for remote indication of Low UV intensity alarm. 2. The intensity measured by the UV sensor shall be shown on a LCD bar graph. Indicator lights located on the remote control panel shall signal a "safe", "low", "fail" and "failure alarm" intensity condition. The intensity monitor shall provide 3 (N.O.) dry contacts for remote monitoring. The 3 contacts shall correspond with "safe", "low", and "failure alarm". If the intensity decreases to the "failure alarm" point, an alarm shall be triggered. The dry contact for the "failure alarm" shall have a 15-18 minute time delay to avoid nuisance alarms. The Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 460000-4 ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION EQUIPMENT intensity monitor shall be provided with 4-20 milliamp intensity signal for remote monitoring Wiring for remote monitoring or alarms (if required) by others. The intensity monitor shall be equipped with a push to test circuit that shall be used to test the LCD bar graph and the photocell. O. Power Distribution Receptacle (PDR): 1. Provide one duplex ground fault interrupter receptacle for each two lamp modules plus two additional receptacles, each in a separate Type 3R weatherproof box. P. Spare Parts: Provide the following additional parts: 8 UV Lamps 8 Lamp Sleeves 8 Double Lip Seal Assembly 1 Ballast Assembly 2 Operator Kits (including 1 face shield, gloves, cleaning solution) Q. Cleaning Station: 1. The cleaning station can accommodate one UV lamp module for hand cleaning or maintenance. The cleaning station shall be constructed of Type 304 stainless steel and can be bolted to the ground for easy handling and cleaning of the modules. A catch tray with a drain is also provided if the cleaning runoff needs to be redirected into the plant treatment stream or saved for future maintenance cleaning. R. Field Service: 1. There shall be provided two (2) days of service for inspection, testing the electrical system of the UV, and instruction to plant personnel in its operation. S. Operator Kit: (2)- Ultraviolet Face Shields (2) -Rubber Gloves (2)- Scotch Brite TM (2)- UV Warning Signs (14)- Pounds of dry Citric Cleaning Powder PARTS - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION In accordance with Contract Drawings, approved shop drawings and Manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION 46 00 00 Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-05 January, 2018 480000-5 SECTION 46 07 53 — PACKAGED WASTEWATER TREATMENT UNIT PART GENERAL j 1.1 The Contractor shall furnish and install one prefabricated Wastewater Treatment Unit, complete and ready for operation in accordance with the plans and specifications stated herein. The treatment plant shall be a prefabricated steel package. The complete system shall include all necessary equipment for efficient plant operation. The wastewater treatment system unit shall consist of: 1.1.1 Dual chamber equalization unit with aeration 1.1.2 Dual channel manual bar screen and grit removal chamber 1.1.3 Various weir controls 1.1.4 Steps and walkways. 1.2 The system shall be factory assembled, so far as possible, with all piping and controls. All surfaces shall be factory painted. 1.3 A full set of dimensioned shop drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and approval prior to release for manufacturing. See Specification Section 01 33 00. 1.4 GUARANTEE 1.4.1 The manufacturer of the wastewater treatment system shall guarantee for a one (1) year period after the project is substantially complete that the vessel and all component equipment shall be free from defective materials and workmanship. The manufacturer shall furnish replacement parts for any component considered in the opinion of the manufacturer to be defective, whether his or other manufacturer during this guarantee period. 1.5 STANDARDS J 1.5.1 Structural Steel and Welds: All structural steel used for equipment fabrication shall conform to the requirements of the Standard Specifications for Steel for Bridges and Buildings and ASTM A36. All welding shall conform to the latest standards of the American Welding Society (AWS). Continuous seal welds shall be provided at all welded joints. Skip welds will not be permitted. 1.5.2 Structural Design: All steel structural components shall be so designed that the stresses developed under the specified conditions will not exceed the allowable stresses defined by the AISC standards and the aforementioned standards. Except where specifically indicated otherwise, all plate and structural members designed for submerged service shall be steel with a minimum thickness of % inch. AISC recommended limits for slenderness shall not be exceeded on any steel member. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUALIZATION CHAMBER 2.1.1 There shall be supplied, an aerated equalization chamber to work in conjunction with the secondary treatment system to enable the incoming sewage flow rate to be equalized so as to reduce the plant surges. The influent shall enter the equalization chamber by influent pumps via the bar screen/grit removal channels. 2.1.2 The equalization chamber shall be provided as an integral part 2.1.3 The manual bar screen and grit removal chamber shall be provided within the equalization chamber at the influent pump discharge to reduce the pumping rate proport of the wastewater treatment system. Volume of this chamber shall not be less than 94,700 gallons. ional to the system design flow. The chamber shall be equipped with an adjustable flow weirs. The flat weir shall be adjustable so that the excess pump surges shall overflow this chamber directly to the equalization chambers. The corrected pumping flow shall pass over the set weir and flow via piping to the existing flow splitter box. Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 46 07 53-1 PACKAGED WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT 2.1.4 The equalization chamber shall be aerated from air received from a new 10hp equalization blower. A diffuser drop shall be furnished within the equalization chamber as shown on the drawings. 2.2. AIR SUPPLY BLOWER -MOTOR UNITS 2.2.1 For supplying the air requirement of the equalization system a single blower -motor unit shall be furnished and installed at the location shown on the drawings. The unit shall be completely factory built and tested before shipping to the project site. 2.2.2 The unit shall be capable of delivering 275 CFM when operating at 5 psig. The blower shall be manufactured by Century, Roots Division of Dresser Industries, Inc; or approved equal. 2.2.3 The motor shall be designed for operation on 480 Volt, 3 Phase, 60 Hz service, 1750 RPM. The motors of the main units shall be 10 hp. The motors of the equalization -sludge unit shall be 5 hp. All motors shall be of the open drip proof type. 2.2.4 Blower shall be mounted on a fiberglass base. The base structure shall be adequately reinforced to support the blower and motor unit. 2.2.6 For easy adjustment of the "V" belt drive connection between the blower and motor, the motor will be furnished with an adjustable motor mounting base. 2.2.7 Each blower shall be fitted with a dry type filter -silencer at the air intake and a silencer at the air discharge. Furthermore, the blower discharge shall be fitted with a check valve, when required, and a flexible discharge coupling. 2.2.8 For purposes of determining the blower performance and /or diffuser condition a pressure relief valve and pressure gauge shall be mounted in the air manifold. 2.2.10 Belt guard for the "V" belt drive unit shall be supplied attached to the blower mounting base. The belt guard shall be designed for easy access to the sheaves of both the motor and blower. The belt guard shall be fabricated of metal and shall be painted OSHA yellow. 2.3. ELECTRICAL CONTROL CENTER 2.3.1 An electrical control center shall be installed within a weatherproof enclosure and shall be provided for mounting as indicated on the plans. 2.3.2 The control console shall be a complete factory built and tested electrical control console. The control enclosure shall be furnished with all necessary controls for each blower -motor unit and associated plant equipment. Control voltage shall be 120 VAC, 1 Phase. 2.3.3 The control enclosure shall be weatherproof and mounted adjacent to the blower housing. The enclosure shall be fabricated of steel and be of NEMA 3R construction. There shall be sufficient panel height to allow bottom entrance of all electrical connections. 2.3.4 Controls shall be mounted to a removable subpanel within the enclosure and shall be wired and spaced in accordance with the National Electrical Code. The control console shall be supplied with properly sized magnetic -circuit protection and act as a main disconnect for control console. Across -the - line magnetic starters or magnetic contactors with overload protection shall be supplied for all blower - motor units. To vary the air supply a program timer shall be supplied for the system. Hand -off -auto switches shall be supplied for each blower unit. An electrical alternator shall be furnished to alternate the operation of each blower unit. 2.3.5 The 24 hour, 7 -day time clock shall be capable of being programmed to control the blower run time. The clock shall also include askip-a-day feature which will allow a separate program for weekends (when required). 2.3.6 All wire and conduit required between the control panel and the electrical power service shall be furnished and installed by the contractor. Wiring and conduit between the control panel and plant equipment shall be furnished by the manufacturer of the wastewater treatment plant. The panel may be detached for shipping. The main power supply shall be 480 Volt, 3 Phase, 60 hz. The control voltage Town of Maysville DAA PN R14212N-05 Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade January, 2018 46 07 53-2 PACKAGED WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT shall be 120 Volt, 1 Phase. 2.4 SERVICE WALKWAY y2.4.1 A service walkway shall be provided for the service area only (all tank openings) to service the plant equipment. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 OTHER SERVICES AND EQUIPMENT 3.1.1 The field contractor shall perform and/or make the following arrangements: A. Field unloading and erection of the wastewater treatment plant on its foundation pad, anchoring in position as defined by the contract specifications. B. Assemble into position, at the location shown on the plans, the ancillary equipment which has been disconnected at the factory for shipping purposes. C. Interconnection of piping and wiring which may have been disconnected at the factory for shipping purposes. D. Tie-in of all piping, power, and wiring connections to site utilities. Power required at power block 480 Volt, 3 Phase, 60 Hz. E. Furnish foundation pad to set the system on. F. Attach system to foundation pad by anchoring. G. Touch-up painting of those areas damaged during installation. H. Install drain plugs and fill tankage with water to prevent flotation. This is to be done before backfilling. I. Install the magnesium anode packages as shown on the plans. 3.2. SPARE PARTS 3.2.1 The following spare parts shall be supplied by the manufacturer of the treatment system as spare parts for the operation of the system: A. One set of spare "V" belts. B. Two air filter cartridges for blower. C. Box of spare fuses. D. Spare overload heaters for magnetic starters. 3.2. FIELD SERVICE 3.2.1 At the time the wastewater treatment system unit is filled with water or sewage, and all power connections have been completed, and all equipment is approved for service, the contractor shall provide the services of a representative of the manufacturer who shall instruct the owner's representative in the proper operation and maintenance of the wastewater treatment system, including instructions in conducting all required operational tests. The manufacturer's representative shall furnish at this time a service manual on the equipment installed within the wastewater treatment system. The manufacturer's representative shall for a period of one (1) year after the project is substantially complete, make periodic inspections as requested by the Owner's representative of the system, advising the owner's representative of any operational difficulties. END OF SECTION 46 07 53 Town of Maysville Wastewater Treatment Plant Upgrade DAA PN R14212N-OS January, 2018 46 07 53-3